facebook twitter youtube

La science au-dessus du berceau – Références

Want create site? Find Free WordPress Themes and plugins.

La science au-dessus du berceau


1 – Dunn, Adam G., Coiera, Enrico, Mandl, Kenneth D. and Bourgeois, Florence T. (2016) ‘Conflict of interest disclosure in biomedical research: a review of current practices, biases, and the role of public registries in improving transparency’. Research Integrity and Peer Review, 1(1), p. 1.

2 – Anon (2019) ‘Scandale sanitaire’. Wikipédia. [online] Available from: https://fr.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Scandale_sanitaire&oldid=162103350 (Accessed 19 February 2020)

3 – Saltelli, Andrea and Funtowicz, Silvio (2017) ‘What is science’s crisis really about?’ Futures, 91, pp. 5–11.

4 – Thompson, David R. and Clark, Alexander M. (2019) ‘The Ego Has Landed! What Can Be Done About Research Misconduct, Scandals, and Spins?’ The American Journal of Medicine, 132(5), pp. 552–553.

5 – Baker, Monya (2016) ‘1,500 scientists lift the lid on reproducibility’. Nature News, 533(7604), p. 452.

6 – Hunter, Philip (2017) ‘The reproducibility “crisis”’. EMBO reports, 18(9), pp. 1493–1496.

7 – Casassus, Barbara (2016) ‘Drug scandals in France: have the lessons been learnt?’ The Lancet, 388(10044), pp. 550–552.

8 – Anon (n.d.) ‘The Center for Open Science’. [online] Available from: https://cos.io/ (Accessed 19 February 2020)

9 – Smaldino, P.E. and McElreath, R. (n.d.) ‘The natural selection of bad science’. Royal Society Open Science, 3(9), p. 160384.

10 – Scheufele, Dietram A. and Krause, Nicole M. (2019) ‘Science audiences, misinformation, and fake news’. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(16), pp. 7662–7669.

11 – Kang, Min Jeong, Matsumoto, Kazuya, Shinkoda, Harumi, Mishima, Midori and Seo, Yoo Jin (2002) ‘Longitudinal study for sleep–wake behaviours of mothers from pre-partum to post-partum using actigraph and sleep logs’. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 56(3), pp. 251–252.

12 – Nishihara, Kyoko, Horiuchi, Shigeko, Eto, Hiromi and Uchida, Sunao (2002) ‘The development of infants’ circadian rest–activity rhythm and mothers’ rhythm’. Physiology & Behavior, 77(1), pp. 91–98.

13 – France, Karyn G. and Blampied, Neville (2005) ‘Modifications of Systematic Ignoring in the Management of Infant Sleep Disturbance: Efficacy and Infant Distress’. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 27(1), pp. 1–16.

14 – Mindell, Jodi A., Kuhn, Brett, Lewin, Daniel S., Meltzer, Lisa J., et al. (2006) ‘Behavioral treatment of bedtime problems and night wakings in infants and young children’. Sleep, 29(10), pp. 1263–1276.

15 – Touchette, Evelyne, Dionne, Ginette, Forget-Dubois, Nadine, Petit, Dominique, et al. (2013) ‘Genetic and Environmental Influences on Daytime and Nighttime Sleep Duration in Early Childhood’. Pediatrics, 131(6), pp. e1874–e1880.

16 – Eaton-Evans, J. and Dugdale, A. E. (1988) ‘Sleep patterns of infants in the first year of life.’ Archives of Disease in Childhood, 63(6), pp. 647–649.

17 – Anders, Thomas F. and Keener, Marcia (1985) ‘Developmental Course of Nighttime Sleep-Wake Patterns in Full-Term and Premature Infants During the First Year of Life. I.’ Sleep, 8(3), pp. 173–192.

18 – DeLeon, Cheryl W. and Karraker, Katherine Hildebrandt (2007) ‘Intrinsic and extrinsic factors associated with night waking in 9-month-old infants’. Infant Behavior and Development, 30(4), pp. 596–605.

19 – Scher, Anat, Epstein, Rachel and Tirosh, Emmanuel (2004) ‘Stability and changes in sleep regulation: A longitudinal study from 3 months                 to 3 years’. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28(3), pp. 268–274.

20 – Atun-Einy, Osnat and Scher, Anat (2016) ‘Sleep disruption and motor development: Does pulling-to-stand impacts sleep–wake regulation?’ Infant Behavior and Development, 42, pp. 36–44.

21 – Scher, Anat and Cohen, Dina (2015) ‘V. Sleep as a Mirror of Developmental Transitions in Infancy: The Case of Crawling’. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 80(1), pp. 70–88.

22 – So, Kevin, Adamson, T. Michael and Horne, Rosemary S. C. (2007) ‘The use of actigraphy for assessment of the development of sleep/wake patterns in infants during the first 12 months of life’. Journal of Sleep Research, 16(2), pp. 181–187.

23 – Burnham, Melissa M., Goodlin‐Jones, Beth L., Gaylor, Erika E. and Anders, Thomas F. (2002) ‘Nighttime sleep-wake patterns and self-soothing from birth to one year of age: a longitudinal intervention study’. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 43(6), pp. 713–725.

24 – Henderson, Jacqueline M. T., France, Karyn G., Owens, Joseph L. and Blampied, Neville M. (2010) ‘Sleeping Through the Night: The Consolidation of Self-regulated Sleep Across the First Year of Life’. Pediatrics, 126(5), pp. e1081–e1087.

25 – National Sleep Foundation (2004) ‘Sleep in america poll: children and sleep’. [online] Available from: https://www.sleepfoundation.org/sleep-polls-data/sleep-in-america-poll/2004-children-and-sleep

26 – Banks, Siobhan and Dinges, David F. (2007) ‘Behavioral and Physiological Consequences of Sleep Restriction’. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine : JCSM : official publication of the American Academy of Sleep Medicine, 3(5), pp. 519–528.

27 – Wake, M. (2006) ‘Prevalence, Stability, and Outcomes of Cry-Fuss and Sleep Problems in the First 2 Years of Life: Prospective Community-Based Study’. PEDIATRICS, 117(3), pp. 836–842.

28 – Hiscock, Harriet, Bayer, Jordana K., Hampton, Anne, Ukoumunne, Obioha C. and Wake, Melissa (2008) ‘Long-term mother and child mental health effects of a population-based infant sleep intervention: cluster-randomized, controlled trial’. Pediatrics, 122(3), pp. e621-627.

29 – Tikotzky, Liat and Sadeh, Avi (2009) ‘Maternal Sleep-Related Cognitions and Infant Sleep: A Longitudinal Study From Pregnancy Through the 1st Year: Maternal Cognitions and Infant Sleep’. Child Development, 80(3), pp. 860–874.

30 – Doss, Brian D and Rhoades, Galena K (2017) ‘The transition to parenthood: impact on couples’ romantic relationships’. Current Opinion in Psychology, 13, pp. 25–28.

31 – Kerr, S. and Jowett, S. (1994) ‘Sleep problems in pre-school children: A review of the literature.’ Child: Care, Health and Development, 20(6), pp. 379–391.

32 – Gnardellis, Charalambos, Tzamalouka, Georgia, Papadakaki, Maria and Chliaoutakis, Joannes El. (2008) ‘An investigation of the effect of sleepiness, drowsy driving, and lifestyle on vehicle crashes’. Transportation Research Part F: Traffic Psychology and Behaviour, 11(4), pp. 270–281.

33 – Faraut, Brice, Nakib, Samir, Drogou, Catherine, Elbaz, Maxime, et al. (2015) ‘Napping reverses the salivary interleukin-6 and urinary norepinephrine changes induced by sleep restriction’. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 100(3), pp. E416-426.

34 – Faraut, B., Léger, D., Medkour, T., Dubois, A., et al. (2015) ‘Napping reverses increased pain sensitivity due to sleep restriction.’ PloS one, 10(2), pp. e0117425–e0117425.

35 – Kramer, K. L. (2010) ‘Cooperative breeding and its significance to the demographic success of humans’. Annual Review of Anthropology, 39, pp. 417–436.

36 – Kramer, K. L. (2005) ‘Children’s help and the pace of reproduction: cooperative breeding in humans’. Evolutionary Anthropology: Issues, News, and Reviews, 14(6), pp. 224–237.

37 – Sear, R. and Coall, D. (2011) ‘How much does family matter? Cooperative breeding and the demographic transition’. Population and Development Review, 37, pp. 81–112.

38 – Heerman, William J., Taylor, Julie Lounds, Wallston, Kenneth A. and Barkin, Shari L. (2017) ‘Parenting Self-Efficacy, Parent Depression, and Healthy Childhood Behaviors in a Low-Income Minority Population: A Cross-Sectional Analysis’. Maternal and Child Health Journal, 21(5), pp. 1156–1165.

39 – Mirmiran, Majid, Maas, Yolanda G. H and Ariagno, Ronald L (2003) ‘Development of fetal and neonatal sleep and circadian rhythms’. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 7(4), pp. 321–334.

40 – Torres-Farfan, C., Rocco, V., Monsó, C., Valenzuela, F. J., et al. (2006) ‘Maternal Melatonin Effects on Clock Gene Expression in a Nonhuman Primate Fetus’. Endocrinology, 147(10), pp. 4618–4626.

41 – Iglowstein, Ivo, Jenni, Oskar G., Molinari, Luciano and Largo, Remo H. (2003) ‘Sleep Duration From Infancy to Adolescence: Reference Values and Generational Trends’. Pediatrics, 111(2), pp. 302–307.

42 – Freudigman, Kimberly A. and Thoman, Evelyn B. (1998) ‘Infants’ earliest sleep/wake organization differs as a function of delivery mode’. Developmental Psychobiology, 32(4), pp. 293–303.

43 – Korte, Janou, Hoehn, Thomas and Siegmund, Renate (2004) ‘Actigraphic Recordings of Activity-Rest Rhythms of Neonates Born by Different Delivery Modes’. Chronobiology International, 21(1), pp. 95–106.

44 – Matsuoka, Megumi, Segawa, Masaya and Higurashi, Makoto (1991) ‘The Development of Sleep and Wakefulness Cycle in Early Infancy and Its Relationship to Feeding Habit’. The Tohoku Journal of Experimental Medicine, 165(2), pp. 147–154.

45 – Weerd, Al W. de and Bossche, Renilde A. S. van den (2003) ‘The development of sleep during the first months of life’. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 7(2), pp. 179–191.

46 – Moore, Robert Y. (2007) ‘Suprachiasmatic nucleus in sleep–wake regulation’. Sleep Medicine, 8, pp. 27–33.

47 – Coons, Susan and Guilleminault, Christian (1982) ‘Development of Sleep-Wake Patterns and Non-rapid Eye Movement Sleep Stages during the First Six Months of Life in Normal Infants’. Pediatrics, 69(6), pp. 793–798.

48 – Sievers, Erika, Oldigs, Hans-Dieter, Santer, René and Schaub, Jürgen (2002) ‘Feeding Patterns in Breast-Fed and Formula-Fed Infants’. Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism, 46(6), pp. 243–248.

49 – Custodio, Rodrigo Jose, Junior, Carlos Eduardo Martinelli, Milani, Soraya Lopes Sader, Simões, Aguinaldo Luis, et al. (2007) ‘The emergence of the cortisol circadian rhythm in monozygotic and dizygotic twin infants: the twin-pair synchrony’. Clinical Endocrinology, 66(2), pp. 192–197.

50 – Ball, Helen L. (2003) ‘Breastfeeding, Bed-Sharing, and Infant Sleep’. Birth, 30(3), pp. 181–188.

51 – Rivkees, Scott A. (2003) ‘Developing Circadian Rhythmicity in Infants’. Pediatrics, 112(2), pp. 373–381.

52 – Jenni, Oskar G., Deboer, Tom and Achermann, Peter (2006) ‘Development of the 24-h rest-activity pattern in human infants’. Infant Behavior and Development, 29(2), pp. 143–152.

53 – Henderson, Jacqueline M. T., France, Karyn G. and Blampied, Neville M. (2011) ‘The consolidation of infants’ nocturnal sleep across the first year of life’. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 15(4), pp. 211–220.

54 – Schechtman, V. L., Harper, R. K. and Harper, R. M. (1994) ‘Distribution of Slow-Wave EEG Activity Across the Night in Developing Infants’. Sleep, 17(4), pp. 316–322.

55 – Jiang, Fan, Shen, Xiaoming, Yan, Chonghuai, Wu, Shenghu, et al. (2007) ‘Epidemiological study of sleep characteristics in Chinese children 1–23 months of age’. Pediatrics International, 49(6), pp. 811–816.

56 – Harrison, Yvonne (2004) ‘The relationship between daytime exposure to light and night-time sleep in 6–12-week-old infants’. Journal of Sleep Research, 13(4), pp. 345–352.

57 – McMillen, I. Caroline, Kok, Joyce S. M., Adamson, T. Michael, Deayton, Jan M. and Nowak, Rachel (1991) ‘Development of Circadian Sleep-Wake Rhythms in Preterm and Full-Term Infants’. Pediatric Research, 29(4), pp. 381–384.

58 – Tsai, Shao-Yu, Thomas, Karen A., Lentz, Martha J. and Barnard, Kathryn E. (2012) ‘Light is beneficial for infant circadian entrainment: an actigraphic study’. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 68(8), pp. 1738–1747.

59 – Wahnschaffe, Amely, Haedel, Sven, Rodenbeck, Andrea, Stoll, Claudia, et al. (2013) ‘Out of the Lab and into the Bathroom: Evening Short-Term Exposure to Conventional Light Suppresses Melatonin and Increases Alertness Perception’. International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 14(2), pp. 2573–2589.

60 – Rivkees, Scott A., Mayes, Linda, Jacobs, Harris and Gross, Ian (2004) ‘Rest-Activity Patterns of Premature Infants Are Regulated by Cycled Lighting’. Pediatrics, 113(4), pp. 833–839.

61 – Iwata, Sachiko, Fujita, Fumie, Kinoshita, Masahiro, Unno, Mitsuaki, et al. (2017) ‘Dependence of nighttime sleep duration in one-month-old infants on alterations in natural and artificial photoperiod’. Scientific Reports, 7, p. 44749.

62 – Kimberly, Burkhart and Phelps, James (2009) ‘Amber Lenses to Block Blue Light and Improve Sleep: A Randomized Trial’. Chronobiology International, 26(8), pp. 1602–1612.

63 – Löhr, B. and Siegmund, R. (1999) ‘Ultradian and Orcadian Rhythms of Sleep-Wake and Food-Intake Behavior During Early Infancy’. Chronobiology International, 16(2), pp. 129–148.

64 – Wulff, K. and Siegmund, R. (2002) ‘[Emergence of circadian rhythms in infants before and after birth: evidence for variations by parental influence]’. Zeitschrift Fur Geburtshilfe Und Neonatologie, 206(5), pp. 166–171.

65 – Thompson, Darcy A. and Christakis, Dimitri A. (2005) ‘The association between television viewing and irregular sleep schedules among children less than 3 years of age’. Pediatrics, 116(4), pp. 851–856.

66 – Chonchaiya, Weerasak, Wilaisakditipakorn, Tanaporn, Vijakkhana, Nakul and Pruksananonda, Chandhita (2017) ‘Background media exposure prolongs nighttime sleep latency in Thai infants’. Pediatric Research, 81(2), pp. 322–328.

67 – Cheung, Celeste H. M., Bedford, Rachael, Saez De Urabain, Irati R., Karmiloff-Smith, Annette and Smith, Tim J. (2017) ‘Daily touchscreen use in infants and toddlers is associated with reduced sleep and delayed sleep onset’. Scientific Reports, 7, p. 46104.

68 – Ferber, Sari Goldstein, Laudon, Moshe, Kuint, Jacob, Weller, Aron and Zisapel, Nava (2002) ‘Massage therapy by mothers enhances the adjustment of circadian rhythms to the nocturnal period in full-term infants’. Journal of developmental and behavioral pediatrics: JDBP, 23(6), pp. 410–415.

69 – Field, Tiffany, Gonzalez, Gladys, Diego, Miguel and Mindell, Jodi (2016) ‘Mothers massaging their newborns with lotion versus no lotion enhances mothers’ and newborns’ sleep’. Infant Behavior & Development, 45(Pt A), pp. 31–37.

70 – Mindell, Jodi A., Lee, Christina I., Leichman, Erin S. and Rotella, Katie N. (2018) ‘Massage-based bedtime routine: impact on sleep and mood in infants and mothers’. Sleep Medicine, 41, pp. 51–57.

71 – Mindell, Jodi A., Leichman, Erin S., Lee, Christina, Williamson, Ariel A. and Walters, Russel M. (2017) ‘Implementation of a nightly bedtime routine: How quickly do things improve?’ Infant Behavior and Development, 49, pp. 220–227.

72 – Mindell, Jodi A., Li, Albert M., Sadeh, Avi, Kwon, Robert and Goh, Daniel Y. T. (2015) ‘Bedtime Routines for Young Children: A Dose-Dependent Association with Sleep Outcomes’. Sleep, 38(5), pp. 717–722.

73 – Mindell, Jodi A., Telofski, Lorena S., Wiegand, Benjamin and Kurtz, Ellen S. (2009) ‘A Nightly Bedtime Routine: Impact on Sleep in Young Children and Maternal Mood’. Sleep, 32(5), pp. 599–606.

74 – Cooijmans, Kelly H. M., Beijers, Roseriet, Rovers, Anne C. and de Weerth, Carolina (2017) ‘Effectiveness of skin-to-skin contact versus care-as-usual in mothers and their full-term infants: study protocol for a parallel-group randomized controlled trial’. BMC Pediatrics, 17(1), p. 154.

75 – Gray, Larry, Watt, Lisa and Blass, Elliott M. (2000) ‘Skin-to-Skin Contact Is Analgesic in Healthy Newborns’. Pediatrics, 105(1), pp. e14–e14.

76 – Messmer, Patricia R., Rodriguez, Suzanne, Adams, Jose, Wells-Gentry, Joyce, et al. (1997) ‘Effect of kangaroo care on sleep time for neonates’. Pediatric Nursing, 23(4), pp. 408-.

77 – Dombrowski, Mary Alice S., Anderson, Gene Cranston, Santori, Cathy and Burkhammer, Maria (2001) ‘Kangaroo (Skin-to-Skin) Care With a Postpartum Woman Who Felt Depressed’. MCN: The American Journal of Maternal/Child Nursing, 26(4), p. 214.

78 – Bigelow, Ann, Power, Michelle, MacLellan‐Peters, Janis, Alex, Marion and McDonald, Claudette (2012) ‘Effect of Mother/Infant Skin‐to‐Skin Contact on Postpartum Depressive Symptoms and Maternal Physiological Stress’. Journal of Obstetric, Gynecologic & Neonatal Nursing, 41(3), pp. 369–382.

79 – Nakagawa, Machiko, Ohta, Hidenobu, Nagaoki, Yuko, Shimabukuro, Rinshu, et al. (2016) ‘Daytime nap controls toddlers’ nighttime sleep’. Scientific Reports, 6, p. 27246.

80 – Pinilla, Teresa and Birch, Leann L. (1993) ‘Help Me Make It Through the Night: Behavirol Entrainment Breast-Fed Infants’ Sleep Patterns’. Pediatrics, 91(2), pp. 436–444.

81 – Grigg-Damberger, Madeleine Marie (2017) ‘Ontogeny of Sleep and Its Functions in Infancy, Childhood, and Adolescence’, in Nevšímalová, S. and Bruni, O. (eds.), Sleep Disorders in Children, Cham, Springer International Publishing, pp. 3–29. [online] Available from: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-28640-2_1 (Accessed 9 November 2018)

82 – Purhonen, Maija, Kilpeläinen-Lees, Riitta, Valkonen-Korhonen, Minna, Karhu, Jari and Lehtonen, Johannes (2005) ‘Four-month-old infants process own mother’s voice faster than unfamiliar voices—Electrical signs of sensitization in infant brain’. Cognitive Brain Research, 24(3), pp. 627–633.

83 – Urakawa, Susumu, Takamoto, Kouichi, Ishikawa, Akihiro, Ono, Taketoshi and Nishijo, Hisao (2015) ‘Selective Medial Prefrontal Cortex Responses During Live Mutual Gaze Interactions in Human Infants: An fNIRS Study’. Brain Topography, 28(5), pp. 691–701.

84 – Kaur, R., Bharti, B. and Saini, S. K. (2015) ‘A randomized controlled trial of burping for the prevention of colic and regurgitation in healthy infants’. Child: Care, Health and Development, 41(1), pp. 52–56.

85 – Zotter, H., Urlesberger, B., Pichler, G., Mueller, W. and Kerbl, R. (2007) ‘Do wet diapers induce arousals in sleeping infants?’ Acta Paediatrica, 96(3), pp. 452–453.

86 – Fagioli, Igino, Baroncini, Paolo, Ricour, Claude and Salzarulo, Piero (1989) ‘Decrease of Slow-Wave Sleep in Children with Prolonged Absence of Essential Lipids Intake’. Sleep, 12(6), pp. 495–499.

87 – Cheruku, Sunita R., Montgomery-Downs, Hawley E., Farkas, Susanna L., Thoman, Evelyn B. and Lammi-Keefe, Carol J. (2002) ‘Higher maternal plasma docosahexaenoic acid during pregnancy is associated with more mature neonatal sleep-state patterning’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 76(3), pp. 608–613.

88 – Parslow, Peter M., Harding, Richard, Cranage, Susan M., Adamson, T. Michael and Horne, Rosemary SC (2003) ‘Arousal Responses to Somatosensory and Mild Hypoxic Stimuli are Depressed During Quiet Sleep in Healthy Term Infants’. Sleep, 26(6), pp. 739–744.

89 – Barbeau, Daphna Yasova and Weiss, Michael D. (2017) ‘Sleep Disturbances in Newborns’. Children, 4(10), p. 90.

90 – Poblano, Adrián, Haro, Reyes and Arteaga, Carmina (2007) ‘Neurophysiologic Measurement of Continuity in the Sleep of Fetuses during the Last Week of Pregnancy and in Newborns’. International Journal of Biological Sciences, 4(1), pp. 23–28.

91 – Sadeh, A., Dark, I. and Vohr, B. R. (1996) ‘Newborns’ sleep-wake patterns: the role of maternal, delivery and infant factors.’ Early human development, 44(2), pp. 113–126.

92 – Heraghty, J. L., Hilliard, T. N., Henderson, A. J. and Fleming, P. J. (2008) ‘The physiology of sleep in infants’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 93(11), pp. 982–985.

93 – Siegel, Jerome M. (2005) ‘Functional Implications of Sleep Development’. PLOS Biology, 3(5), p. e178.

94 – Richardson, Heidi L., Parslow, Peter M., Walker, Adrian M., Harding, Richard and Horne, Rosemary S. C. (2007) ‘Maturation of the initial ventilatory response to hypoxia in sleeping infants’. Journal of Sleep Research, 16(1), pp. 117–127.

95 – Goodlin‐Jones, B, Burnham, Melissa M., Gaylor, E. and Anders, Thomas F. (2001) ‘Night Waking, Sleep-Wake Organization, and Self-Soothing in the First Year of Life’. Journal of developmental and behavioral pediatrics : JDBP, 22(4), pp. 226–233.

96 – Anders, Thomas F., Halpern, Leslie F. and Hua, Jenny (1992) ‘Sleeping Through the Night: A Developmental Perspective’. Pediatrics, 90(4), pp. 554–560.

97 – St James-Roberts, Ian, Roberts, Marion, Hovish, Kimberly and Owen, Charlie (2015) ‘Video Evidence That London Infants Can Resettle Themselves Back to Sleep After Waking in the Night, as well as Sleep for Long Periods, by 3 Months of Age’. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 36(5), pp. 324–329.

98 – Anuntaseree, Wanaporn, Mo-suwan, Ladda, Vasiknanonte, Punnee, Kuasirikul, Surachai, et al. (2008) ‘Night waking in Thai infants at 3 months of age: Association between parental practices and infant sleep’. Sleep Medicine, 9(5), pp. 564–571.

99 – Touchette, Évelyne, Petit, Dominique, Paquet, Jean, Boivin, Michel, et al. (2005) ‘Factors Associated With Fragmented Sleep at Night Across Early Childhood’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 159(3), pp. 242–249.

100 – Mindell, Jodi A., Sadeh, Avi, Kohyama, Jun and How, Ti Hwei (2010) ‘Parental behaviors and sleep outcomes in infants and toddlers: A cross-cultural comparison’. Sleep Medicine, 11(4), pp. 393–399.

101 – Wolfson, A., Lacks, P. and Futterman, A. (1992) ‘Effects of parent training on infant sleeping patterns, parents’ stress, and perceived parental competence.’ Journal of consulting and clinical psychology, 60(1), pp. 41–48.

102 – Adams, L. A. and Rickert, V. I. (1989) ‘Reducing bedtime tantrums: comparison between positive routines and graduated extinction’. Pediatrics, 84(5), pp. 756–761.

103 – Gradisar, Michael, Jackson, Kate, Spurrier, Nicola J., Gibson, Joyce, et al. (2016) ‘Behavioral Interventions for Infant Sleep Problems: A Randomized Controlled Trial’. Pediatrics. [online] Available from: http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/content/early/2016/05/21/peds.2015-1486.abstract

104 – Skuladottir, Arna and Thome, Marga (2003) ‘Changes in infant sleep problems after a family-centered intervention’. Pediatric Nursing, 29(5), pp. 375–378.

105 – Sadeh, A. (1994) ‘Assessment of intervention for infant night waking: parental reports and activity-based home monitoring.’ Journal of consulting and clinical psychology, 62(1), pp. 63–68.

106 – Matthey, Stephen and Črnčec, Rudi (2012) ‘Comparison of two strategies to improve infant sleep problems, and associated impacts on maternal experience, mood and infant emotional health: A single case replication design study’. Early Human Development, 88(6), pp. 437–442.

107 – Gerard, Claudia M., Harris, Kathleen A. and Thach, Bradley T. (2002) ‘Physiologic studies on swaddling: An ancient child care practice, which may promote the supine position for infant sleep’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 141(3), pp. 398–404.

108 – Franco, Patricia, Seret, Nicole, Hees, Jean-Noël Van, Scaillet, Sonia, et al. (2005) ‘Influence of Swaddling on Sleep and Arousal Characteristics of Healthy Infants’. Pediatrics, 115(5), pp. 1307–1311.

109 – Meyer, Lars Eckehard and Erler, Thomas (2011) ‘Swaddling: a traditional care method rediscovered’. World Journal of Pediatrics, 7(2), pp. 155–160.

110 – Pease, Anna S., Fleming, Peter J., Hauck, Fern R., Moon, Rachel Y., et al. (2016) ‘Swaddling and the Risk of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome: A Meta-analysis’. Pediatrics, 137(6), p. e20153275.

111 – Spencer, J. A., Moran, D. J., Lee, A. and Talbert, D. (1990) ‘White noise and sleep induction.’ Archives of Disease in Childhood, 65(1), pp. 135–137.

112 – Hugh, Sarah C., Wolter, Nikolaus E., Propst, Evan J., Gordon, Karen A., et al. (2014) ‘Infant Sleep Machines and Hazardous Sound Pressure Levels’. Pediatrics, 133(4), pp. 677–681.

113 – McKenna, J. J. and Volpe, L. E. (2007) ‘Sleeping with baby: an internet-based sampling of parental experiences, choices, perceptions, and interpretations in a western industrialized context’. Infant and Child Development, 16(4), pp. 359–385.

114 – Peng, Xiaojing, Yuan, Gangxuan and Ma, Ning (2019) ‘Cosleeping and sleep problems in children: a systematic review and meta-analysis’. Sleep and Biological Rhythms, 17(4), pp. 367–378.

115 – Mao, Amy, Burnham, Melissa M., Goodlin-Jones, Beth L., Gaylor, Erika E. and Anders, Thomas F. (2004) ‘A Comparison of the Sleep–Wake Patterns of Cosleeping and Solitary-Sleeping Infants’. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 35(2), pp. 95–105.

116 – Quillin, Stephanie I. M. and Glenn, L. Lee (2004) ‘Interaction between feeding method and co-sleeping on maternal-newborn sleep’. Journal of obstetric, gynecologic, and neonatal nursing: JOGNN, 33(5), pp. 580–588.

117 – Elias, Marjorie F., Nicolson, Nancy A., Bora, Carolyn and Johnston, Johanna (1986) ‘Sleep/Wake Patterns of Breast-Fed Infants in the First 2 Years of Life’. Pediatrics, 77(3), pp. 322–329.

118 – Hauck, Fern R., Signore, Caroline, Fein, Sara B. and Raju, Tonse N. K. (2008) ‘Infant Sleeping Arrangements and Practices During the First Year of Life’. Pediatrics, 122(Supplement 2), pp. S113–S120.

119 – Morelli, Gilda A., Rogoff, Barbara, Oppenheim, David and Goldsmith, Denise (1992) ‘Cultural variation in infants’ sleeping arrangements: Questions of independence’. Developmental Psychology, 28(4), pp. 604–613.

120 – Hong, K. Michael and Townes, Brenda D. (1976) ‘Infants’ attachment to inanimate objects: A cross-cultural study’. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 15(1), pp. 49–61.

121 – Teti, Douglas M., Kim, Bo-Ram, Mayer, Gail and Countermine, Molly (2010) ‘Maternal emotional availability at bedtime predicts infant sleep quality’. Journal of Family Psychology, 24(3), pp. 307–315.

122 – Schnitzer, Patricia G., Covington, Theresa M. and Dykstra, Heather K. (2012) ‘Sudden Unexpected Infant Deaths: Sleep Environment and Circumstances’. American Journal of Public Health, 102(6), pp. 1204–1212.

123 – Mathews, T, J, MacDorman, M. F. and Thoma, M. E. (2015) ‘Infant mortality statistics from the 2013 period linked birth/infant death data set’. [online] Available from: https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/32752 (Accessed 13 November 2018)

124 – Mathews, T. J., Menacker, Fay, MacDorman, Marian F. and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics (2004) ‘Infant mortality statistics from the 2002 period: linked birth/infant death data set’. National Vital Statistics Reports: From the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics, National Vital Statistics System, 53(10), pp. 1–29.

125 – McKenna, James J. and Gettler, Lee T. (2016) ‘There is no such thing as infant sleep, there is no such thing as breastfeeding, there is only breastsleeping’. Acta Paediatrica (Oslo, Norway: 1992), 105(1), pp. 17–21.

126 – Tappin, David, Ecob, Russell and Brooke, Hazel (2005) ‘Bedsharing, roomsharing, and sudden infant death syndrome in Scotland: a case-control study’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 147(1), pp. 32–37.

127 – Beijers, Roseriet, Cassidy, Jude, Lustermans, Hellen and de Weerth, Carolina (2019) ‘Parent-Infant Room Sharing During the First Months of Life: Longitudinal Links With Behavior During Middle Childhood’. Child Development, 90(4), pp. 1350–1367.

128 – Campos, Rosemary Gates (1994) ‘Rocking and pacifiers: Two comforting interventions for heelstick pain’. Research in Nursing & Health, 17(5), pp. 321–331.

129 – Blass, Elliott M and Watt, Lisa B (1999) ‘Suckling- and sucrose-induced analgesia in human newborns’. PAIN®, 83(3), pp. 611–623.

130 – Franco, Patricia, Chabanski, Sophie, Scaillet, Sonia, Groswasser, José and Kahn, André (2004) ‘Pacifier use modifies infant’s cardiac autonomic controls during sleep’. Early Human Development, 77(1), pp. 99–108.

131 – Butler, Rachel, Moore, Melisa and Mindell, Jodi A. (2016) ‘Pacifier Use, Finger Sucking, and Infant Sleep’. Behavioral Sleep Medicine, 14(6), pp. 615–623.

132 – Andrisani, Giovanni and Andrisani, Giorgia (2017) ‘Pacifier Use May Decrease the Risk of SIDS’. Journal of Neurology and Neuroscience, 8(1). [online] Available from: https://www.jneuro.com/abstract/pacifier-use-may-decrease-the-risk-of-sids-18523.html (Accessed 14 September 2020)

133 – Zavala Abed, Bruno, Oneto, Sabrina, Abreu, Alexandre R. and Chediak, Alejandro D. (2020) ‘How might non nutritional sucking protect from sudden infant death syndrome’. Medical Hypotheses, 143, p. 109868.

134 – Burr, Samantha, Harding, Sam, Wren, Yvonne and Deave, Toity (2020) ‘The Relationship between Feeding and Non-Nutritive Sucking Behaviours and Speech Sound Development: A Systematic Review’. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, pp. 1–14.

135 – Baker, Elise, Masso, Sarah, McLeod, Sharynne and Wren, Yvonne (2018) ‘Pacifiers, Thumb Sucking, Breastfeeding, and Bottle Use: Oral Sucking Habits of Children with and without Phonological Impairment’. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, 70(3–4), pp. 165–173.

136 – Nelson, Antonia M. (2012) ‘A Comprehensive Review of Evidence and Current Recommendations Related to Pacifier Usage’. Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 27(6), pp. 690–699.

137 – Salah, Mohamed, Abdel-Aziz, Mosaad, Al-Farok, Ahmed and Jebrini, Azzam (2013) ‘Recurrent acute otitis media in infants: Analysis of risk factors’. International Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology, 77(10), pp. 1665–1669.

138 – Karabulut, Erdem, Yalçin, S. Songül, Ozdemir-Geyik, Pinar and Karaağaoğlu, Ergun (2009) ‘Effect of pacifier use on exclusive and any breastfeeding: a meta-analysis’. The Turkish Journal of Pediatrics, 51(1), pp. 35–43.

139 – Jaafar, Sharifah Halimah, Ho, Jacqueline J., Jahanfar, Shayesteh and Angolkar, Mubashir (2016) ‘Effect of restricted pacifier use in breastfeeding term infants for increasing duration of breastfeeding’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (8). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD007202.pub4/full (Accessed 13 September 2020)

140 – Hermanson, Åsa and Åstrand, Lotta Lindh (2020) ‘The effects of early pacifier use on breastfeeding: A randomised controlled trial’. Women and Birth, 33(5), pp. e473–e482.

141 – Doğramacı, Esma J. and Rossi-Fedele, Giampiero (2016) ‘Establishing the association between nonnutritive sucking behavior and malocclusions: A systematic review and meta-analysis’. The Journal of the American Dental Association, 147(12), pp. 926-934.e6.

142 – Caruso, Silvia, Nota, Alessandro, Darvizeh, Atanaz, Severino, Marco, et al. (2019) ‘Poor oral habits and malocclusions after usage of orthodontic pacifiers: an observational study on 3–5 years old children’. BMC Pediatrics, 19(1), p. 294.

143 – France, Karyn G. and Blampied, Neville M. (1999) ‘REVIEW ARTICLE: Infant sleep disturbance: Description of a problem behaviour process’. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 3(4), pp. 265–280.

144 – Goel, Namni, Kim, Hyungsoo and Lao, Raymund P. (2005) ‘An Olfactory Stimulus Modifies Nighttime Sleep in Young Men and Women’. Chronobiology International, 22(5), pp. 889–904.

145 – Field, Tiffany, Field, Tory, Cullen, Christy, Largie, Shay, et al. (2008) ‘Lavender bath oil reduces stress and crying and enhances sleep in very young infants’. Early Human Development, 84(6), pp. 399–401.

146 – Howard, Siobhán and Hughes, Brian M. (2008) ‘Expectancies, not aroma, explain impact of lavender aromatherapy on psychophysiological indices of relaxation in young healthy women’. British Journal of Health Psychology, 13(4), pp. 603–617.

147 – Henley, Derek V., Lipson, Natasha, Korach, Kenneth S. and Bloch, Clifford A. (2007) ‘Prepubertal Gynecomastia Linked to Lavender and Tea Tree Oils’. New England Journal of Medicine, 356(5), pp. 479–485.

148 – Cubero, J., Valero, V., Sánchez, J., Rivero, M., et al. (2005) ‘The circadian rhythm of tryptophan in breast milk affects the rhythms of 6-sulfatoxymelatonin and sleep in newborn.’ Neuro endocrinology letters, 26(6), pp. 657–661.

149 – Steinberg, Lois A., O’Connell, Nancy C., Hatch, Terry F., Picciano, Mary Frances and Birch, Leann L. (1992) ‘Tryptophan Intake Influences Infants’ Sleep Latency’. The Journal of Nutrition, 122(9), pp. 1781–1791.

150 – Doan, Therese, Gardiner, Annelise, Gay, Caryl L. and Lee, Kathryn A. (2007) ‘Breast-feeding Increases Sleep Duration of New Parents’. The Journal of Perinatal & Neonatal Nursing, 21(3), p. 200.

151 – Cohen Engler, Anat, Hadash, Amir, Shehadeh, Naim and Pillar, Giora (2012) ‘Breastfeeding may improve nocturnal sleep and reduce infantile colic: Potential role of breast milk melatonin’. European Journal of Pediatrics, 171(4), pp. 729–732.

152 – Illnerová, H., Buresová, M. and Presl, J. (1993) ‘Melatonin rhythm in human milk’. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 77(3), pp. 838–841.

153 – Horne, R. S. C., Parslow, P. M., Ferens, D., Watts, A.-M. and Adamson, T. M. (2004) ‘Comparison of evoked arousability in breast and formula fed infants’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 89(1), pp. 22–25.

154 – Nikolopoulou, M. and James-Roberts, I. St (2003) ‘Preventing sleeping problems in infants who are at risk of developing them’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 88(2), pp. 108–111.

155 – Barr, R. G., Hopkins, B. and Green, J. A. (2000) Crying as a sign, a symptom, and a signal, London, Mac Keith Press.

156 – Forsyth, Brian W. C., Leventhal, John M. and McCarthy, Paul L. (1985) ‘Mothers’ Perceptions of Problems of Feeding and Crying Behaviors: A Prospective Study’. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 139(3), pp. 269–272.

157 – Reijneveld, S. A., Brugman, E. and Hirasing, R. A. (2001) ‘Excessive Infant Crying: The Impact of Varying Definitions’. PEDIATRICS, 108(4), pp. 893–897.

158 – Barr, R. (1990) ‘The early crying paradox’. Human Nature, 1(4), pp. 355–389.

159 – St James-Roberts, I, Conroy, S and Wilsher, K (1998) ‘Links between maternal care and persistent infant crying in the early months’. Child: Care, Health and Development, 24(5), pp. 353–376.

160 – Krugman, R. D. (1983) ‘Fatal child abuse: analysis of 24 cases.’ Pediatrician, 12(1), pp. 68–72.

161 – Frodi, Ann M. and Lamb, Michael E. (1980) ‘Child Abusers’ Responses to Infant Smiles and Cries’. Child Development, 51(1), p. 238.

162 – Frodi, Ann M. and Lamb, Michael E. (1980) ‘Infants at risk for child abuse’. Infant Mental Health Journal, 1(4), pp. 240–247.

163 – Frodi, Ann (1985) ‘When Empathy Fails’, in Lester, B. M. and Zachariah Boukydis, C. F. (eds.), Infant Crying, Boston, MA, Springer US, pp. 263–277. [online] Available from: http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-1-4613-2381-5_12 (Accessed 5 December 2017)

164 – Frodi, A. M. (1981) ‘Contribution of infant characteristics to child abuse.’ American journal of mental deficiency, 85(4), pp. 341–349.

165 – Crowe, Helen P. and Zeskind, Philip Sanford (1992) ‘Psychophysiological and perceptual responses to infant cries varying in pitch: Comparison of adults with low and high scores on the child abuse potential inventory’. Child Abuse & Neglect, 16(1), pp. 19–29.

166 – Levitzky, Susan and Cooper, Robyn (2000) ‘Infant Colic Syndrome—Maternal Fantasies of Aggression and Infanticide’. Clinical Pediatrics, 39(7), pp. 395–400.

167 – Barr, R. G., Trent, R. B. and Cross, J. (2006) ‘Age-related incidence curve of hospitalized Shaken Baby Syndrome cases: Convergent evidence for crying as a trigger to shaking’. Child Abuse & Neglect, 30(1), pp. 7–16.

168 – Howard, Cynthia R., Lanphear, Nancy, Lanphear, Bruce P., Eberly, Shirley and Lawrence, Ruth A. (2006) ‘Parental Responses to Infant Crying and Colic: The Effect on Breastfeeding Duration’. http://www.liebertpub.com/bfm. [online] Available from: http://online.liebertpub.com/doi/abs/10.1089/bfm.2006.1.146 (Accessed 26 January 2018)

169 – Wasser, Heather, Bentley, Margaret, Borja, Judith, Goldman, Barbara Davis, et al. (2011) ‘Infants Perceived as “Fussy” Are More Likely to Receive Complementary Foods Before 4 Months’. Pediatrics, 127(2), pp. 229–237.

170 – McCann, Margaret F. and Bender, Deborah E. (2006) ‘Perceived insufficient milk as a barrier to otpimal infant feeding: examples from bolivia’. Journal of Biosocial Science, 38(3), pp. 341–364.

171 – Margolis, Rachel and Myrskylä, Mikko (2014) ‘Parental well-being surrounding first birth as a determinant of further parity progression’. Demography.

172 – Margolis, Rachel and Myrskylä, Mikko (2011) ‘A Global Perspective on Happiness and Fertility’. Population and Development Review, 37(1), pp. 29–56.

173 – Cetre, S., Clark, A.E. and Senik, C. (2015) ‘Happiness and the Parenthood Paradox’.

174 – Wasz-Hockert, O. (1968) ‘The infant cry : A spectrographic and auditory analysis’. Clinics in Development Medicine, 29. [online] Available from: http://ci.nii.ac.jp/naid/10029703235/ (Accessed 26 July 2017)

175 – Wasz-Hockert, Ole, Michelsson, Katarina and Lind, John (1985) ‘Twenty-Five Years of Scandinavian Cry Research’, in Lester, B. M. and Zachariah Boukydis, C. F. (eds.), Infant Crying, Boston, MA, Springer US, pp. 83–104. [online] Available from: http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-1-4613-2381-5_4 (Accessed 26 July 2017)

176 – Wiesenfeld, A. R., Malatesta, C. Z. and Deloach, L. L. (1981) ‘Differential parental response to familiar and unfamiliar infant distress signals’. Infant Behavior and Development, 4, pp. 281–295.

177 – Soltis, J. (2004) ‘The signal functions of early infant crying’. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 27(04), pp. 443–458.

178 – Sherman, M. (1927) ‘The differentiation of emotional responses in infants. II. The ability of observers to judge the emotional characteristics of the crying of infants, and of the voice of an adult.’ Journal of Comparative Psychology, 7(5), pp. 335–351.

179 – Müller, E., Hollien, H. and Murry, T. (1974) ‘Perceptual responses to infant crying: identification of cry types’. Journal of Child Language, 1(01). [online] Available from: http://www.journals.cambridge.org/abstract_S0305000900000106 (Accessed 26 July 2017)

180 – Gustafson, G. E., Wood, R. M. and Green, J. A. (2000) ‘Can we hear the causes of infants’ crying?’, in Barr, R. G., Hopkins, B., and Green, J. A. (eds.), Cry as a sign, a symptom, and a signal. Clinical, emotional and developmental aspects of infant and toddler crying, MacKeith Press.

181 – Chang, Chuan-Yu, Chang, Chuan-Wang, Kathiravan, S., Lin, Chen and Chen, Szu-Ta (2017) ‘DAG-SVM based infant cry classification system using sequential forward floating feature selection’. Multidimensional Systems and Signal Processing, 28(3), pp. 961–976.

182 – Chen, Szu-Ta, Srinivasan, Kathiravan, Lin, Chen and Chang, Chuan-Yu (2017) ‘Neonatal Cry Analysis and Categorization System Via Directed Acyclic Graph Support Vector Machine’, in Big Data Analytics for Sensor-Network Collected Intelligence, Elsevier, pp. 205–222. [online] Available from: http://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/B9780128093931000106 (Accessed 27 July 2017)

183 – Yong, Boon Fei, Ting, Hua Nong and Ng, Kwan Hoong (2019) ‘Baby Cry Recognition Using Deep Neural Networks’, in Lhotska, L., Sukupova, L., Lacković, I., and Ibbott, G. S. (eds.), World Congress on Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering 2018, IFMBE Proceedings, Springer Singapore, pp. 809–813.

184 – Koutseff, Alexis, Reby, David, Martin, Olivier, Levrero, Florence, et al. (2018) ‘The acoustic space of pain: cries as indicators of distress recovering dynamics in pre-verbal infants’. Bioacoustics, 27(4), pp. 313–325.

185 – Sriraam, Natarajan, Tejaswini, S. and Chavan, Ankita Arun (2016) ‘Development of Portable Medical Electronic Device for Infant Cry Recognition: A Primitive Experimental Study’. International Journal of Biomedical and Clinical Engineering, 5(2), pp. 53–63.

186 – Furlow, F.Bryant (1997) ‘Human Neonatal Cry Quality as an honest signal of fitness’. Evolution and Human Behavior, 18(3), pp. 175–193.

187 – Corwin, Michael J., Lester, Barry M. and Golub, Howard L. (1996) ‘The infant cry: What can it tell us?’ Current Problems in Pediatrics, 26(9), pp. 313–334.

188 – Levrero, F., Mathevon, N., Pisanski, K., Gustafsson, E. and Reby, D. (2018) ‘The pitch of babies’ cries predicts their voice pitch at age 5’. Biology Letters, 14(7), p. 20180065.

189 – Craig, Kenneth D., Gilbert-MacLeod, Cheryl A. and Lilley, Christine M. (2000) ‘Crying as an indicator of pain in infants.’, in Crying as a sign, a sympton, & a signal: Clinical emotional and developmental aspects of infant and toddler crying., Clinics in developmental medicine, No. 152., New York, NY, US, Cambridge University Press, pp. 23–40.

190 – Johnston, Celeste C. and Strada, Mary Ellen (1986) ‘Acute pain response in infants: a multidimensional description’: Pain, 24(3), pp. 373–382.

191 – Bellieni, C. V., Sisto, R., Cordelli, D. M. and Buonocore, G. (2004) ‘Cry features reflect pain intensity in term newborns: an alarm threshold’. Pediatric Research, 55(1). [online] Available from: http://journals.lww.com/pedresearch/Fulltext/2004/01000/Cry_Features_Reflect_Pain_Intensity_in_Term.21.aspx

192 – Gustafsson, E., Levrero, F., Reby, D. and Mathevon, N. (2013) ‘Fathers are just as good as mothers at recognizing the cries of their baby’. Nat Commun, 4. [online] Available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/ncomms2713

193 – Dessureau, B. K., Kurowski, C. O. and Thompson, N. S. (1998) ‘A reassessment of the role of pitch and duration in adults’ responses to infant crying’. Infant Behavior and Development, 21(2), pp. 367–371.

194 – Protopapas, Athanassios and Eimas, Peter D. (1997) ‘Perceptual differences in infant cries revealed by modifications of acoustic features’. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 102(6), pp. 3723–3734.

195 – Reby, David, Levréro, Florence, Gustafsson, Erik and Mathevon, Nicolas (2016) ‘Sex stereotypes influence adults’ perception of babies’ cries’. BMC Psychology, 4(1), pp. 1–12.

196 – Rao, Madu, Blass, Elliott M, Brignol, Marie M, Marino, Lauren and Glass, Leonard (1997) ‘Reduced heat loss following sucrose ingestion in premature and normal human newborns’. Early Human Development, 48(1), pp. 109–116.

197 – Hagen, Edward H. (2004) ‘Is excessive infant crying an honest signal of vigor, one extreme of a continuum, or a strategy to manipulate parents?’ Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 27(4), pp. 463–464.

198 – Maestripieri, Dario and Durante, Kristina M. (2004) ‘Infant colic: Re-evaluating the adaptive hypotheses’. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 27(4), pp. 468–469.

199 – Gormally, S.M. and Barr, R.G. (1997) ‘Of clinical pies and clinical clues: proposal for a clinical approach to complaints of early crying and colic’. Ambulatory Child Health, 3, pp. 137–153.

200 – Lehtonen, L., Gormally, S. and Barr, R.G. (2000) ‘Outcome in infants presenting with early increased crying’, in Crying as a Sign, a Symptom, and a Signal: Clinical, Emotional and Developmental Aspects of Infant and Toddler Crying, Cambridge University Press, p. 67.

201 – Wessel, Morris A., Cobb, John C., Jackson, Edith B., Harris, George S. and Detwiler, Ann C. (1954) ‘Paroxysmal Fussing in Infancy, Sometimes Called “Colic”’. Pediatrics, 14(5), pp. 421–435.

202 – Reijneveld, Sijmen A., Brugman, Emily and Hirasing, Remy A. (2001) ‘Excessive Infant Crying: The Impact of Varying Definitions’. Pediatrics, 108(4), pp. 893–897.

203 – Canivet, Catarina, Jakobsson, Irene and Hagander, Barbro (2002) ‘Colicky Infants According to Maternal Reports in Telephone Interviews and Diaries: A Large Scandinavian Study’. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 23(1), p. 1.

204 – Lucassen, P. L. B. J., Assendelft, W. J. J., Eijk, J. Th M. van, Gubbels, J. W., et al. (2001) ‘Systematic review of the occurrence of infantile colic in the community’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 84(5), pp. 398–403.

205 – Søndergaard, Charlotte, Skajaa, Elisabeth and Henriksen, Tine Brink (2000) ‘Fetal growth and infantile colic’. Archives of Disease in Childhood – Fetal and Neonatal Edition, 83(1), pp. F44–F47.

206 – Kanabar, D., Randhawa, M. and Clayton, P. (2001) ‘Improvement of symptoms in infant colic following reduction of lactose load with lactase’. Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics, 14(5), pp. 359–363.

207 – Iacovou, Marina, Ralston, Robin A., Muir, Jane, Walker, Karen Z. and Truby, Helen (2012) ‘Dietary Management of Infantile Colic: A Systematic Review’. Maternal and Child Health Journal, 16(6), pp. 1319–1331.

208 – Johnson, J. D., Cocker, K. and Chang, E. (2015) ‘Infantile Colic: Recognition and Treatment.’ American family physician, 92(7), pp. 577–582.

209 – Freedman, Stephen B., Al-Harthy, Nesrin and Thull-Freedman, Jennifer (2009) ‘The Crying Infant: Diagnostic Testing and Frequency of Serious Underlying Disease’. Pediatrics, 123(3), pp. 841–848.

210 – Hill, David J., Roy, Neil, Heine, Ralf G., Hosking, Clifford S., et al. (2005) ‘Effect of a Low-Allergen Maternal Diet on Colic Among Breastfed Infants: A Randomized, Controlled Trial’. Pediatrics, 116(5), pp. e709–e715.

211 – Egervarn, Maria, Danielsen, Morten, Roos, Stefan, Lindmark, Hans and Lindgren, Sven (2007) ‘Antibiotic Susceptibility Profiles of Lactobacillus reuteri and Lactobacillus fermentum’. Journal of Food Protection, 70(2), pp. 412–418.

212 – Alves, João Guilherme Bezerra, Brito, De, Moraes, Rita de Cássia Coelho and Cavalcanti, Telma Samila (2012) ‘Effectiveness of Mentha piperita in the Treatment of Infantile Colic: A Crossover Study’. Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine. [online] Available from: https://www.hindawi.com/journals/ecam/2012/981352/abs/ (Accessed 25 January 2018)

213 – Weizman, Zvi, Alkrinawi, Soliman, Goldfarb, Dan and Bitran, Chaim (1993) ‘Efficacy of herbal tea preparation in infantile colic’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 122(4), pp. 650–652.

214 – Alexandrovich, I., Rakovitskaya, O., Kolmo, E., Sidorova, T. and Shushunov, S. (2003) ‘The effect of fennel (Foeniculum Vulgare) seed oil emulsion in infantile colic: a randomized, placebo-controlled study.’ Alternative therapies in health and medicine, 9(4), pp. 58–61.

215 – Savino, Francesco, Cresi, Francesco, Castagno, Emanuele, Silvestro, Leandra and Oggero, Roberto (2005) ‘A randomized double‐blind placebo‐controlled trial of a standardized extract of Matricariae recutita, Foeniculum vulgare and Melissa officinalis (ColiMil®) in the treatment of breastfed colicky infants’. Phytotherapy Research, 19(4), pp. 335–340.

216 – Duygu, Arikan, Handan, Alp, Gözüm, Sebahat, Orbak, Zerrin and Karaca Çifçi, Esra (2008) ‘Effectiveness of massage, sucrose solution, herbal tea or hydrolysed formula in the treatment of infantile colic’. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 17(13), pp. 1754–1761.

217 – Perry, Rachel, Hunt, Katherine and Ernst, Edzard (2011) ‘Nutritional Supplements and Other Complementary Medicines for Infantile Colic: A Systematic Review’. Pediatrics, p. peds.2010-2098.

218 – Dobson, Dawn, Lucassen, Peter, Miller, Joyce, Vlieger, Arine, et al. (2014) ‘Manipulative Therapies for Infantile Colic’. The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 20(5), pp. A114–A114.

219 – Landgren, Kajsa, Kvorning, Nina and Hallström, Inger (2010) ‘Acupuncture reduces crying in infants with infantile colic: a randomised, controlled, blind clinical study’. Acupuncture in Medicine, p. acupmed2394.

220 – Skjeie, Holgeir, Skonnord, Trygve, Fetveit, Arne and Brekke, Mette (2013) ‘Acupuncture for infantile colic: A blinding-validated, randomized controlled multicentre trial in general practice’. Scandinavian Journal of Primary Health Care, 31(4), pp. 190–196.

221 – Castejón-Castejón, M., Murcia-González, M. A., Martínez Gil, J. L., Todri, J., et al. (2019) ‘Effectiveness of craniosacral therapy in the treatment of infantile colic. A randomized controlled trial’. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 47, p. 102164.

222 – Hannula, L, Puukka, P., Asunmaa, M. and Mäkijärvi, M. (n.d.) ‘A pilot study of parents’ experiences of reflexology treatment for infants with colic in Finland’. Scandinavian Journal of Caring Sciences, (n/a), p. 2019.

223 – Garrison, Michelle M. and Christakis, Dimitri A. (2000) ‘A Systematic Review of Treatments for Infant Colic’. Pediatrics, 106(Supplement 1), pp. 184–190.

224 – Goldman, Martin and Beaumont, Tricia (2017) ‘A real world evaluation of a treatment for infant colic based on the experience and perceptions of 4004 parents’. British Journal of Nursing, 26, pp. S3–S10.

225 – Williams, J and Watkins-Jones, R (1984) ‘Dicyclomine: worrying symptoms associated with its use in some small babies’. British Medical Journal, 288(6421), p. 901.

226 – Moore, David John, Tao, Billy Siang-Kuo, Lines, David Robin, Hirte, Craig, et al. (2003) ‘Double-blind placebo-controlled trial of omeprazole in irritable infants with gastroesophageal reflux’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 143(2), pp. 219–223.

227 – White, Barbara Prudhomme, Gunnar, Megan R., Larson, Mary C., Donzella, Bonny and Barr, Ronald G. (2000) ‘Behavioral and Physiological Responsivity, Sleep, and Patterns of Daily Cortisol Production in Infants with and without Colic’. Child Development, 71(4), pp. 862–877.

228 – Corbeil, Mariève, Trehub, Sandra E. and Peretz, Isabelle (2015) ‘Singing Delays the Onset of Infant Distress’. Infancy, 21(3), pp. 373–391.

229 – Reijneveld, Sijmen A, Lanting, Caren I, Crone, Mathilde R and van Wouwe, Jacobus P (2005) ‘Exposure to tobacco smoke and infant crying’. Acta Pædiatrica, 94(2), pp. 217–221.

230 – Shenassa, Edmond D. and Brown, Mary-Jean (2004) ‘Maternal Smoking and Infantile Gastrointestinal Dysregulation: The Case of Colic’. Pediatrics, 114(4), pp. e497–e505.

231 – Mennella, Julie A., Yourshaw, Lauren M. and Morgan, Lindsay K. (2007) ‘Breastfeeding and Smoking: Short-term Effects on Infant Feeding and Sleep’. Pediatrics, 120(3), pp. 497–502.

232 – Pesonen, Anu-Katriina, Räikkönen, Katri, Matthews, Karen, Heinonen, Kati, et al. (2009) ‘Prenatal Origins of Poor Sleep in Children’. Sleep, 32(8), pp. 1086–1092.

233 – Lemola, Sakari, Stadlmayr, Werner and Grob, Alexander (2009) ‘Infant irritability: The impact of fetal alcohol exposure, maternal depressive symptoms, and low emotional support from the husband’. Infant Mental Health Journal, 30(1), pp. 57–81.

234 – Kraemer, Gary W., Moore, Colleen F., Newman, Timothy K., Barr, Christina S. and Schneider, Mary L. (2008) ‘Moderate Level Fetal Alcohol Exposure and Serotonin Transporter Gene Promoter Polymorphism Affect Neonatal Temperament and Limbic-Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis Regulation in Monkeys’. Biological Psychiatry, 63(3), pp. 317–324.

235 – Jenni, Oskar G. and Carskadon, Mary A. (2007) ‘Sleep Behavior and Sleep Regulation from Infancy through Adolescence: Normative Aspects’. Sleep Medicine Clinics, 2(3), pp. 321–329.

236 – Akacem, Lameese D., Simpkin, Charles T., Carskadon, Mary A., Jr, Kenneth P. Wright, et al. (2015) ‘The Timing of the Circadian Clock and Sleep Differ between Napping and Non-Napping Toddlers’. PLOS ONE, 10(4), p. e0125181.

237 – Cho, YongMin, Ryu, Seung-Hun, Lee, Byeo Ri, Kim, Kyung Hee, et al. (2015) ‘Effects of artificial light at night on human health: A literature review of observational and experimental studies applied to exposure assessment’. Chronobiology International, 32(9), pp. 1294–1310.

238 – Wehr, T. A., Moul, D. E., Barbato, G., Giesen, H. A., et al. (1993) ‘Conservation of photoperiod-responsive mechanisms in humans’. American Journal of Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology. [online] Available from: http://www.physiology.org/doi/abs/10.1152/ajpregu.1993.265.4.R846 (Accessed 26 January 2018)

239 – Weissbluth, M. and Weissbluth, L. (1992) ‘Colic, sleep inertia, melatonin and circannual rhythms’. Medical Hypotheses, 38(3), pp. 224–228.

240 – Weissbluth, L. and Weissbluth, M. (1992) ‘Infant colic: The effect of serotonin and melatonin circadian rhythms on the intestinal smooth muscle’. Medical Hypotheses, 39(2), pp. 164–167.

241 – Miller, Patrice Marie and Commons, Michael Lamport (2010) ‘The benefits of attachment parenting for infants and children: A behavioral developmental view.’ Behavioral Development Bulletin, 16(1), pp. 1–14.

242 – Bell, S. M. and Ainsworth, M. D. S. (1972) ‘Infant crying and maternal responsiveness’. Child Development, 43(4), pp. 1171–1190.

243 – Hunziker, Urs A. and Barr, Ronald G. (1986) ‘Increased Carrying Reduces Infant Crying: A Randomized Controlled Trial’. Pediatrics, 77(5), pp. 641–648.

244 – St James-Roberts, I, Conroy, S and Wilsher, K (1998) ‘Links between maternal care and persistent infant crying in the early months’. Child: Care, Health and Development, 24(5), pp. 353–376.

245 – Lee, Keun (2000) ‘Crying and behavior pattern in breast- and formula-fed infants’. Early Human Development, 58(2), pp. 133–140.

246 – Barr, Ronald G., McMullan, Sara J., Spiess, Heinz, Leduc, Denis G., et al. (1991) ‘Carrying as Colic “Therapy”: A Randomized Controlled Trial’. Pediatrics, 87(5), pp. 623–630.

247 – Esposito, Gianluca, Yoshida, Sachine, Ohnishi, Ryuko, Tsuneoka, Yousuke, et al. (2013) ‘Infant Calming Responses during Maternal Carrying in Humans and Mice’. Current Biology, 23(9), pp. 739–745.

248 – Engler, Anat Cohen, Hadash, Amir, Shehadeh, Naim and Pillar, Giora (2012) ‘Breastfeeding may improve nocturnal sleep and reduce infantile colic: Potential role of breast milk melatonin’. European Journal of Pediatrics, 171(4), pp. 729–732.

249 – Blass, Elliott M. (1997) ‘Infant Formula Quiets Crying Human Newborns’. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 18(3), p. 162.

250 – Barr, Ronald G. and Elias, Marjorie F. (1988) ‘Nursing Interval and Maternal Responsivity: Effect on Early Infant Crying’. Pediatrics, 81(4), pp. 529–536.

251 – Waters, Sara F., West, Tessa V. and Mendes, Wendy Berry (2014) ‘Stress Contagion: Physiological Covariation Between Mothers and Infants’. Psychological Science, 25(4), pp. 934–942.

252 – Cutrona, Carolyn E. and Troutman, Beth R. (1986) ‘Social Support, Infant Temperament, and Parenting Self-Efficacy: A Mediational Model of Postpartum Depression’. Child Development, 57(6), pp. 1507–1518.

253 – Crockenberg, Susan and McCluskey, Karen (1986) ‘Change in Maternal Behavior during the Baby’s First Year of Life’. Child Development, 57(3), pp. 746–753.

254 – Stifter, C. A., Bono, M. and Spinrad, T. (2003) ‘Parent characteristics and conceptualizations associated with the emergence of infant colic’. Journal of Reproductive and Infant Psychology, 21(4), pp. 309–322.

255 – Leahy-Warren, Patricia, McCarthy, Geraldine and Corcoran, Paul (2012) ‘First-time mothers: social support, maternal parental self-efficacy and postnatal depression’. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 21(3–4), pp. 388–397.

256 – Akman, I., Kuşçu, K., Özdemir, N., Yurdakul, Z., et al. (2006) ‘Mothers’ postpartum psychological adjustment and infantile colic’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 91(5), pp. 417–419.

257 – Howell, Elizabeth A., Mora, Pablo and Leventhal, Howard (2006) ‘Correlates of Early Postpartum Depressive Symptoms’. Maternal and Child Health Journal, 10(2), p. 149.

258 – Wurmser, Harald, Rieger, Margarete, Domogalla, Caroline, Kahnt, Anja, et al. (2006) ‘Association between life stress during pregnancy and infant crying in the first six months postpartum: A prospective longitudinal study’. Early Human Development, 82(5), pp. 341–349.

259 – Holm, Ragnhild and Lien, Katrine Eltvik (2012) ‘Prenatal Psychosocial Risk Factors for the Development of Postpartum Depression’. [online] Available from: https://bora.uib.no/handle/1956/6428 (Accessed 26 January 2018)

260 – Rautava, P., Helenius, H. and Lehtonen, L. (1993) ‘Psychosocial predisposing factors for infantile colic.’ BMJ, 307(6904), pp. 600–604.

261 – van IJzendoorn, Marinus H, Sagi, Abraham and Lambermon, Mirjam WE (1992) ‘The multiple caretaker paradox: Data from Holland and Israel’. New Directions for Child and Adolescent Development, 1992(57), pp. 5–24.

262 – Spieker, Susan J and Bensley, Lillian (1994) ‘Roles of living arrangements and grandmother social support in adolescent mothering and infant attachment’. Developmental Psychology, 30(1), p. 102.

263 – Furstenberg, Frank F (1976) Unplanned parenthood: The social consequences of teenage childbearing, New York, NY, US, Free Press.

264 – Pope, Sandra K, Whiteside, Leanne, Brooks-Gunn, Jeanne, Kelleher, Kelly J, et al. (1993) ‘Low-birth-weight infants born to adolescent mothers: Effects of coresidency with grandmother on child development’. Journal of the American Medical Association, 269(11), pp. 1396–1400.

265 – Olds, David L, Sadler, Lois and Kitzman, Harriet (2007) ‘Programs for parents of infants and toddlers: recent evidence from randomized trials’. Journal of child psychology and psychiatry, 48(3‐4), pp. 355–391.

266 – Lyons-Ruth, Karlen, Connell, David B., Grunebaum, Henry U. and Botein, Sheila (1990) ‘Infants at Social Risk: Maternal Depression and Family Support Services as Mediators of Infant Development and Security of Attachment’. Child Development, 61(1), pp. 85–98.

267 – Perner, Josef, Ruffman, Ted and Leekam, Susan R. (1994) ‘Theory of Mind Is Contagious: You Catch It from Your Sibs’. Child Development, 65(4), pp. 1228–1238.

268 – Luby, Joan L., Barch, Deanna M., Belden, Andy, Gaffrey, Michael S., et al. (2012) ‘Maternal support in early childhood predicts larger hippocampal volumes at school age’. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 109(8), pp. 2854–2859.

269 – Barr, Ronald G., Konner, Melvin, Bakeman, Roger and Adamson, Lauren (1991) ‘Crying in !kung San Infants: A Test of the Cultural Specificity Hypothesis’. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 33(7), pp. 601–610.

270 – Konner, M. (2005) ‘Hunter-gatherer infancy and childhood’, in Hunter-gatherer childhoods: Evolutionary, developmental and cultural perspectives, pp. 19–64.

271 – Fouts, Hillary N., Lamb, Michael E. and Hewlett, Barry S. (2004) ‘Infant crying in hunter-gatherer cultures’. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 27(4), pp. 462–463.

272 – Konner, M. J. (1972) ‘Aspects of the developmental ethology of a foraging people.’, in Ethological studies of child behaviour., Oxford, England, Cambridge U. Press, pp. x, 400–x, 400.

273 – Konner, M. (1977) ‘Infancy among the Kalahari desert San’, in Culture and infancy: Variations in the human experience, pp. 287–328.

274 – Konner, M. and Worthman, C. (1980) ‘Nursing frequency, gonadal function, and birth spacing among !Kung hunter-gatherers’. Science, 207(4432), pp. 788–791.

275 – Kruger, A. and Konner, M. (2010) ‘Who responds to crying?’ Human Nature, 21(3), pp. 309–329.

276 – Sapolsky, Robert M. (1996) ‘Why stress is bad for your brain’. Science, 273(5276), pp. 749–751.

277 – Miller, Patrice Marie and Commons, Michael Lamport (2013) ‘Why Not “Crying It Out” Part 1: The Science That Tells Us That Responsiveness is Key’. [online] Available from: http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/springer/clac/2013/00000004/00000002/art00003 (Accessed 23 June 2017)

278 – Hiscock, Harriet and Wake, Melissa (2001) ‘Infant Sleep Problems and Postnatal Depression: A Community-Based Study’. Pediatrics, 107(6), p. 1317.

279 – Hiscock, H., Bayer, J. K., Hampton, A., Ukoumunne, O. C. and Wake, M. (2008) ‘Long-term Mother and Child Mental Health Effects of a Population-Based Infant Sleep Intervention: Cluster-Randomized, Controlled Trial’. PEDIATRICS, 122(3), pp. e621–e627.

280 – Hatzinger, Martin, Brand, Serge, Perren, Sonja, Stadelmann, Stephanie, et al. (2010) ‘Sleep actigraphy pattern and behavioral/emotional difficulties in kindergarten children: Association with hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical (HPA) activity’. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 44(4), pp. 253–261.

281 – Hiscock, Harriet, Canterford, Louise, Ukoumunne, Obioha C. and Wake, Melissa (2007) ‘Adverse Associations of Sleep Problems in Australian Preschoolers: National Population Study’. Pediatrics, 119(1), p. 86.

282 – Blunden, Sarah, Lushington, Kurt, Lorenzen, Bernie, Martin, James and Kennedy, Declan (2005) ‘Neuropsychological and Psychosocial Function in Children with a History of Snoring or Behavioral Sleep Problems’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 146(6), pp. 780–786.

283 – Owens, Judith, Opipari, Lisa, Nobile, Chantelle and Spirito, Anthony (1998) ‘Sleep and Daytime Behavior in Children With Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Behavioral Sleep Disorders’. Pediatrics, 102(5), p. 1178.

284 – Spruyt, Karen, O’brien, Louise M., Cluydts, Raymond, Verleye, Gino Benjamin and Ferri, Raffaele (2005) ‘Odds, prevalence and predictors of sleep problems in school-age normal children’. Journal of Sleep Research, 14(2), pp. 163–176.

285 – Worthman, Carol M. and Melby, Melissa K. (2002) ‘Toward a comparative developmental ecology of human sleep.’, in Adolescent sleep patterns: Biological, social, and psychological influences, New York, NY, US, Cambridge University Press, pp. 69–117.

286 – Blunden, Sarah and Baills, Anita (2013) ‘Treatment of Behavioural Sleep Problems: Asking the Parents’. Journal of Sleep Disorders: Treatment & Care, 02(02). [online] Available from: http://www.scitechnol.com/treatment-of-behavioural-sleep-problems-asking-the-parents-azqX.php?article_id=783 (Accessed 6 July 2017)

287 – Morgenthaler, Timothy I., Owens, Judith, Alessi, Cathy, Boehlecke, Brian, et al. (2006) ‘Practice Parameters for Behavioral Treatment of Bedtime Problems and Night Wakings in Infants and Young Children’. Sleep, 29(10), pp. 1277–1281.

288 – Tse, L. and Hall, W. (2008) ‘A qualitative study of parents’ perceptions of a behavioural sleep intervention’. Child: Care, Health and Development, 34(2), pp. 162–172.

289 – Middlemiss, Wendy, Granger, Douglas A., Goldberg, Wendy A. and Nathans, Laura (2012) ‘Asynchrony of mother–infant hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis activity following extinction of infant crying responses induced during the transition to sleep’. Early Human Development, 88(4), pp. 227–232.

290 – Price, A. M. H., Wake, M., Ukoumunne, O. C. and Hiscock, H. (2012) ‘Five-Year Follow-up of Harms and Benefits of Behavioral Infant Sleep Intervention: Randomized Trial’. PEDIATRICS, 130(4), pp. 643–651.

291 – Chudley, A. E. (2005) ‘Fetal alcohol spectrum disorder: Canadian guidelines for diagnosis’. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 172(5_suppl), pp. S1–S21.

292 – Ramsay, Michèle (2010) ‘Genetic and epigenetic insights into fetal alcohol spectrum disorders’. Genome Medicine, 2(4), p. 27.

293 – Jones, K. and Smith, D. (1973) ‘Recognition of the fetal alcohol syndrome in early infancy’. The Lancet, 302(7836), pp. 999–1001.

294 – Jones, K., Smith, D., Ulleland, C. and Streissguth, A.P. (1973) ‘Pattern of malformation in offspring of chronic alcoholic mothers’. The Lancet, 301(7815), pp. 1267–1271.

295 – Streissguth, Ann P., Bookstein, Fred L., Barr, Helen M., Sampson, Paul D., et al. (2004) ‘Risk Factors for Adverse Life Outcomes in Fetal Alcohol Syndrome and Fetal Alcohol Effects’. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 25(4), pp. 228–238.

296 – Sampson, P D, Bookstein, F L, Barr, H M and Streissguth, A P (1994) ‘Prenatal alcohol exposure, birthweight, and measures of child size from birth to age 14 years.’ American Journal of Public Health, 84(9), pp. 1421–1428.

297 – O’Leary, C. M., Jacoby, P. J., Bartu, A., D’Antoine, H. and Bower, C. (2013) ‘Maternal Alcohol Use and Sudden Infant Death Syndrome and Infant Mortality Excluding SIDS’. PEDIATRICS, 131(3), pp. e770–e778.

298 – O’Leary, Cm, Nassar, N, Kurinczuk, Jj and Bower, C (2009) ‘The effect of maternal alcohol consumption on fetal growth and preterm birth’. BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 116(3), pp. 390–400.

299 – Kable, Julie A., O’Connor, Mary J., Olson, Heather Carmichael, Paley, Blair, et al. (2016) ‘Neurobehavioral Disorder Associated with Prenatal Alcohol Exposure (ND-PAE): Proposed DSM-5 Diagnosis’. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 47(2), pp. 335–346.

300 – Alati, Rosa, Davey Smith, George, Lewis, Sarah J., Sayal, Kapil, et al. (2013) ‘Effect of Prenatal Alcohol Exposure on Childhood Academic Outcomes: Contrasting Maternal and Paternal Associations in the ALSPAC Study’ Gorlova, O. Y. (ed.). PLoS ONE, 8(10), p. e74844.

301 – Larroque, Beatrice and Kaminski, Monique (1998) ‘Prenatal Alcohol Exposure and Development at Preschool Age: Main Results of a French Study’. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 22(2), pp. 295–303.

302 – Astley, Susan J. (2010) ‘Profile of the first 1,400 patients receiving diagnostic evaluations for fetal alcohol spectrum disorder at the Washington State Fetal Alcohol Syndrome Diagnostic & Prevention Network’. The Canadian Journal of Clinical Pharmacology = Journal Canadien De Pharmacologie Clinique, 17(1), pp. e132-164.

303 – Albertsen, K. (2004) ‘Alcohol Consumption during Pregnancy and the Risk of Preterm Delivery’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 159(2), pp. 155–161.

304 – Parazzini, F., Chatenoud, L., Surace, M., Tozzi, L., et al. (2003) ‘Moderate alcohol drinking and risk of preterm birth’. European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 57(10), pp. 1345–1349.

305 – Kesmodel, Ulrik, Olsen, Sjúrdur Fródi and Secher, Niels Jørgen (2000) ‘Does Alcohol Increase the Risk of Preterm Delivery?’ Epidemiology, 11(5), pp. 512–518.

306 – Iyasu, Solomon (2002) ‘Risk Factors for Sudden Infant Death Syndrome Among Northern Plains Indians’. JAMA, 288(21), p. 2717.

307 – Abel, E. L. (1997) ‘Maternal alcohol consumption and spontaneous abortion’. Alcohol and Alcoholism, 32(3), pp. 211–219.

308 – O’Brien, P. (2007) ‘Is it all right for women to drink small amounts of alcohol in pregnancy? Yes’. BMJ, 335(7625), pp. 856–856.

309 – Halmesmaki, Erja, Alimaki, Mattiv, Rotne, Risto, Ylikahri, Reino and Ylikorkala, OLAVl (1989) ‘Maternal and paternal alcohol consumption and miscarriage’. BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 96(2), pp. 188–191.

310 – Harlap, S. and Shiono, P.H. (1980) ‘Alcohol, smoking, and incidence of spontaneous abortions in the first and second trimester’. The Lancet, 316(8187), pp. 173–176.

311 – Henderson, J, Gray, R and Brocklehurst, P (2007) ‘Systematic review of effects of low-moderate prenatal alcohol exposure on pregnancy outcome’. BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 114(3), pp. 243–252.

312 – Cavallo, F., Russo, R., Zotti, C., Camerlengo, A. and Ruggenini, A. M. (1995) ‘Moderate alcohol consumption and spontaneous abortion’. Alcohol and Alcoholism (Oxford, Oxfordshire), 30(2), pp. 195–201.

313 – Andersen, A.-M. N., Andersen, P. K., Olsen, J., Gronbaek, M. and Strandberg-Larsen, K. (2012) ‘Moderate alcohol intake during pregnancy and risk of fetal death’. International Journal of Epidemiology, 41(2), pp. 405–413.

314 – Kline, Jennie, Stein, Zena, Shrout, Patrick, Susser, Mervyn and Warburton, Dorothy (1980) ‘Drinking during pregnancy and spontaneaous abortion’. The Lancet, 316(8187), pp. 176–180.

315 – Windham, Gayle C., Von Behren, Julie, Fenster, Laura, Schaefer, Catherine and Swan, Shanna H. (1997) ‘Moderate Maternal Alcohol Consumption and Risk of Spontaneous Abortion’. Epidemiology, 8(5), pp. 509–514.

316 – Kesmodel, U. (2002) ‘Moderate Alcohol Intake during Pregnancy and the Risk of Stillbirth and Death in the First Year of Life’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 155(4), pp. 305–312.

317 – Kesmodel, U. (2002) ‘Moderate alcohol intake in pregnancy and the risk of spontaneous abortion’. Alcohol and Alcoholism, 37(1), pp. 87–92.

318 – Rasch, Vibeke (2003) ‘Cigarette, alcohol, and caffeine consumption: risk factors for spontaneous abortion’. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica, 82(2), pp. 182–188.

319 – Aliyu, Muktar H., Lynch, O’Neil, Nana, Philip N., Alio, Amina P., et al. (2011) ‘Alcohol Consumption During Pregnancy and Risk of Placental Abruption and Placenta Previa’. Maternal and Child Health Journal, 15(5), pp. 670–676.

320 – Oster, Emily (2013) Expecting Better: Why the Conventional Pregnancy Wisdom is Wrong and What You Really Need to Know, London, Orion.

321 – Maconochie, N, Doyle, P, Prior, S and Simmons, R (2007) ‘Risk factors for first trimester miscarriage-results from a UK-population-based case-control study’. BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 114(2), pp. 170–186.

322 – Bailey, Beth A. and Sokol, Robert J. (2008) ‘Pregnancy and Alcohol Use: Evidence and Recommendations for Prenatal Care’: Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology, 51(2), pp. 436–444.

323 – Sawada Feldman, Haruna, Lyons Jones, Kenneth, Lindsay, Suzanne, Slymen, Donald, et al. (2012) ‘Prenatal Alcohol Exposure Patterns and Alcohol-Related Birth Defects and Growth Deficiencies: A Prospective Study’. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 36(4), pp. 670–676.

324 – Martínez-Galiano, J. M., Amezcua-Prieto, C., Salcedo-Bellido, I., Olmedo-Requena, R., et al. (2019) ‘Alcohol consumption during pregnancy and risk of small-for-gestational-age newborn’. Women and Birth, 32(3), pp. 284–288.

325 – Robinson, M, Oddy, Wh, McLean, Nj, Jacoby, P, et al. (2010) ‘Low-moderate prenatal alcohol exposure and risk to child behavioural development: a prospective cohort study’. BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 117(9), pp. 1139–1152.

326 – Skogerbø, å, Kesmodel, Us, Wimberley, T, Støvring, H, et al. (2012) ‘The effects of low to moderate alcohol consumption and binge drinking in early pregnancy on executive function in 5-year-old children: The effects of early prenatal alcohol consumption’. BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 119(10), pp. 1201–1210.

327 – Alati, Rosa, MacLeod, John, Hickman, Matthew, Sayal, Kapil, et al. (2008) ‘Intrauterine Exposure to Alcohol and Tobacco Use and Childhood IQ: Findings from a Parental-Offspring Comparison within the Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children’. Pediatric Research, 64(6), pp. 659–666.

328 – O’Callaghan, Frances V., O’Callaghan, Michael, Najman, Jake M., Williams, Gail M. and Bor, William (2007) ‘Prenatal alcohol exposure and attention, learning and intellectual ability at 14 years: A prospective longitudinal study’. Early Human Development, 83(2), pp. 115–123.

329 – Astley, S and Grant, T (2012) ‘Another perspective on “The effect of different alcohol drinking patterns in early to mid pregnancy on the child’s intelligence, attention, and executive function”: Correspondence’. BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 119(13), pp. 1672–1672.

330 – Pagnin, Daniel, Zamboni Grecco, Maria Luiza and Furtado, Erikson Felipe (2019) ‘Prenatal alcohol use as a risk for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder’. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 269(6), pp. 681–687.

331 – Chen, Ling-Wei, Wu, Yi, Neelakantan, Nithya, Chong, Mary Foong-Fong, et al. (2016) ‘Maternal caffeine intake during pregnancy and risk of pregnancy loss: a categorical and dose–response meta-analysis of prospective studies’. Public Health Nutrition, 19(7), pp. 1233–1244.

332 – Gaskins, Audrey J., Rich-Edwards, Janet W., Williams, Paige L., Toth, Thomas L., et al. (2018) ‘Pre-pregnancy caffeine and caffeinated beverage intake and risk of spontaneous abortion’. European Journal of Nutrition, 57(1), pp. 107–117.

333 – Choi, Hansol, Koo, Seul and Park, Hyun-Young (2020) ‘Maternal coffee intake and the risk of bleeding in early pregnancy: a cross-sectional analysis’. BMC Pregnancy and Childbirth, 20(1), p. 121.

334 – Greenwood, Darren C., Thatcher, Natalie J., Ye, Jin, Garrard, Lucy, et al. (2014) ‘Caffeine intake during pregnancy and adverse birth outcomes: a systematic review and dose–response meta-analysis’. European Journal of Epidemiology, 29(10), pp. 725–734.

335 – Rhee, Jongeun, Kim, Rockli, Kim, Yongjoo, Tam, Melanie, et al. (2015) ‘Maternal Caffeine Consumption during Pregnancy and Risk of Low Birth Weight: A Dose-Response Meta-Analysis of Observational Studies’. PLoS ONE, 10(7). [online] Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4507998/ (Accessed 20 February 2020)

336 – Milne, Elizabeth, Greenop, Kathryn R., Petridou, Eleni, Bailey, Helen D., et al. (2018) ‘Maternal consumption of coffee and tea during pregnancy and risk of childhood ALL: a pooled analysis from the childhood Leukemia International Consortium’. Cancer Causes & Control, 29(6), pp. 539–550.

337 – Karalexi, Maria A., Dessypris, Nick, Clavel, Jacqueline, Metayer, Catherine, et al. (2019) ‘Coffee and tea consumption during pregnancy and risk of childhood acute myeloid leukemia: A Childhood Leukemia International Consortium (CLIC) study’. Cancer Epidemiology, 62, p. 101581.

338 – Orsi, L., Rudant, J., Ajrouche, R., Leverger, G., et al. (2015) ‘Parental smoking, maternal alcohol, coffee and tea consumption during pregnancy, and childhood acute leukemia: the ESTELLE study’. Cancer Causes & Control, 26(7), pp. 1003–1017.

339 – Leviton, Alan (2018) ‘Biases Inherent in Studies of Coffee Consumption in Early Pregnancy and the Risks of Subsequent Events’. Nutrients, 10(9), p. 1152.

340 – Bech, Bodil Hammer, Nohr, Ellen Aagaard, Vaeth, Michael, Henriksen, Tine Brink and Olsen, Jørn (2005) ‘Coffee and Fetal Death: A Cohort Study with Prospective Data’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 162(10), pp. 983–990.

341 – Pollack, Anna Z., Buck Louis, Germaine M., Sundaram, Rajeshwari and Lum, Kirsten J. (2010) ‘Caffeine consumption and miscarriage: a prospective cohort study’. Fertility and Sterility, 93(1), pp. 304–306.

342 – Savitz, David A., Chan, Ronna L., Herring, Amy H., Howards, Penelope P. and Hartmann, Katherine E. (2008) ‘Caffeine and Miscarriage Risk’. Epidemiology, 19(1), pp. 55–62.

343 – Peck, Jennifer David, Leviton, Alan and Cowan, Linda D. (2010) ‘A review of the epidemiologic evidence concerning the reproductive health effects of caffeine consumption: A 2000–2009 update’. Food and Chemical Toxicology, 48(10), pp. 2549–2576.

344 – Weng, Xiaoping, Odouli, Roxana and Li, De-Kun (2008) ‘Maternal caffeine consumption during pregnancy and the risk of miscarriage: a prospective cohort study’. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 198(3), p. 279.e1-279.e8.

345 – Fenster, Laura, Hubbard, Alan E., Swan, Shanna H., Windham, Gayle C., et al. (1997) ‘Caffeinated Beverages, Decaffeinated Coffee, and Spontaneous Abortion.’ Epidemiology, 8(5), p. 515.

346 – Bech, B. H., Obel, C., Henriksen, T. B. and Olsen, J. (2007) ‘Effect of reducing caffeine intake on birth weight and length of gestation: randomised controlled trial’. BMJ, 334(7590), pp. 409–409.

347 – van der Hoeven, Timothy, Browne, Joyce L., Uiterwaal, Cuno S. P. M., van der Ent, Cornelis K., et al. (2017) ‘Antenatal coffee and tea consumption and the effect on birth outcome and hypertensive pregnancy disorders’ Krukowski, R. A. (ed.). PLOS ONE, 12(5), p. e0177619.

348 – Modzelewska, Dominika, Bellocco, Rino, Elfvin, Anders, Brantsæter, Anne Lise, et al. (2019) ‘Caffeine exposure during pregnancy, small for gestational age birth and neonatal outcome – results from the Norwegian Mother and Child Cohort Study’. BMC Pregnancy and Childbirth, 19(1), p. 80.

349 – Sengpiel, Verena, Elind, Elisabeth, Bacelis, Jonas, Nilsson, Staffan, et al. (2013) ‘Maternal caffeine intake during pregnancy is associated with birth weight but not with gestational length: results from a large prospective observational cohort study’. BMC Medicine, 11(1). [online] Available from: http://bmcmedicine.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/1741-7015-11-42 (Accessed 8 November 2017)

350 – Zero Mercury Working Group (2012) An Overview of Epidemiological Evidence on the Effects of Methyl mercury on Brain Development, and A Rationale for a Lower Definition of Tolerable Exposure, [online] Available from: www.zeromercury.org

351 – Sagiv, S. K., Thurston, S. W., Bellinger, D. C., Amarasiriwardena, C. and Korrick, S. A. (2012) ‘Prenatal exposure to mercury and fish consumption during pregnancy and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder-related behavior in children.’ Archives of pediatrics & adolescent medicine, 166(12), pp. 1123–1131.

352 – Orenstein, Sara T.C., Thurston, S. W., Bellinger, David C., Schwartz, Joel D., et al. (2014) ‘Prenatal Organochlorine and Methylmercury Exposure and Memory and Learning in School-Age Children in Communities Near the New Bedford Harbor Superfund Site, Massachusetts’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 122(11), pp. 1253–1259.

353 – Oken, E., Wright Robert O., Kleinman Ken P., Bellinger David, et al. (2005) ‘Maternal Fish Consumption, Hair Mercury, and Infant Cognition in a U.S. Cohort’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 113(10), pp. 1376–1380.

354 – Oken, Emily, Radesky, Jenny S., Wright, Robert O., Bellinger, David C., et al. (2008) ‘Maternal Fish Intake during Pregnancy, Blood Mercury Levels, and Child Cognition at Age 3 Years in a US Cohort’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 167(10), pp. 1171–1181.

355 – Lunder, S. (2016) ‘US Fish Advice may Expose Babies to too Much Mercury’.

356 – Crump, Kenny S., Kjellström, Tord, Shipp, Annette M., Silvers, Abraham and Stewart, Alistair (1998) ‘Influence of Prenatal Mercury Exposure Upon Scholastic and Psychological Test Performance: Benchmark Analysis of a New Zealand Cohort’. Risk Analysis, 18(6), pp. 701–713.

357 – Grandjean, Philippe, Weihe, Pal, White, Roberta F, Debes, Frodi, et al. (1997) ‘Cognitive Deficit in 7-Year-Old Children with Prenatal Exposure to Methylmercury’. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 19(6), pp. 417–428.

358 – Debes, Frodi, Budtz-Jørgensen, Esben, Weihe, Pal, White, Roberta F. and Grandjean, Philippe (2006) ‘Impact of prenatal methylmercury exposure on neurobehavioral function at age 14 years’. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 28(5), pp. 536–547.

359 – Cohen, Joshua T., Bellinger, David C., Connor, William E. and Shaywitz, Bennett A. (2005) ‘A Quantitative Analysis of Prenatal Intake of n-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Cognitive Development’. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 29(4), pp. 366-366.e12.

360 – Lederman, Sally Ann, Jones, Robert L., Caldwell, Kathleen L., Rauh, Virginia, et al. (2008) ‘Relation between Cord Blood Mercury Levels and Early Child Development in a World Trade Center Cohort’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 116(8), pp. 1085–1091.

361 – Jacobson, Joseph L., Muckle, Gina, Dewailly, Éric and Jacobson, Sandra W. (2015) ‘Relation of Prenatal Methylmercury Exposure from Environmental Sources to Childhood IQ’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 123(8), pp. 827–833.

362 – Grandjean, P., Pichery, C., Bellanger, M. and Budtz-Jørgensen, E. (2012) ‘Calculation of Mercury’s Effects on Neurodevelopment’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 120(12), pp. a452–a452.

363 – Kumar, Girish (2018) ‘Mercury Concentrations in Fresh and Canned Tuna: A Review’. Reviews in Fisheries Science & Aquaculture, 26(1), pp. 111–120.

364 – EFSA (2014) ‘Scientific Opinion on health benefits of seafood (fish and shellfish) consumption in relation to health risks associated with exposure to methylmercury’. , 12(7), p. 3761.

365 – Liu, Jianghong, Cui, Ying, Li, Linda, Wu, Lezhou, et al. (2017) ‘The mediating role of sleep in the fish consumption – cognitive functioning relationship: a cohort study’. Scientific Reports, 7(1), p. 17961.

366 – Campoy, Cristina, Escolano-Margarit, Ma Victoria, Anjos, Tania, Szajewska, Hania and Uauy, Ricardo (2012) ‘Omega 3 fatty acids on child growth, visual acuity and neurodevelopment’. British Journal of Nutrition, 107(S2), pp. S85–S106.

367 – Hibbeln, Joseph R, Davis, John M, Steer, Colin, Emmett, Pauline, et al. (2007) ‘Maternal seafood consumption in pregnancy and neurodevelopmental outcomes in childhood (ALSPAC study): an observational cohort study’. The Lancet, 369(9561), pp. 578–585.

368 – Golding, Jean, Hibbeln, Joseph R., Gregory, Steven M., Iles-Caven, Yasmin, et al. (2017) ‘Maternal prenatal blood mercury is not adversely associated with offspring IQ at 8 years provided the mother eats fish: A British prebirth cohort study’. International Journal of Hygiene and Environmental Health, 220(7), pp. 1161–1167.

369 – Cardoso, C., Bernardo, I., Bandarra, N. M., Louro Martins, L. and Afonso, C. (2018) ‘Portuguese preschool children: Benefit (EPA+DHA and Se) and risk (MeHg) assessment through the consumption of selected fish species’. Food and Chemical Toxicology, 115, pp. 306–314.

370 – Oken, Emily, Kleinman, Ken P., Olsen, Sjurdur F., Rich-Edwards, Janet W. and Gillman, Matthew W. (2004) ‘Associations of Seafood and Elongated n-3 Fatty Acid Intake with Fetal Growth and Length of Gestation: Results from a US Pregnancy Cohort’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 160(8), pp. 774–783.

371 – Khoury, Janette, Henriksen, Tore, Christophersen, Bjørn and Tonstad, Serena (2005) ‘Effect of a cholesterol-lowering diet on maternal, cord, and neonatal lipids, and pregnancy outcome: A randomized clinical trial’. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 193(4), pp. 1292–1301.

372 – Leventakou, Vasiliki, Roumeliotaki, Theano, Martinez, David, Barros, Henrique, et al. (2014) ‘Fish intake during pregnancy, fetal growth, and gestational length in 19 European birth cohort studies’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 99(3), pp. 506–516.

373 – Stratakis, Nikos, Roumeliotaki, Theano, Oken, Emily, Barros, Henrique, et al. (2016) ‘Fish Intake in Pregnancy and Child Growth: A Pooled Analysis of 15 European and US Birth Cohorts’. JAMA Pediatrics, 170(4), pp. 381–390.

374 – Koletzko, Berthold, Cetin, Irene, Brenna, J. Thomas and Group, for the Perinatal Lipid Intake Working (2007) ‘Dietary fat intakes for pregnant and lactating women’. British Journal of Nutrition, 98(5), pp. 873–877.

375 – Simopoulos, A. P., Leaf, A. and Salem, N. (2000) ‘Workshop statement on the essentiality of and recommended dietary intakes for Omega-6 and Omega-3 fatty acids’. Prostaglandins, Leukotrienes, and Essential Fatty Acids, 63(3), pp. 119–121.

376 – Koletzko, Berthold, Lien, Eric, Agostoni, Carlo, Böhles, Hansjosef, et al. (2008) ‘The roles of long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids in pregnancy, lactation and infancy: review of current knowledge and consensus recommendations’. Journal of Perinatal Medicine, 36(1), pp. 5–14.

377 – ANSES (2019) AVIS de l’Agence nationale de sécurité sanitaire de l’alimentation,de l’environnement et du travail relatif à l’actualisation des repères alimentaires du PNNS pour les femmes enceintes ou allaitantes,

378 – Oken, Emily, Østerdal, Marie Louise, Gillman, Matthew W., Knudsen, Vibeke K., et al. (2008) ‘Associations of maternal fish intake during pregnancy and breastfeeding duration with attainment of developmental milestones in early childhood: a study from the Danish National Birth Cohort’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 88(3), pp. 789–796.

379 – Gale, Catharine R., Robinson, Sian M., Godfrey, Keith M., Law, Catherine M., et al. (2008) ‘Oily fish intake during pregnancy – association with lower hyperactivity but not with higher full-scale IQ in offspring’. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 49(10), pp. 1061–1068.

380 – Boucher, Olivier, Burden, Matthew J., Muckle, Gina, Saint-Amour, Dave, et al. (2011) ‘Neurophysiologic and neurobehavioral evidence of beneficial effects of prenatal omega-3 fatty acid intake on memory function at school age’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 93(5), pp. 1025–1037.

381 – Julvez, Jordi, Méndez, Michelle, Fernandez-Barres, Silvia, Romaguera, Dora, et al. (2016) ‘Maternal Consumption of Seafood in Pregnancy and Child Neuropsychological Development: A Longitudinal Study Based on a Population With High Consumption Levels’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 183(3), pp. 169–182.

382 – Budtz-Jørgensen, Esben, Grandjean, Philippe and Weihe, Pal (2007) ‘Separation of risks and benefits of seafood intake’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 115(3), pp. 323–327.

383 – Davidson, Philip W., Cory-Slechta, Deborah A., Thurston, Sally W., Huang, Li-Shan, et al. (2011) ‘Fish consumption and prenatal methylmercury exposure: cognitive and behavioral outcomes in the main cohort at 17 years from the Seychelles child development study’. Neurotoxicology, 32(6), pp. 711–717.

384 – Martins, Bárbara P., Bandarra, Narcisa M. and Figueiredo-Braga, Margarida (2019) ‘The role of marine omega-3 in human neurodevelopment, including Autism Spectrum Disorders and Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder – a review’. Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 0(0), pp. 1–16.

385 – Ralston, Nicholas V. C., Ralston, Carla R., Blackwell, J. Lloyd and Raymond, Laura J. (2008) ‘Dietary and tissue selenium in relation to methylmercury toxicity’. NeuroToxicology, 29(5), pp. 802–811.

386 – Tilami, Sarvenaz Khalili and Sampels, Sabine (2018) ‘Nutritional Value of Fish: Lipids, Proteins, Vitamins, and Minerals’. Reviews in Fisheries Science & Aquaculture, 26(2), pp. 243–253.

387 – EFSA (2015) ‘Statement on the benefits of fish/seafood consumption compared to the risks of methylmercury in fish/seafood’. , 13(1), p. 3982.

388 – Anon (n.d.) Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2010, Appendix 11, Department of Agriculture (USDA) and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.

389 – Smith, Katrina L. and Guentzel, Jane L. (2010) ‘Mercury concentrations and omega-3 fatty acids in fish and shrimp: Preferential consumption for maximum health benefits’. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 60(9), pp. 1615–1618.

390 – Ginsberg, Gary L. and Toal, Brian F. (2009) ‘Quantitative Approach for Incorporating Methylmercury Risks and Omega-3 Fatty Acid Benefits in Developing Species-Specific Fish Consumption Advice’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 117(2), pp. 267–275.

391 – Hightower, Jane M and Moore, Dan (2003) ‘Mercury levels in high-end consumers of fish.’ Environmental Health Perspectives, 111(4), pp. 604–608.

392 – Zeilmaker, Marco J., Hoekstra, Jeljer, van Eijkeren, Jan C. H., de Jong, Nynke, et al. (2013) ‘Fish consumption during child bearing age: A quantitative risk–benefit analysis on neurodevelopment’. Food and Chemical Toxicology, 54, pp. 30–34.

393 – Newberry, S. J., Chung, M., Booth, M., Maglione, M. A., et al. (2016) ‘Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Maternal and Child Health: An Updated Systematic Review.’ Evidence report/technology assessment, (224), pp. 1–826.

394 – Gould, Jacqueline F., Treyvaud, Karli, Yelland, Lisa N., Anderson, Peter J., et al. (2017) ‘Seven-Year Follow-up of Children Born to Women in a Randomized Trial of Prenatal DHA Supplementation’. JAMA, 317(11), pp. 1173–1175.

395 – Zhou, Shao J., Yelland, Lisa, McPhee, Andy J., Quinlivan, Julie, et al. (2012) ‘Fish-oil supplementation in pregnancy does not reduce the risk of gestational diabetes or preeclampsia’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 95(6), pp. 1378–1384.

396 – Middleton, Philippa, Gomersall, Judith C., Gould, Jacqueline F., Shepherd, Emily, et al. (2018) ‘Omega‐3 fatty acid addition during pregnancy’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (11). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD003402.pub3/abstract (Accessed 10 May 2019)

397 – Sadik, Adam Y. and Rossato, Jennifer (2019) ‘Does docosahexaenoic acid supplementation for pregnant women improve neurocognitive outcomes in children?’ Evidence-Based Practice, 22(1), p. 25.

398 – Ralston, Nicholas V. C., Kaneko, J. John and Raymond, Laura J. (2019) ‘Selenium health benefit values provide a reliable index of seafood benefits vs. risks’. Journal of Trace Elements in Medicine and Biology, 55, pp. 50–57.

399 – Afonso, Cláudia, Bernardo, Iris, Bandarra, Narcisa M., Martins, Luísa Louro and Cardoso, Carlos (2019) ‘The implications of following dietary advice regarding fish consumption frequency and meal size for the benefit (EPA + DHA and Se) versus risk (MeHg) assessment’. International Journal of Food Sciences and Nutrition, 70(5), pp. 623–637.

400 – Kusnadi, A. and Oktaviyani, S. (2019) ‘Health Benefit Value of Selenium (HBV-Se) of mercury from consumption of fishes from Tual, Indonesia’. IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science, 277(1), p. 012024.

401 – Ulusoy, Şafak, Mol, Sühendan, Karakulak, F.Saadet and Kahraman, Abdullah E. (2019) ‘Selenium-Mercury Balance in Commercial Fish Species from the Turkish Waters’. Biological Trace Element Research, 191(1), pp. 207–213.

402 – United Nations Environment Programme (2013) Global mercury assessment 2013: Sources, emissions, releases and environmental transport,

403 – Drevnick, Paul E., Lamborg, Carl H. and Horgan, Martin J. (2015) ‘Increase in mercury in Pacific yellowfin tuna’. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry, 34(4), pp. 931–934.

404 – Drevnick, P. E. and Brooks, B. A. (2017) ‘Mercury in tunas and blue marlin in the North Pacific Ocean.’ Environmental toxicology and chemistry, 36(5), pp. 1365–1374.

405 – Nicklisch, Sascha C. T., Bonito, Lindsay T., Sandin, Stuart and Hamdoun, Amro (2017) ‘Mercury levels of yellowfin tuna (Thunnus albacares) are associated with capture location’. Environmental Pollution, 229, pp. 87–93.

406 – Houssard, Patrick, Point, David, Tremblay-Boyer, Laura, Allain, Valérie, et al. (2019) ‘A Model of Mercury Distribution in Tuna from the Western and Central Pacific Ocean: Influence of Physiology, Ecology and Environmental Factors’. Environmental Science & Technology, 53(3), pp. 1422–1431.

407 – Eagles-Smith, Collin A., Ackerman, Joshua T., Willacker, James J., Tate, Michael T., et al. (2016) ‘Spatial and temporal patterns of mercury concentrations in freshwater fish across the Western United States and Canada’. Science of The Total Environment, 568, pp. 1171–1184.

408 – Gworek, Barbara, Bemowska-Kałabun, Olga, Kijeńska, Marta and Wrzosek-Jakubowska, Justyna (2016) ‘Mercury in Marine and Oceanic Waters—a Review’. Water, Air, & Soil Pollution, 227(10), p. 371.

409 – Grieb, Thomas M., Fisher, Nicholas S., Karimi, Roxanne and Levin, Leonard (2019) ‘An assessment of temporal trends in mercury concentrations in fish’. Ecotoxicology. [online] Available from: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10646-019-02112-3 (Accessed 25 February 2020)

410 – Cinnirella, S., Bruno, D. E., Pirrone, N., Horvat, M., et al. (2019) ‘Mercury concentrations in biota in the Mediterranean Sea, a compilation of 40 years of surveys’. Scientific Data, 6(1), pp. 1–11.

411 – Oken, Emily (2017) Fish consumption and marine n-3 long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acid supplementation in pregnancy, [online] Available from: https://www.uptodate.com/contents/fish-consumption-and-marine-n-3-long-chain-polyunsaturated-fatty-acid-supplementation-in-pregnancy

412 – Cross, Ford A, Evans, David W. and Barber, Richard T. (2015) ‘Decadal Declines of Mercury in Adult Bluefish (1972–2011) from the Mid-Atlantic Coast of the U.S.A.’ Environmental Science & Technology, 49(15), pp. 9064–9072.

413 – ONU environnement (2019) Convention de Minamata sur le mercure. Parties et signataires, [online] Available from: http://www.mercuryconvention.org/Pays/tabid/5581/language/fr-CH/Default.aspx

414 – FDA (2017) ‘Mercury Levels in Commercial Fish and Shellfish (1990-2012)’. [online] Available from: https://www.fda.gov/food/metals/mercury-levels-commercial-fish-and-shellfish-1990-2012

415 – Karimi, R., Fitzgerald, T.P. and Fisher, N.S. (2012) ‘Supplemental Material, Table S1: Summary of Hg concentrations across studies in commonly consumed seafood items in the U.S’. [online] Available from: https://www.stonybrook.edu/commcms/gelfond/_pdf/Seafood%20Mercury%20Database.pdf

416 – Tan, C., Zhao, Y. and Wang, S. (2019) ‘Is a vegetarian diet safe to follow during pregnancy? A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies’. Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 59(16), pp. 2586–2596.

417 – Crozier, Sarah R., Godfrey, Keith M., Calder, Philip C., Robinson, Sian M., et al. (2019) ‘Vegetarian Diet during Pregnancy Is Not Associated with Poorer Cognitive Performance in Children at Age 6–7 Years’. Nutrients, 11(12), p. 3029.

418 – Sebastiani, Giorgia, Herranz Barbero, Ana, Borrás-Novell, Cristina, Alsina Casanova, Miguel, et al. (2019) ‘The Effects of Vegetarian and Vegan Diet during Pregnancy on the Health of Mothers and Offspring’. Nutrients, 11(3), p. 557.

419 – Mahaffey, Kathryn R., Clickner, Robert P. and Jeffries, Rebecca A. (2008) ‘Methylmercury and omega-3 fatty acids: Co-occurrence of dietary sources with emphasis on fish and shellfish’. Environmental Research, 107(1), pp. 20–29.

420 – Balk, Ethan M. and Lichtenstein, Alice H. (2017) ‘Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Cardiovascular Disease: Summary of the 2016 Agency of Healthcare Research and Quality Evidence Review’. Nutrients, 9(8), p. 865.

421 – Anderson, Breanne M and Ma, David WL (2009) ‘Are all n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids created equal?’ Lipids in Health and Disease, 8, p. 33.

422 – McCann, Joyce C. and Ames, Bruce N. (2005) ‘Is docosahexaenoic acid, an n−3 long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acid, required for development of normal brain function? An overview of evidence from cognitive and behavioral tests in humans and animals’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 82(2), pp. 281–295.

423 – Uauy, Ricardo, Mena, Patricia, Wegher, Brent, Nieto, Susana and Salem, Norman (2000) ‘Long Chain Polyunsaturated Fatty Acid Formation in Neonates: Effect of Gestational Age and Intrauterine Growth’. Pediatric Research, 47(1), p. 127.

424 – Foran, Stacy E., Flood, James G. and Lewandrowski, Kent B. (2003) ‘Measurement of Mercury Levels in Concentrated Over-the-Counter Fish Oil Preparations: Is Fish Oil Healthier Than Fish?’ Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine, 127(12), pp. 1603–1605.

425 – Singh, Meharban (2005) ‘Essential fatty acids, DHA and human brain’. The Indian Journal of Pediatrics, 72(3), pp. 239–242.

426 – Innis, Sheila M. (2014) ‘Impact of maternal diet on human milk composition and neurological development of infants’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 99(3), pp. 734S-741S.

427 – Innis, Sheila M. (2008) ‘Dietary omega 3 fatty acids and the developing brain’. Brain Research, 1237, pp. 35–43.

428 – Fomon, S. J. (1993) ‘Nutrition of normal infants.’ Nutrition of normal infants. [online] Available from: https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/abstract/19941403442 (Accessed 17 October 2018)

429 – Fomon, Samuel J. (2001) ‘Infant Feeding in the 20th Century: Formula and Beikost’. The Journal of Nutrition, 131(2), pp. 409S-420S.

430 – Thulier, Diane (2009) ‘Breastfeeding in America: A History of Influencing Factors’. Journal of Human Lactation, 25(1), pp. 85–94.

431 – Obladen, Michael (2014) ‘Pap, Gruel, and Panada: Early Approaches to Artificial Infant Feeding’. Neonatology, 105(4), pp. 267–274.

432 – Cassidy, T. (2006) ‘The Hut, the Home and the Hospital’, in Birth: The Surprising History of How We Are Born, New York, Atlantic Monthly Press, pp. 54–63.

433 – Temkin, E. (2002) ‘Rooming-In: Redesigning Hospitals and Motherhood in Cold War America’. Bulletin of the History of Medicine, 76(2), pp. 271–298.

434 – Hassiotou, Foteini and Geddes, Donna T. (2014) ‘Programming of Appetite Control during Breastfeeding as a Preventative Strategy against the Obesity Epidemic’. Journal of Human Lactation, 30(2), pp. 136–142.

435 – Van Den Driessche, Mieke, Peeters, Kristel, Marien, Paul, Ghoos, Yvo, et al. (1999) ‘Gastric Emptying in Formula-Fed and Breast-Fed Infants Measured with the 13C-Octanoic Acid Breath Test’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 29(1), p. 46.

436 – Cavkll, B. (1981) ‘Gastric Emptying in Infants Fed Human Milk or Infant Formula’. Acta Paediatrica, 70(5), pp. 639–641.

437 – Carvalho, Manoel De, Robertson, Steven, Friedman, Arnold and Klaus, Marshall (1983) ‘Effect of Frequent Breast-Feeding on Early Milk Production and Infant Weight Gain’. Pediatrics, 72(3), pp. 307–311.

438 – Lönnerdal, Bo (2013) ‘Bioactive proteins in breast milk’. Journal of Paediatrics and Child Health, 49(S1), pp. 1–7.

439 – Ballard, Olivia and Morrow, Ardythe L. (2013) ‘Human Milk Composition: Nutrients and Bioactive Factors’. Pediatric Clinics, 60(1), pp. 49–74.

440 – Fisk, Catherine M., Crozier, Sarah R., Inskip, Hazel M., Godfrey, Keith M., et al. (2011) ‘Breastfeeding and reported morbidity during infancy: findings from the Southampton Women’s Survey’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 7(1), pp. 61–70.

441 – Quigley, Maria A., Kelly, Yvonne J. and Sacker, Amanda (2007) ‘Breastfeeding and Hospitalization for Diarrheal and Respiratory Infection in the United Kingdom Millennium Cohort Study’. Pediatrics, 119(4), pp. e837–e842.

442 – Tarrant, Marie, Kwok, Man-Ki, Lam, Tai-Hing, Leung, Gabriel M. and Schooling, C. Mary (2010) ‘Breast-feeding and Childhood Hospitalizations for Infections’. Epidemiology, 21(6), pp. 847–854.

443 – Ip, S., Chung, M., Raman, G., Chew, P., et al. (2007) ‘Breastfeeding and maternal and infant health outcomes in developed countries.’ Evidence report/technology assessment, (153), pp. 1–186.

444 – Duijts, Liesbeth, Ramadhani, Made K. and Moll, Henriëtte A. (2009) ‘Breastfeeding protects against infectious diseases during infancy in industrialized countries. A systematic review’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 5(3), pp. 199–210.

445 – Abrahams, Sheryl W. and Labbok, Miriam H. (2011) ‘Breastfeeding and Otitis Media: A Review of Recent Evidence’. Current Allergy and Asthma Reports, 11(6), p. 508.

446 – Dogaru, Cristian M., Nyffenegger, Denise, Pescatore, Aniña M., Spycher, Ben D. and Kuehni, Claudia E. (2014) ‘Breastfeeding and Childhood Asthma: Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 179(10), pp. 1153–1167.

447 – Victora, Cesar G, Bahl, Rajiv, Barros, Aluísio J D, França, Giovanny V A, et al. (2016) ‘Breastfeeding in the 21st century: epidemiology, mechanisms, and lifelong effect’. The Lancet, 387(10017), pp. 475–490.

448 – Duijts, Liesbeth, Jaddoe, Vincent W. V., Hofman, Albert and Moll, Henriëtte A. (2010) ‘Prolonged and Exclusive Breastfeeding Reduces the Risk of Infectious Diseases in Infancy’. Pediatrics, p. peds.2008-3256.

449 – Hauck, Fern R., Thompson, John M. D., Tanabe, Kawai O., Moon, Rachel Y. and Vennemann, Mechtild M. (2011) ‘Breastfeeding and Reduced Risk of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome: A Meta-analysis’. Pediatrics, p. peds.2010-3000.

450 – Blood-Siegfried, Jane (2009) ‘The role of infection and inflammation in sudden infant death syndrome’. Immunopharmacology and Immunotoxicology, 31(4), pp. 516–523.

451 – Sullivan, Sandra, Schanler, Richard J., Kim, Jae H., Patel, Aloka L., et al. (2010) ‘An Exclusively Human Milk-Based Diet Is Associated with a Lower Rate of Necrotizing Enterocolitis than a Diet of Human Milk and Bovine Milk-Based Products’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 156(4), pp. 562-567.e1.

452 – Kwan, Marilyn L., Buffler, Patricia A., Abrams, Barbara and Kiley, Vincent A. (2004) ‘Breastfeeding and the Risk of Childhood Leukemia: A Meta-Analysis’. Public Health Reports, 119(6), pp. 521–535.

453 – Martin, Richard M., Gunnell, David, Owen, Christopher G. and Smith, George Davey (2005) ‘Breast-feeding and childhood cancer: A systematic review with metaanalysis’. International Journal of Cancer, 117(6), pp. 1020–1031.

454 – Sternowsky, Hans-J., Moser, Barbara and Szadkowsky, Dieter (2002) ‘Arsenic in breast milk during the first 3 months of lactation’. International Journal of Hygiene and Environmental Health, 205(5), pp. 405–409.

455 – Björklund, Karin Ljung, Vahter, Marie, Palm, Brita, Grandér, Margaretha, et al. (2012) ‘Metals and trace element concentrations in breast milk of first time healthy mothers: a biological monitoring study’. Environmental Health, 11(1), p. 92.

456 – EFSA (2009) ‘Scientific Opinion on Arsenic in Food’. EFSA Journal, 7(10), p. 1351.

457 – Reche, M., Pascual, C., Fiandor, A., Polanco, I., et al. (2010) ‘The effect of a partially hydrolysed formula based on rice protein in the treatment of infants with cow’s milk protein allergy’. Pediatric Allergy and Immunology, 21(4p1), pp. 577–585.

458 – Jackson, Brian P., Taylor, Vivien F., Punshon, Tracy and Cottingham, Kathryn L. (2012) ‘Arsenic concentration and speciation in infant formulas and first foods’. Pure and Applied Chemistry, 84(2), pp. 215–223.

459 – Ljung, Karin, Palm, Brita, Grandér, Margaretha and Vahter, Marie (2011) ‘High concentrations of essential and toxic elements in infant formula and infant foods – A matter of concern’. Food Chemistry, 127(3), pp. 943–951.

460 – Kramer, Michael S., Chalmers, Beverley, Hodnett, Ellen D., Sevkovskaya, Zinaida, et al. (2001) ‘Promotion of Breastfeeding Intervention Trial (PROBIT): A Randomized Trial in the Republic of Belarus’. JAMA, 285(4), pp. 413–420.

461 – Colen, Cynthia G. and Ramey, David M. (2014) ‘Is breast truly best? Estimating the effects of breastfeeding on long-term child health and wellbeing in the United States using sibling comparisons’. Social Science & Medicine, 109, pp. 55–65.

462 – Martin, Richard M., Patel, Rita, Kramer, Michael S., Guthrie, Lauren, et al. (2013) ‘Effects of Promoting Longer-term and Exclusive Breastfeeding on Adiposity and Insulin-like Growth Factor-I at Age 11.5 Years: A Randomized Trial’. JAMA, 309(10), pp. 1005–1013.

463 – Martin, Richard M., Patel, Rita, Kramer, Michael S., Vilchuck, Konstantin, et al. (2014) ‘Effects of Promoting Longer-Term and Exclusive Breastfeeding on Cardiometabolic Risk Factors at Age 11.5 Years’. Circulation. [online] Available from: https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/abs/10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.113.005160 (Accessed 17 October 2018)

464 – Kramer, Michael S., Aboud, Frances, Mironova, Elena, Vanilovich, Irina, et al. (2008) ‘Breastfeeding and Child Cognitive Development: New Evidence From a Large Randomized Trial’. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65(5), pp. 578–584.

465 – Evenhouse, Eirik and Reilly, Siobhan (2005) ‘Improved Estimates of the Benefits of Breastfeeding Using Sibling Comparisons to Reduce Selection Bias’. Health Services Research, 40(6p1), pp. 1781–1802.

466 – Owen, Christopher G., Martin, Richard M., Whincup, Peter H., Davey-Smith, George, et al. (2005) ‘The effect of breastfeeding on mean body mass index throughout life: a quantitative review of published and unpublished observational evidence’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 82(6), pp. 1298–1307.

467 – Owen, Christopher G., Martin, Richard M., Whincup, Peter H., Smith, George Davey and Cook, Derek G. (2005) ‘Effect of Infant Feeding on the Risk of Obesity Across the Life Course: A Quantitative Review of Published Evidence’. Pediatrics, 115(5), pp. 1367–1377.

468 – Belfort, Mandy B., Rifas-Shiman, Sheryl L., Kleinman, Ken P., Guthrie, Lauren B., et al. (2013) ‘Infant Feeding and Childhood Cognition at Ages 3 and 7 Years: Effects of Breastfeeding Duration and Exclusivity’. JAMA Pediatrics, 167(9), pp. 836–844.

469 – Brion, Marie-Jo A., Lawlor, Debbie A., Matijasevich, Alicia, Horta, Bernardo, et al. (2011) ‘What are the causal effects of breastfeeding on IQ, obesity and blood pressure? Evidence from comparing high-income with middle-income cohorts’. International Journal of Epidemiology, 40(3), pp. 670–680.

470 – Birch, Eileen E., Carlson, Susan E., Hoffman, Dennis R., Fitzgerald-Gustafson, Kathleen M., et al. (2010) ‘The DIAMOND (DHA Intake And Measurement Of Neural Development) Study: a double-masked, randomized controlled clinical trial of the maturation of infant visual acuity as a function of the dietary level of docosahexaenoic acid’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 91(4), pp. 848–859.

471 – Odijk, J. van, Kull, I., Borres, M. P., Brandtzaeg, P., et al. (2003) ‘Breastfeeding and allergic disease: a multidisciplinary review of the literature (1966–2001) on the mode of early feeding in infancy and its impact on later atopic manifestations’. Allergy, 58(9), pp. 833–843.

472 – Laubereau, Birgit, Brockow, Inken, Zirngibl, Angelika, Koletzko, Sibylle, et al. (2004) ‘Effect of breast-feeding on the development of atopic dermatitis during the first 3 years of life—results from the GINI-birth cohort study’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 144(5), pp. 602–607.

473 – Kramer, Michael S., Matush, Lidia, Vanilovich, Irina, Platt, Robert, et al. (2007) ‘Effect of prolonged and exclusive breast feeding on risk of allergy and asthma: cluster randomised trial’. BMJ, 335(7624), p. 815.

474 – Matheson, Melanie Claire, Erbas, Bircan, Balasuriya, Aindralal, Jenkins, Mark Andrew, et al. (2007) ‘Breast-feeding and atopic disease: A cohort study from childhood to middle age’. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 120(5), pp. 1051–1057.

475 – Nwaru, B. I., Craig, L. C. A., Allan, K., Prabhu, N., et al. (2013) ‘Breastfeeding and introduction of complementary foods during infancy in relation to the risk of asthma and atopic diseases up to 10 years’. Clinical & Experimental Allergy, 43(11), pp. 1263–1273.

476 – Lodge, C. J., Tan, D. J., Lau, M. X. Z., Dai, X., et al. (2015) ‘Breastfeeding and asthma and allergies: a systematic review and meta-analysis’. Acta Paediatrica, 104(S467), pp. 38–53.

477 – Grimshaw, Kate E. C., Maskell, Joe, Oliver, Erin M., Morris, Ruth C. G., et al. (2013) ‘Introduction of Complementary Foods and the Relationship to Food Allergy’. Pediatrics, 132(6), pp. e1529–e1538.

478 – Dieterich, Christine M., Felice, Julia P., O’Sullivan, Elizabeth and Rasmussen, Kathleen M. (2013) ‘Breastfeeding and Health Outcomes for the Mother-Infant Dyad’. Pediatric clinics of North America, 60(1), pp. 31–48.

479 – Chowdhury, Ranadip, Sinha, Bireshwar, Sankar, Mari Jeeva, Taneja, Sunita, et al. (2015) ‘Breastfeeding and maternal health outcomes: a systematic review and meta-analysis’. Acta Paediatrica, 104(S467), pp. 96–113.

480 – Jarlenski, Marian P., Bennett, Wendy L., Bleich, Sara N., Barry, Colleen L. and Stuart, Elizabeth A. (2014) ‘Effects of breastfeeding on postpartum weight loss among U.S. women’. Preventive Medicine, 69, pp. 146–150.

481 – Dias, Cláudia Castro and Figueiredo, Bárbara (2015) ‘Breastfeeding and depression: A systematic review of the literature’. Journal of Affective Disorders, 171, pp. 142–154.

482 – Stuebe, Alison (2020) ‘Putting the “M” in Breastfeeding Medicine’. Breastfeeding Medicine: The Official Journal of the Academy of Breastfeeding Medicine, 15(1), pp. 63–64.

483 – Diez-Sampedro, Ana, Flowers, Monica, Olenick, Maria, Maltseva, Tatayana and Valdes, Guillermo (2019) ‘Women’s Choice Regarding Breastfeeding and Its Effect on Well-Being’. Nursing for Women’s Health, 23(5), pp. 383–389.

484 – Hairston, Ilana S., Handelzalts, Jonathan E., Lehman-Inbar, Tamar and Kovo, Michal (2019) ‘Mother-infant bonding is not associated with feeding type: a community study sample’. BMC Pregnancy and Childbirth, 19(1), p. 125.

485 – Butte, Nancy F. and King, Janet C. (2005) ‘Energy requirements during pregnancy and lactation’. Public Health Nutrition, 8(7a), pp. 1010–1027.

486 – Smith, Julie P. and Forrester, Robert (2017) ‘Maternal Time Use and Nurturing: Analysis of the Association Between Breastfeeding Practice and Time Spent Interacting with Baby’. Breastfeeding Medicine, 12(5), pp. 269–278.

487 – Sihota, Harvinder, Oliffe, John, Kelly, Mary T. and McCuaig, Fairleth (2019) ‘Fathers’ Experiences and Perspectives of Breastfeeding: A Scoping Review’. American Journal of Men’s Health, 13(3), p. 1557988319851616.

488 – deMontigny, Francine, Gervais, Christine, Larivière-Bastien, Danaë and St-Arneault, Kate (2018) ‘The role of fathers during breastfeeding’. Midwifery, 58, pp. 6–12.

489 – Chen, Yi Chun, Chie, Wei-Chu, Chang, Pei-Jen, Chuang, Chao-Hua, et al. (2010) ‘Is Infant Feeding Pattern Associated With Father’s Quality of Life?’ American Journal of Men’s Health, 4(4), pp. 315–322.

490 – Owens, Nicole, Carter, Shannon K., Nordham, Chelsea J. and Ford, Jason A. (2018) ‘Neutralizing the Maternal Breast: Accounts of Public Breastfeeding by African American Mothers’. Journal of Family Issues, 39(2), pp. 430–450.

491 – Burns, Elaine, Schmied, Virginia, Sheehan, Athena and Fenwick, Jennifer (2010) ‘A meta-ethnographic synthesis of women’s experience of breastfeeding’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 6(3), pp. 201–219.

492 – Sheehan, Athena, Schmied, Virginia and Barclay, Lesley (2009) ‘Women’s experiences of infant feeding support in the first 6 weeks post-birth’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 5(2), pp. 138–150.

493 – Hoddinott, Pat, Craig, Leone C. A., Britten, Jane and McInnes, Rhona M. (2012) ‘A serial qualitative interview study of infant feeding experiences: idealism meets realism’. BMJ Open, 2(2), p. e000504.

494 – Schmied, Virginia and Lupton, Deborah (2001) ‘Blurring the boundaries: breastfeeding and maternal subjectivity’. Sociology of Health & Illness, 23(2), pp. 234–250.

495 – Wagner, Sandra, Kersuzan, Claire, Gojard, Séverine, Tichit, Christine, et al. (2015) ‘Durée de l’allaitement en France selon les caractéristiques des parents et de la naissance. Résultats de l’étude longitudinale française Elfe, 2011’. Bulletin Epidémiologique Hebdomadaire – BEH, (27), pp. 522–532.

496 – Palmér, Lina, Carlsson, Gunilla, Brunt, David and Nyström, Maria (2015) ‘Existential security is a necessary condition for continued breastfeeding despite severe initial difficulties: a lifeworld hermeneutical study’. International Breastfeeding Journal, 10(1), p. 17.

497 – Lamontagne, Caroline, Hamelin, Anne-Marie and St-Pierre, Monik (2008) ‘The breastfeeding experience of women with major difficulties who use the services of a breastfeeding clinic: a descriptive study’. International Breastfeeding Journal, 3(1), p. 17.

498 – Hauck, Yvonne L., Fenwick, Jennifer, Dhaliwal, Satvinder S. and Butt, Janice (2011) ‘A Western Australian Survey of Breastfeeding Initiation, Prevalence and Early Cessation Patterns’. Maternal and Child Health Journal, 15(2), pp. 260–268.

499 – Wagner, Erin A., Chantry, Caroline J., Dewey, Kathryn G. and Nommsen-Rivers, Laurie A. (2013) ‘Breastfeeding Concerns at 3 and 7 Days Postpartum and Feeding Status at 2 Months’. Pediatrics, 132(4), pp. e865–e875.

500 – Feenstra, Maria Monberg, Jørgine Kirkeby, Mette, Thygesen, Marianne, Danbjørg, Dorthe B. and Kronborg, Hanne (2018) ‘Early breastfeeding problems: A mixed method study of mothers’ experiences’. Sexual & Reproductive Healthcare, 16, pp. 167–174.

501 – Odom, Erika C., Li, Ruowei, Scanlon, Kelley S., Perrine, Cria G. and Grummer-Strawn, Laurence (2013) ‘Reasons for Earlier Than Desired Cessation of Breastfeeding’. Pediatrics, 131(3), pp. e726–e732.

502 – Sheehan, Athena, Schmied, Virginia and Barclay, Lesley (2010) ‘Complex decisions: theorizing women’s infant feeding decisions in the first 6 weeks after birth’. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 66(2), pp. 371–380.

503 – Thulier, Diane and Mercer, Judith (2009) ‘Variables associated with breastfeeding duration’. Journal of obstetric, gynecologic, and neonatal nursing: JOGNN, 38(3), pp. 259–268.

504 – Neifert, Marianne and Bunik, Maya (2013) ‘Overcoming Clinical Barriers to Exclusive Breastfeeding’. Pediatric Clinics, 60(1), pp. 115–145.

505 – Grajeda, Rubén and Pérez-Escamilla, Rafael (2002) ‘Stress During Labor and Delivery Is Associated with Delayed Onset of Lactation among Urban Guatemalan Women’. The Journal of Nutrition, 132(10), pp. 3055–3060.

506 – Zhu, Peng, Hao, Jiahu, Jiang, Xiaomin, Huang, Kun and Tao, Fangbiao (2012) ‘New Insight into Onset of Lactation: Mediating the Negative Effect of Multiple Perinatal Biopsychosocial Stress on Breastfeeding Duration’. Breastfeeding Medicine, 8(2), pp. 151–158.

507 – Neifert, Marianne, DeMarzo, Sandra, Seacat, Joy, Young, David, et al. (1990) ‘The Influence of Breast Surgery, Breast Appearance, and Pregnancy-Induced Breast Changes on lactation Sufficiency as Measured by Infant Weight Gain’. Birth, 17(1), pp. 31–38.

508 – Stuebe, Alison M., Horton, Bethany J., Chetwynd, Ellen, Watkins, Stephanie, et al. (2014) ‘Prevalence and Risk Factors for Early, Undesired Weaning Attributed to Lactation Dysfunction’. Journal of Women’s Health, 23(5), pp. 404–412.

509 – Dennis, Cindy-Lee and McQueen, Karen (2009) ‘The Relationship Between Infant-Feeding Outcomes and Postpartum Depression: A Qualitative Systematic Review’. Pediatrics, 123(4), pp. e736–e751.

510 – Watkins, Stephanie, Meltzer-Brody, Samantha, Zolnoun, Denniz and Stuebe, Alison (2011) ‘Early Breastfeeding Experiences and Postpartum Depression’. Obstetrics & Gynecology, 118(2), p. 214.

511 – Paul, Ian M., Downs, Danielle S., Schaefer, Eric W., Beiler, Jessica S. and Weisman, Carol S. (2013) ‘Postpartum Anxiety and Maternal-Infant Health Outcomes’. Pediatrics, p. peds.2012-2147.

512 – Taveras, Elsie M., Capra, Angela M., Braveman, Paula A., Jensvold, Nancy G., et al. (2003) ‘Clinician Support and Psychosocial Risk Factors Associated With Breastfeeding Discontinuation’. Pediatrics, 112(1), pp. 108–115.

513 – Stuebe, Alison M., Grewen, Karen and Meltzer-Brody, Samantha (2013) ‘Association Between Maternal Mood and Oxytocin Response to Breastfeeding’. Journal of Women’s Health, 22(4), pp. 352–361.

514 – Stuebe, Alison M. (2011) ‘Is breastfeeding promotion bad for mothers?’ Breastfeeding Medicine. [online] Available from: https://bfmed.wordpress.com/2011/02/21/is-breastfeeding-promotion-bad-for-mothers/ (Accessed 17 October 2018)

515 – Lawton, Rebecca, Ashley, Laura, Dawson, Shoba, Waiblinger, Dagmar and Conner, Mark (2012) ‘Employing an extended Theory of Planned Behaviour to predict breastfeeding intention, initiation, and maintenance in White British and South-Asian mothers living in Bradford’. British Journal of Health Psychology, 17(4), pp. 854–871.

516 – DiGirolamo, Ann, Thompson, Nancy, Martorell, Reynaldo, Fein, Sara and Grummer-Strawn, Laurence (2005) ‘Intention or Experience? Predictors of Continued Breastfeeding’. Health Education & Behavior, 32(2), pp. 208–226.

517 – Kozhimannil, Katy B., Jou, Judy, Attanasio, Laura B., Joarnt, Lauren K. and McGovern, Patricia (2014) ‘Medically Complex Pregnancies and Early Breastfeeding Behaviors: A Retrospective Analysis’. PLOS ONE, 9(8), p. e104820.

518 – Kronborg, Hanne, Vaeth, Michael and Rasmussen, Kathleen M. (2013) ‘Obesity and early cessation of breastfeeding in Denmark’. European Journal of Public Health, 23(2), pp. 316–322.

519 – Turcksin, Rivka, Bel, Sarah, Galjaard, Sander and Devlieger, Roland (2014) ‘Maternal obesity and breastfeeding intention, initiation, intensity and duration: a systematic review’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 10(2), pp. 166–183.

520 – Dennis, Cindy-Lee (2003) ‘The breastfeeding self-efficacy scale: psychometric assessment of the short form’. Journal of obstetric, gynecologic, and neonatal nursing: JOGNN, 32(6), pp. 734–744.

521 – Meedya, Shahla, Fahy, Kathleen and Kable, Ashley (2010) ‘Factors that positively influence breastfeeding duration to 6 months: A literature review’. Women and Birth, 23(4), pp. 135–145.

522 – Kervin, Beth E., Kemp, Lynn and Pulver, Lisa Jackson (2010) ‘Types and timing of breastfeeding support and its impact on mothers’ behaviours’. Journal of Paediatrics and Child Health, 46(3), pp. 85–91.

523 – Kronborg, Hanne and Væth, Michael (2004) ‘The influence of psychosocial factors on the duration of breastfeeding’. Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 32(3), pp. 210–216.

524 – Hauck, Yvonne and Irurita, Vera (2003) ‘Incompatible Expectations: The Dilemma of Breastfeeding Mothers’. Health Care for Women International, 24(1), pp. 62–78.

525 – Hegney, Desley, Fallon, Tony and O’Brien, Maxine L. (2008) ‘Against all odds: a retrospective case-controlled study of women who experienced extraordinary breastfeeding problems’. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 17(9), pp. 1182–1192.

526 – Sinha, Bireshwar, Chowdhury, Ranadip, Sankar, M. Jeeva, Martines, Jose, et al. (2015) ‘Interventions to improve breastfeeding outcomes: a systematic review and meta-analysis’. Acta Paediatrica, 104(S467), pp. 114–134.

527 – Rollins, Nigel C, Bhandari, Nita, Hajeebhoy, Nemat, Horton, Susan, et al. (2016) ‘Why invest, and what it will take to improve breastfeeding practices?’ The Lancet, 387(10017), pp. 491–504.

528 – DaVanzo, Julie, Starbird, Ellen and Leibowitz, Arleen (1990) ‘Do women’s breastfeeding experiences with their first‐borns affect whether they breastfeed their subsequent children?’ Social Biology, 37(3–4), pp. 223–232.

529 – Flacking, Renée, Nyqvist, Kerstin Hedberg and Ewald, Uwe (2007) ‘Effects of socioeconomic status on breastfeeding duration in mothers of preterm and term infants’. European Journal of Public Health, 17(6), pp. 579–584.

530 – Waldenström, U. and Aarts, C. (2004) ‘Duration of breastfeeding and breastfeeding problems in relation to length of postpartum stay: a longitudinal cohort study of a national Swedish sample’. Acta Paediatrica, 93(5), pp. 669–676.

531 – Leung, Gabriel M., Ho, Lai-Ming and Lam, Tai-Hing (2002) ‘Maternal, paternal and environmental tobacco smoking and breast feeding’. Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 16(3), pp. 236–245.

532 – Liu, Jihong, Rosenberg, Kenneth D. and Sandoval, Alfredo P. (2006) ‘Breastfeeding Duration and Perinatal Cigarette Smoking in a Population-Based Cohort’. American Journal of Public Health, 96(2), pp. 309–314.

533 – Coles, Jan (2009) ‘Qualitative Study of Breastfeeding After Childhood Sexual Assault’. Journal of Human Lactation, 25(3), pp. 317–324.

534 – Beck, Cheryl Tatano (2009) ‘An Adult Survivor of Child Sexual Abuse and Her Breastfeeding Experience: A Case Study’. MCN: The American Journal of Maternal/Child Nursing, 34(2), p. 91.

535 – Klingelhafer, Susan Kathleen (2007) ‘Sexual Abuse and Breastfeeding’. Journal of Human Lactation, 23(2), pp. 194–197.

536 – Stapleton, Helen, Fielder, Anna and Kirkham, Mavis (2008) ‘Breast or bottle? Eating disordered childbearing women and infant-feeding decisions’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 4(2), pp. 106–120.

537 – Astrachan-Fletcher, Ellen, Veldhuis, Cindy, Lively, Nikki, Fowler, Cynthia and Marcks, Brook (2008) ‘The Reciprocal Effects of Eating Disorders and the Postpartum Period: A Review of the Literature and Recommendations for Clinical Care’. Journal of Women’s Health, 17(2), pp. 227–239.

538 – Waugh, Elizabeth and Bulik, Cynthia M. (1999) ‘Offspring of women with eating disorders’. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 25(2), pp. 123–133.

539 – Häggkvist, Anna-Pia, Brantsæter, Anne Lise, Grjibovski, Andrej M., Helsing, Elisabet, et al. (2010) ‘Prevalence of breast-feeding in the Norwegian Mother and Child Cohort Study and health service-related correlates of cessation of full breast-feeding’. Public Health Nutrition, 13(12), pp. 2076–2086.

540 – Prior, Emily, Santhakumaran, Shalini, Gale, Chris, Philipps, Lara H., et al. (2012) ‘Breastfeeding after cesarean delivery: a systematic review and meta-analysis of world literature’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 95(5), pp. 1113–1135.

541 – Bystrova, Ksenia, Widström, Ann-Marie, Matthiesen, Ann-Sofi, Ransjö-Arvidson, Anna-Berit, et al. (2007) ‘Early lactation performance in primiparous and multiparous women in relation to different maternity home practices. A randomised trial in St. Petersburg’. International Breastfeeding Journal, 2(1), p. 9.

542 – Meyerink, Rachael O. and Marquis, Grace S. (2002) ‘Breastfeeding Initiation and Duration Among Low-Income Women in Alabama: The Importance of Personal and Familial Experiences in Making Infant-Feeding Choices’. Journal of Human Lactation, 18(1), pp. 38–45.

543 – Thurston, Amanda, Bolin, Jocelyn H. and Chezem, Jo Carol (2013) ‘Infant Formula Samples: Perinatal Sources and Breast-Feeding Outcomes at 1 Month Postpartum’. The Journal of Perinatal & Neonatal Nursing, 27(4), p. 353.

544 – McInnes, Rhona J. and Chambers, Julie A. (2008) ‘Supporting breastfeeding mothers: qualitative synthesis’. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(4), pp. 407–427.

545 – Ekström, Anette, Widström, Ann-Marie and Nissen, Eva (2003) ‘Breastfeeding Support from Partners and Grandmothers: Perceptions of Swedish Women’. Birth, 30(4), pp. 261–266.

546 – Brand, Elizabeth, Kothari, Catherine and Stark, Mary Ann (2011) ‘Factors Related to Breastfeeding Discontinuation Between Hospital Discharge and 2 Weeks Postpartum’. The Journal of Perinatal Education, 20(1), pp. 36–44.

547 – Fuller, JJ and White, AA (1998) ‘The Effects of Support Networks on the Choice of Infant Feeding Method’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 98(9, Supplement), p. A61.

548 – Bar-Yam, Naomi Bromberg and Darby, Lori (1997) ‘Fathers and Breastfeeding: A Review of the Literature’. Journal of Human Lactation, 13(1), pp. 45–50.

549 – Gibson‐Davis, Christina M. and Brooks‐Gunn, Jeanne (2007) ‘The Association of Couples’ Relationship Status and Quality With Breastfeeding Initiation’. Journal of Marriage and Family, 69(5), pp. 1107–1117.

550 – Dearden, Kirk A., Quan, Le Nga, Do, Mai, Marsh, David R., et al. (2002) ‘Work outside the Home is the Primary Barrier to Exclusive Breastfeeding in Rural Viet Nam: Insights from Mothers Who Exclusively Breastfed and Worked’. Food and Nutrition Bulletin, 23(4_suppl2), pp. 99–106.

551 – Ogbuanu, Chinelo, Glover, Saundra, Probst, Janice, Liu, Jihong and Hussey, James (2011) ‘The Effect of Maternity Leave Length and Time of Return to Work on Breastfeeding’. Pediatrics, 127(6), pp. e1414–e1427.

552 – Ong, Gary, Yap, Mabel, Li, Foo Ling and Choo, Tai Bee (2005) ‘Impact of working status on breastfeeding in SingaporeEvidence from the National Breastfeeding Survey 2001’. European Journal of Public Health, 15(4), pp. 424–430.

553 – Hawkins, Summer Sherburne, Griffiths, Lucy Jane, Dezateux, Carol and Group, Catherine Law and the Millennium Cohort Study Child Health (2007) ‘The impact of maternal employment on breast-feeding duration in the UK Millennium Cohort Study’. Public Health Nutrition, 10(9), pp. 891–896.

554 – Mirkovic, Kelsey R., Perrine, Cria G., Scanlon, Kelley S. and Grummer-Strawn, Laurence M. (2014) ‘In the United States, a Mother’s Plans for Infant Feeding Are Associated with Her Plans for Employment’. Journal of Human Lactation, 30(3), pp. 292–297.

555 – Guendelman, Sylvia, Kosa, Jessica Lang, Pearl, Michelle, Graham, Steve, et al. (2009) ‘Juggling Work and Breastfeeding: Effects of Maternity Leave and Occupational Characteristics’. Pediatrics, 123(1), pp. e38–e46.

556 – Kelly, Y. J. and Watt, R. G. (2005) ‘Breast-feeding initiation and exclusive duration at 6 months by social class – results from the Millennium Cohort Study’. Public Health Nutrition, 8(4), pp. 417–421.

557 – Heymann, Jody, Raub, Amy and Earle, Alison (2013) ‘Breastfeeding policy: a globally comparative analysis’. Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 91, pp. 398–406.

558 – Dabritz, Haydee A., Hinton, Bette G. and Babb, Jan (2009) ‘Evaluation of Lactation Support in the Workplace or School Environment on 6-Month Breastfeeding Outcomes in Yolo County, California’. Journal of Human Lactation, 25(2), pp. 182–193.

559 – Carlson, Erik S., Tkac, Ivan, Magid, Rhamy, O’Connor, Michael B., et al. (2009) ‘Iron Is Essential for Neuron Development and Memory Function in Mouse Hippocampus’. The Journal of Nutrition, 139(4), pp. 672–679.

560 – Beard, John (2003) ‘Iron Deficiency Alters Brain Development and Functioning’. The Journal of Nutrition, 133(5), pp. 1468S-1472S.

561 – Domellöf, Magnus, Braegger, Christian, Campoy, Cristina, Colomb, Virginie, et al. (2014) ‘Iron Requirements of Infants and Toddlers’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 58(1), p. 119.

562 – Lozoff, B., Brittenham, G. M., Wolf, A. W., McClish, D. K., et al. (1987) ‘Iron deficiency anemia and iron therapy effects on infant developmental test performance’. Pediatrics, 79(6), pp. 981–995.

563 – Lozoff, Betsy, Beard, John, Connor, James, Felt, Barbara, et al. (2006) ‘Long-Lasting Neural and Behavioral Effects of Iron Deficiency in Infancy’. Nutrition reviews, 64(5 Pt 2), pp. S34–S91.

564 – Carter, R. Colin, Jacobson, Joseph L., Burden, Matthew J., Armony-Sivan, Rinat, et al. (2010) ‘Iron deficiency anemia and cognitive function in infancy’. Pediatrics, 126(2), pp. e427-434.

565 – Riggins, Tracy, Miller, Neely C., Bauer, Patricia J., Georgieff, Michael K. and Nelson, Charles A. (2009) ‘Consequences of low neonatal iron status due to maternal diabetes mellitus on explicit memory performance in childhood’. Developmental Neuropsychology, 34(6), pp. 762–779.

566 – Roncagliolo, M., Garrido, M., Walter, T., Peirano, P. and Lozoff, B. (1998) ‘Evidence of altered central nervous system development in infants with iron deficiency anemia at 6 mo: delayed maturation of auditory brainstem responses’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 68(3), pp. 683–690.

567 – Monga, Madhulika, Walia, V., Gandhi, A., Chandra, J. and Sharma, Sunita (2010) ‘Effect of iron deficiency anemia on visual evoked potential of growing children’. Brain & Development, 32(3), pp. 213–216.

568 – Angulo-Barroso, Rosa M., Schapiro, Lauren, Liang, Weilang, Rodrigues, Onike, et al. (2011) ‘Motor development in 9-month-old infants in relation to cultural differences and iron status’. Developmental Psychobiology, 53(2), pp. 196–210.

569 – Lozoff, B., Klein, N. K., Nelson, E. C., McClish, D. K., et al. (1998) ‘Behavior of infants with iron-deficiency anemia’. Child Development, 69(1), pp. 24–36.

570 – Chantry, Caroline J., Howard, Cynthia R. and Auinger, Peggy (2007) ‘Full Breastfeeding Duration and Risk for Iron Deficiency in U.S. Infants’. Breastfeeding Medicine, 2(2), pp. 63–73.

571 – Calvo, Elvira B., Galindo, Ana C. and Aspres, Norma B. (1992) ‘Iron Status in Exclusively Breast-Fed Infants’. Pediatrics, 90(3), pp. 375–379.

572 – Hopkins, David, Emmett, Pauline, Steer, Colin, Rogers, Imogen, et al. (2007) ‘Infant feeding in the second 6 months of life related to iron status: an observational study’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 92(10), pp. 850–854.

573 – Dewey, Kathryn G. and Chaparro, Camila M. (2007) ‘Session 4: Mineral metabolism and body composition Iron status of breast-fed infants: Symposium on “Nutrition in early life: new horizons in a new century”’. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 66(3), pp. 412–422.

574 – Krebs, N. F., Reidinger, C. J., Hartley, S., Robertson, A. D. and Hambidge, K. M. (1995) ‘Zinc supplementation during lactation: effects on maternal status and milk zinc concentrations’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 61(5), pp. 1030–1036.

575 – Prasad, A. S. (1995) ‘Zinc: an overview’. Nutrition (Burbank, Los Angeles County, Calif.), 11(1 Suppl), pp. 93–99.

576 – Prasad, Ananda S. (2013) ‘Discovery of human zinc deficiency: its impact on human health and disease’. Advances in Nutrition (Bethesda, Md.), 4(2), pp. 176–190.

577 – MacDonald, Ruth S. (2000) ‘The Role of Zinc in Growth and Cell Proliferation’. The Journal of Nutrition, 130(5), pp. 1500S-1508S.

578 – Fukada, Toshiyuki, Yamasaki, Satoru, Nishida, Keigo, Murakami, Masaaki and Hirano, Toshio (2011) ‘Zinc homeostasis and signaling in health and diseases: Zinc signaling’. Journal of biological inorganic chemistry: JBIC: a publication of the Society of Biological Inorganic Chemistry, 16(7), pp. 1123–1134.

579 – Dewey, Kathryn G. (2013) ‘The Challenge of Meeting Nutrient Needs of Infants and Young Children during the Period of Complementary Feeding: An Evolutionary Perspective’. The Journal of Nutrition, 143(12), pp. 2050–2054.

580 – Siimes, Martti A., Salmenperä, Leena and Perheentupa, Jaakko (1984) ‘Exclusive breast-feeding for 9 months: Risk of iron deficiency’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 104(2), pp. 196–199.

581 – Ziegler, Ekhard E., Nelson, Steven E. and Jeter, Janice M. (2009) ‘Iron status of breastfed infants is improved equally by medicinal iron and iron-fortified cereal’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 90(1), pp. 76–87.

582 – Yip, Ray, Binkin, Nancy J., Fleshood, Lee and Trowbridge, Frederick L. (1987) ‘Declining Prevalence of Anemia Among Low-Income Children in the United States’. JAMA, 258(12), pp. 1619–1623.

583 – Hay, G., Sandstad, B., Whitelaw, A. and Borch-Iohnsen, B. (2004) ‘Iron status in a group of Norwegian children aged 6-24 months’. Acta Paediatrica (Oslo, Norway: 1992), 93(5), pp. 592–598.

584 – Thane, C. W., Walmsley, C. M., Bates, C. J., Prentice, A. and Cole, T. J. (2000) ‘Risk factors for poor iron status in British toddlers: further analysis of data from the National Diet and Nutrition Survey of children aged 1.5-4.5 years’. Public Health Nutrition, 3(4), pp. 433–440.

585 – Male, C., Persson, L. A., Freeman, V., Guerra, A., et al. (2001) ‘Prevalence of iron deficiency in 12-mo-old infants from 11 European areas and influence of dietary factors on iron status (Euro-Growth study)’. Acta Paediatrica (Oslo, Norway: 1992), 90(5), pp. 492–498.

586 – Bramhagen, A. C. and Axelsson, I. (1999) ‘Iron status of children in southern Sweden: effects of cow’s milk and follow-on formula’. Acta Paediatrica (Oslo, Norway: 1992), 88(12), pp. 1333–1337.

587 – Vendt, Neve, Grünberg, Heli, Leedo, Sirje, Tillmann, Vallo and Talvik, Tiina (2007) ‘Prevalence and causes of iron deficiency anemias in infants aged 9 to 12 months in Estonia’. Medicina, 43(12), p. 947.

588 – Krebs, Nancy F., Westcott, Jamie E., Butler, Nancy, Robinson, Cordelia, et al. (2006) ‘Meat as a First Complementary Food for Breastfed Infants: Feasibility and Impact on Zinc Intake and Status’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 42(2), p. 207.

589 – Persson, Lå, Lundström, M., Lönnerdal, B. and Hernell, O. (1998) ‘Are weaning foods causing impaired iron and zinc status in 1-year-old Swedish infants? A cohort study’. Acta Paediatrica, 87(6), pp. 618–622.

590 – Sezer, Rabia Gönül, Aydemir, Gökhan, Akcan, Abdullah Barıs, Bayoglu, Duygu Somen, et al. (2012) ‘Effect of Breastfeeding on Serum Zinc Levels and Growth in Healthy Infants’. Breastfeeding Medicine, 8(2), pp. 159–163.

591 – Cordain, L., Watkins, B. A., Florant, G. L., Kelher, M., et al. (2002) ‘Fatty acid analysis of wild ruminant tissues: evolutionary implications for reducing diet-related chronic disease’. European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 56(3), pp. 181–191.

592 – Baker, Robert D., Greer, Frank R. and Nutrition, The Committee on (2010) ‘Diagnosis and Prevention of Iron Deficiency and Iron-Deficiency Anemia in Infants and Young Children (0–3 Years of Age)’. Pediatrics, 126(5), pp. 1040–1050.

593 – Cohen, R. J., Brown, K. H., Dewey, K. G., Canahuati, J. and Landa Rivera, L. (1994) ‘Effects of age of introduction of complementary foods on infant breast milk intake, total energy intake, and growth: a randomised intervention study in Honduras’. The Lancet, 344(8918), pp. 288–293.

594 – Dewey, K. G., Cohen, R. J., Rivera, L. L. and Brown, K. H. (1998) ‘Effects of age of introduction of complementary foods on iron status of breast-fed infants in Honduras’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 67(5), pp. 878–884.

595 – Dewey, Kathryn G., Cohen, Roberta J., Brown, Kenneth H. and Rivera, Leonardo Landa (1999) ‘Age of introduction of complementary foods and growth of term, low-birth-weight, breast-fed infants: a randomized intervention study in Honduras’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 69(4), pp. 679–686.

596 – Dewey, Kathryn G., Cohen, Roberta J., Brown, Kenneth H. and Rivera, Leonardo Landa (2001) ‘Effects of Exclusive Breastfeeding for Four versus Six Months on Maternal Nutritional Status and Infant Motor Development: Results of Two Randomized Trials in Honduras’. The Journal of Nutrition, 131(2), pp. 262–267.

597 – Jonsdottir, Olof H., Kleinman, Ronald E., Wells, Jonathan C., Fewtrell, Mary S., et al. (2014) ‘Exclusive breastfeeding for 4 versus 6 months and growth in early childhood’. Acta Paediatrica, 103(1), pp. 105–111.

598 – Jonsdottir, Olof H., Thorsdottir, Inga, Hibberd, Patricia L., Fewtrell, Mary S., et al. (2012) ‘Timing of the Introduction of Complementary Foods in Infancy: A Randomized Controlled Trial’. Pediatrics, 130(6), pp. 1038–1045.

599 – Wells, Jonathan CK, Jonsdottir, Olof H., Hibberd, Patricia L., Fewtrell, Mary S., et al. (2012) ‘Randomized controlled trial of 4 compared with 6 mo of exclusive breastfeeding in Iceland: differences in breast-milk intake by stable-isotope probe’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 96(1), pp. 73–79.

600 – Kramer, Michael S. and Kakuma, Ritsuko (2012) ‘Optimal duration of exclusive breastfeeding’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (8). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD003517.pub2/abstract (Accessed 16 January 2019)

601 – Popkin, Barry M., Adair, Linda, Akin, John S., Black, Robert, et al. (1990) ‘Breast-feeding and Diarrheal Morbidity’. Pediatrics, 86(6), pp. 874–882.

602 – Kramer, Michael S., Guo, Tong, Platt, Robert W., Sevkovskaya, Zinaida, et al. (2003) ‘Infant growth and health outcomes associated with 3 compared with 6 mo of exclusive breastfeeding’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 78(2), pp. 291–295.

603 – Quigley, M. A., Kelly, Y. J. and Sacker, A. (2009) ‘Infant feeding, solid foods and hospitalisation in the first 8 months after birth’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 94(2), pp. 148–150.

604 – Ludvigsson, Jonas F. and Fasano, Alessio (2012) ‘Timing of Introduction of Gluten and Celiac Disease Risk’. Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism, 60(Suppl. 2), pp. 22–29.

605 – Norris, Jill M., Barriga, Katherine, Hoffenberg, Edward J., Taki, Iman, et al. (2005) ‘Risk of Celiac Disease Autoimmunity and Timing of Gluten Introduction in the Diet of Infants at Increased Risk of Disease’. JAMA, 293(19), pp. 2343–2351.

606 – Størdal, Ketil, White, Richard A. and Eggesbø, Merete (2013) ‘Early Feeding and Risk of Celiac Disease in a Prospective Birth Cohort’. Pediatrics, 132(5), pp. e1202–e1209.

607 – Frederiksen, Brittni, Kroehl, Miranda, Lamb, Molly M., Seifert, Jennifer, et al. (2013) ‘Infant Exposures and Development of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus: The Diabetes Autoimmunity Study in the Young (DAISY)’. JAMA Pediatrics, 167(9), pp. 808–815.

608 – Norris, Jill M., Barriga, Katherine, Klingensmith, Georgeanna, Hoffman, Michelle, et al. (2003) ‘Timing of Initial Cereal Exposure in Infancy and Risk of Islet Autoimmunity’. JAMA, 290(13), pp. 1713–1720.

609 – Ziegler, Anette-G., Schmid, Sandra, Huber, Doris, Hummel, Michael and Bonifacio, Ezio (2003) ‘Early Infant Feeding and Risk of Developing Type 1 Diabetes–Associated Autoantibodies’. JAMA, 290(13), pp. 1721–1728.

610 – Poole, Jill A., Barriga, Kathy, Leung, Donald Y. M., Hoffman, Michelle, et al. (2006) ‘Timing of Initial Exposure to Cereal Grains and the Risk of Wheat Allergy’. Pediatrics, 117(6), pp. 2175–2182.

611 – Koplin, Jennifer J., Osborne, Nicholas J., Wake, Melissa, Martin, Pamela E., et al. (2010) ‘Can early introduction of egg prevent egg allergy in infants? A population-based study’. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 126(4), pp. 807–813.

612 – Du Toit, George, Katz, Yitzhak, Sasieni, Peter, Mesher, David, et al. (2008) ‘Early consumption of peanuts in infancy is associated with a low prevalence of peanut allergy’. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 122(5), pp. 984–991.

613 – Du Toit, George, Roberts, Graham, Sayre, Peter H., Bahnson, Henry T., et al. (2015) ‘Randomized Trial of Peanut Consumption in Infants at Risk for Peanut Allergy’. New England Journal of Medicine, 372(9), pp. 803–813.

614 – Platt, Martin P. Ward (2009) ‘Demand weaning: infants’ answer to professionals’ dilemmas’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 94(2), pp. 79–80.

615 – Carruth, Betty Ruth and Skinner, Jean D. (2002) ‘Feeding Behaviors and Other Motor Development in Healthy Children (2–24 Months)’. Journal of the American College of Nutrition, 21(2), pp. 88–96.

616 – Carruth, Betty Ruth, Ziegler, Paula J, Gordon, Anne and Hendricks, Kristy (2005) ‘Developmental milestones and self-feeding behaviors in infants and toddlers’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 104, pp. 51–56.

617 – Gisel, Erika G. (1991) ‘Effect of Food Texture on the Development of Chewing of Children Between Six Months and Two Years of Age’. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 33(1), pp. 69–79.

618 – Northstone, K., Emmett, P. and Nethersole, F. (2001) ‘The effect of age of introduction to lumpy solids on foods eaten and reported feeding difficulties at 6 and 15 months’. Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics, 14(1), pp. 43–54.

619 – Coulthard, Helen, Harris, Gillian and Emmett, Pauline (2009) ‘Delayed introduction of lumpy foods to children during the complementary feeding period affects child’s food acceptance and feeding at 7 years of age’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 5(1), pp. 75–85.

620 – Gomez, Melisa Sofia, Novaes, Ana Paula Toneto, Silva, Janaina Paulino da, Guerra, Luciane Miranda, et al. (2020) ‘Baby-led weaning, an overview of the new approach to food introduction: Integrative literature Review’. Revista Paulista de Pediatria, 38. [online] Available from: http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_abstract&pid=S0103-05822020000100504&lng=en&nrm=iso&tlng=en (Accessed 12 September 2020)

621 – Brown, Amy, Jones, Sara Wyn and Rowan, Hannah (2017) ‘Baby-Led Weaning: The Evidence to Date’. Current Nutrition Reports, 6(2), pp. 148–156.

622 – Olaya, Gilma A., Lawson, Margaret and Fewtrell, Mary S. (2013) ‘Efficacy and safety of new complementary feeding guidelines with an emphasis on red meat consumption: a randomized trial in Bogota, Colombia’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 98(4), pp. 983–993.

623 – Krebs, Nancy F., Westcott, Jamie E., Culbertson, Diana L., Sian, Lei, et al. (2012) ‘Comparison of complementary feeding strategies to meet zinc requirements of older breastfed infants’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 96(1), pp. 30–35.

624 – Hambidge, K. Michael, Sheng, Xiaoyang, Mazariegos, Manolo, Jiang, Tianjiang, et al. (2011) ‘Evaluation of meat as a first complementary food for breastfed infants: impact on iron intake’. Nutrition Reviews, 69(suppl_1), pp. S57–S63.

625 – Davidsson, Lena, Kastenmayer, Peter, Szajewska, Hanna, Hurrell, Richard F. and Barclay, Denis (2000) ‘Iron bioavailability in infants from an infant cereal fortified with ferric pyrophosphate or ferrous fumarate’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 71(6), pp. 1597–1602.

626 – Cook, J. D. and Monsen, E. R. (1976) ‘Food iron absorption in human subjects. III. Comparison of the effect of animal proteins on nonheme iron absorption’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 29(8), pp. 859–867.

627 – Morgan, Jane, Taylor, Andrew and Fewtrell, Mary (2004) ‘Meat Consumption is Positively Associated with Psychomotor Outcome in Children up to 24 Months of Age’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 39(5), p. 493.

628 – Dagnelie, P. C. and van Staveren, W. A. (1994) ‘Macrobiotic nutrition and child health: results of a population-based, mixed-longitudinal cohort study in The Netherlands’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 59(5), pp. 1187S-1196S.

629 – Dagnelie, P. C., van Staveren, W. A., Vergote, F. J., Dingjan, P. G., et al. (1989) ‘Increased risk of vitamin B-12 and iron deficiency in infants on macrobiotic diets’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 50(4), pp. 818–824.

630 – Gorczyca, Daiva, Prescha, Anna, Szeremeta, Karolina and Jankowski, Adam (2013) ‘Iron Status and Dietary Iron Intake of Vegetarian Children from Poland’. Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism, 62(4), pp. 291–297.

631 – Dewey, K. (2002) ‘Guiding principles for complementary feeding of the breastfed child. | POPLINE.org’. Pan American Health Organization [PAHO], Division of Health Promotion and Protection, Food and Nutrition Program, p. 37.

632 – Mennella, J. A. and Beauchamp, G. K. (1997) ‘Mothers’ Milk Enhances the Acceptance of Cereal during Weaning’. Pediatric Research, 41(2), pp. 188–192.

633 – Van Winckel, Myriam, Vande Velde, Saskia, De Bruyne, Ruth and Van Biervliet, Stephanie (2011) ‘Clinical practice: vegetarian infant and child nutrition’. European Journal of Pediatrics, 170(12), pp. 1489–1494.

634 – Cook, J. D., Reddy, M. B., Burri, J., Juillerat, M. A. and Hurrell, R. F. (1997) ‘The influence of different cereal grains on iron absorption from infant cereal foods’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 65(4), pp. 964–969.

635 – Sandstead, Harold H. (2000) ‘Causes of Iron and Zinc Deficiencies and Their Effects on Brain’. The Journal of Nutrition, 130(2), pp. 347S-349S.

636 – Roos, Nanna, Sørensen, Jens Christian, Sørensen, Hilmer, Rasmussen, Søren Kjærsgaard, et al. (2013) ‘Screening for anti-nutritional compounds in complementary foods and food aid products for infants and young children’. Maternal & Child Nutrition, 9(S1), pp. 47–71.

637 – Krebs, Nancy F., Sherlock, Laurie G., Westcott, Jamie, Culbertson, Diana, et al. (2013) ‘Effects of Different Complementary Feeding Regimens on Iron Status and Enteric Microbiota in Breastfed Infants’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 163(2), pp. 416-423.e4.

638 – Gibson, Rosalind S., Bailey, Karl B., Gibbs, Michelle and Ferguson, Elaine L. (2010) ‘A Review of Phytate, Iron, Zinc, and Calcium Concentrations in Plant-Based Complementary Foods Used in Low-Income Countries and Implications for Bioavailability’. Food and Nutrition Bulletin, 31(2_suppl2), pp. S134–S146.

639 – Vizia, B. De, Ciccimarra, F., Cicco, N. De and Auricchio, S. (1975) ‘Digestibility of starches in infants and children’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 86(1), pp. 50–55.

640 – Pelto, Gretel H., Levitt, Emily and Thairu, Lucy (2003) ‘Improving Feeding Practices: Current Patterns, Common Constraints, and the Design of Interventions’. Food and Nutrition Bulletin, 24(1), pp. 45–82.

641 – Hadorn, B., Zoppi, G., Shmerling, D. H., Prader, A., et al. (1968) ‘Quantitative assessment of exocrine pancreatic function in infants and children’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 73(1), pp. 39–50.

642 – Zoppi, G., Andreotti, G., Pajno-Ferrara, F., Njai, D. M. and Gaburro, D. (1972) ‘Exocrine Pancreas Function in Premature and Full Term Neonates’. Pediatric Research, 6(12), pp. 880–886.

643 – Sevenhuysen, G. P., Holodinsky, C. and Dawes, C. (1984) ‘Development of salivary a-amylase in infants from birth to 5 months’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 39(4), pp. 584–588.

644 – Shahani, K. M., Kwan, A. J. and Friend, B. A. (1980) ‘Role and significance of enzymes in human milk’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 33(8), pp. 1861–1868.

645 – Jones, Jay B., Mehta, Nitin R. and Hamosh, Margit (1982) ‘α-Amylase in Preterm Human Milk’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 1(1), p. 43.

646 – Lee, P. C., Werlin, Steven, Trost, Beth and Struve, Mark (2004) ‘Glucoamylase Activity in Infants and Children: Normal Values and Relationship to Symptoms and Histological Findings’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 39(2), p. 161.

647 – Lebenthal, Emanuel and Lee, P. C. (1980) ‘Glucoamylase and disaccharidase activities in normal subjects and in patients with mucosal injury of the small intestine’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 97(3), pp. 389–393.

648 – Scheiwiller, Judith, Arrigoni, Eva, Brouns, Fred and Amadò, Renato (2006) ‘Human Faecal Microbiota Develops the Ability to Degrade Type 3 Resistant Starch During Weaning’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 43(5), p. 584.

649 – ATSDR (2007) Toxicological Profile for Arsenic, Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR). [online] Available from: Available at: http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxpro files/tp2.pdf

650 – JECFA (2011) Safety evaluation of certain contaminants in food: prepared by the Seventy-second meeting of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives (JECFA),

651 – Huang, Chuanshu, Ke, Qingdong, Costa, Max and Shi, Xianglin (2004) ‘Molecular mechanisms of arsenic carcinogenesis’. Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry, 255(1), pp. 57–66.

652 – Kapaj, S., Peterson, H., Liber, K. and Bhattacharya, P. (2006) ‘Human Health Effects From Chronic Arsenic Poisoning–A Review’. Journal of Environmental Science and Health, Part A, 41(10), pp. 2399–2428.

653 – Chávez-Capilla, Teresa, Beshai, Mona, Maher, William, Kelly, Tamsin and Foster, Simon (2016) ‘Bioaccessibility and degradation of naturally occurring arsenic species from food in the human gastrointestinal tract’. Food Chemistry, 212, pp. 189–197.

654 – Tolins, Molly, Ruchirawat, Mathuros and Landrigan, Philip (2014) ‘The Developmental Neurotoxicity of Arsenic: Cognitive and Behavioral Consequences of Early Life Exposure’. Annals of Global Health, 80(4), pp. 303–314.

655 – Farzan, Shohreh F., Karagas, Margaret R. and Chen, Yu (2013) ‘In utero and early life arsenic exposure in relation to long-term health and disease’. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 272(2), pp. 384–390.

656 – Naujokas Marisa F., Anderson Beth, Ahsan Habibul, Aposhian H. Vasken, et al. (2013) ‘The Broad Scope of Health Effects from Chronic Arsenic Exposure: Update on a Worldwide Public Health Problem’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 121(3), pp. 295–302.

657 – Sanchez, Tiffany R., Perzanowski, Matthew and Graziano, Joseph H. (2016) ‘Inorganic arsenic and respiratory health, from early life exposure to sex-specific effects: A systematic review’. Environmental Research, 147, pp. 537–555.

658 – Williams, Paul N., Villada, Antia, Deacon, Claire, Raab, Andrea, et al. (2007) ‘Greatly Enhanced Arsenic Shoot Assimilation in Rice Leads to Elevated Grain Levels Compared to Wheat and Barley’. Environmental Science & Technology, 41(19), pp. 6854–6859.

659 – Ahmed, K. Matin, Bhattacharya, Prosun, Hasan, M. Aziz, Akhter, S. Humayun, et al. (2004) ‘Arsenic enrichment in groundwater of the alluvial aquifers in Bangladesh: an overview’. Applied Geochemistry, 19(2), pp. 181–200.

660 – Martin, Maria, Bonifacio, Eleonora, Hossain, K. M. Jakeer, Huq, S. M. Imamul and Barberis, Elisabetta (2014) ‘Arsenic fixation and mobilization in the soils of the Ganges and Meghna floodplains. Impact of pedoenvironmental properties’. Geoderma, 228–229, pp. 132–141.

661 – Winkel, Lenny, Berg, Michael, Amini, Manouchehr, Hug, Stephan J. and Annette Johnson, C. (2008) ‘Predicting groundwater arsenic contamination in Southeast Asia from surface parameters’. Nature Geoscience, 1(8), pp. 536–542.

662 – Sanz, E., Muñoz-Olivas, R., Cámara, C., Sengupta, M. Kumar and Ahamed, S. (2007) ‘Arsenic speciation in rice, straw, soil, hair and nails samples from the arsenic-affected areas of Middle and Lower Ganga plain’. Journal of Environmental Science and Health, Part A, 42(12), pp. 1695–1705.

663 – Pigna, Massimo, Caporale, Antonio Giandonato, Cavalca, Lucia, Sommella, Alessia and Violante, A. (2015) ‘Arsenic in the Soil Environment: Mobility and Phytoavailability’. Environmental Engineering Science, 32(7), pp. 551–563.

664 – Yamaguchi, N., Nakamura, T., Dong, D., Takahashi, Y., et al. (2011) ‘Arsenic release from flooded paddy soils is influenced by speciation, Eh, pH, and iron dissolution’. Chemosphere, 83(7), pp. 925–932.

665 – Lee, Sanghoon (2006) ‘Geochemistry and partitioning of trace metals in paddy soils affected by metal mine tailings in Korea’. Geoderma, 135, pp. 26–37.

666 – Liao, Xiao-Yong, Chen, Tong-Bin, Xie, Hua and Liu, Ying-Ru (2005) ‘Soil As contamination and its risk assessment in areas near the industrial districts of Chenzhou City, Southern China’. Environment International, 31(6), pp. 791–798.

667 – Liu, Hongyu, Probst, Anne and Liao, Bohan (2005) ‘Metal contamination of soils and crops affected by the Chenzhou lead/zinc mine spill (Hunan, China)’. Science of The Total Environment, 339(1), pp. 153–166.

668 – Williams, P. N., Raab, A., Feldmann, J. and Meharg, A. A. (2007) ‘Market Basket Survey Shows Elevated Levels of As in South Central U.S. Processed Rice Compared to California:  Consequences for Human Dietary Exposure’. Environmental Science & Technology, 41(7), pp. 2178–2183.

669 – Zavala, Yamily J. and Duxbury, John M. (2008) ‘Arsenic in Rice: I. Estimating Normal Levels of Total Arsenic in Rice Grain’. Environmental Science & Technology, 42(10), pp. 3856–3860.

670 – Zavala, Yamily J., Gerads, Russell, Gürleyük, Hakan and Duxbury, John M. (2008) ‘Arsenic in Rice: II. Arsenic Speciation in USA Grain and Implications for Human Health’. Environmental Science & Technology, 42(10), pp. 3861–3866.

671 – Sarkar, Dibyendu, Datta, Rupali and Sharma, Saurabh (2005) ‘Fate and bioavailability of arsenic in organo-arsenical pesticide-applied soils.: Part-I: incubation study’. Chemosphere, 60(2), pp. 188–195.

672 – Bednar, A. J., Garbarino, J. R., Ranville, J. F. and Wildeman, T. R. (2002) ‘Presence of Organoarsenicals Used in Cotton Production in Agricultural Water and Soil of the Southern United States’. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 50(25), pp. 7340–7344.

673 – Feng, Min, Schrlau, Jill E., Snyder, Raymond, Snyder, George H., et al. (2005) ‘Arsenic Transport and Transformation Associated with MSMA Application on a Golf Course Green’. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 53(9), pp. 3556–3562.

674 – Majumder, Supriya and Banik, Pabitra (2019) ‘Geographical variation of arsenic distribution in paddy soil, rice and rice-based products: A meta-analytic approach and implications to human health’. Journal of Environmental Management, 233, pp. 184–199.

675 – Munera‐Picazo, Sandra, Ramírez‐Gandolfo, Amanda, Burló, Francisco and Carbonell‐Barrachina, Ángel Antonio (2014) ‘Inorganic and Total Arsenic Contents in Rice-Based Foods for Children with Celiac Disease’. Journal of Food Science, 79(1), pp. T122–T128.

676 – Carbonell-Barrachina, Ángel A., Wu, Xiangchun, Ramírez-Gandolfo, Amanda, Norton, Gareth J., et al. (2012) ‘Inorganic arsenic contents in rice-based infant foods from Spain, UK, China and USA’. Environmental Pollution, 163, pp. 77–83.

677 – Carey, Manus, Donaldson, Emily, Signes-Pastor, Antonio J. and Meharg, Andrew A. (2018) ‘Dilution of rice with other gluten free grains to lower inorganic arsenic in foods for young children in response to European Union regulations provides impetus to setting stricter standards’. PLOS ONE, 13(3), p. e0194700.

678 – Torres-Escribano, Silvia, Leal, Mariana, Vélez, Dinoraz and Montoro, Rosa (2008) ‘Total and Inorganic Arsenic Concentrations in Rice Sold in Spain, Effect of Cooking, and Risk Assessments’. Environmental Science & Technology, 42(10), pp. 3867–3872.

679 – Williams, P. N., Price, A. H., Raab, A., Hossain, S. A., et al. (2005) ‘Variation in Arsenic Speciation and Concentration in Paddy Rice Related to Dietary Exposure’. Environmental Science & Technology, 39(15), pp. 5531–5540.

680 – Norton, Gareth J., Pinson, Shannon R. M., Alexander, Jill, Mckay, Susan, et al. (2012) ‘Variation in grain arsenic assessed in a diverse panel of rice (Oryza sativa) grown in multiple sites’. New Phytologist, 193(3), pp. 650–664.

681 – Meharg, Andrew A., Lombi, Enzo, Williams, Paul N., Scheckel, Kirk G., et al. (2008) ‘Speciation and Localization of Arsenic in White and Brown Rice Grains’. Environmental Science & Technology, 42(4), pp. 1051–1057.

682 – Sun, Guo-Xin, Williams, Paul N., Carey, Anne-Marie, Zhu, Yong-Guan, et al. (2008) ‘Inorganic Arsenic in Rice Bran and Its Products Are an Order of Magnitude Higher than in Bulk Grain’. Environmental Science & Technology, 42(19), pp. 7542–7546.

683 – A. Meharg, Andrew, Deacon, Claire, J. Campbell, Robert C., Carey, Anne-Marie, et al. (2008) ‘Inorganic arsenic levels in rice milk exceed EU and US drinking water standards’. Journal of Environmental Monitoring, 10(4), pp. 428–431.

684 – Choi, Sung Hwa, Kim, Jae Sung, Lee, Ji Yeon, Jeon, Ji Suk, et al. (2014) ‘Analysis of arsenic in rice grains using ICP-MS and fs LA-ICP-MS’. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry, 29(7), pp. 1233–1237.

685 – Meharg, Andrew A., Sun, Guoxin, Williams, Paul N., Adomako, Eureka, et al. (2008) ‘Inorganic arsenic levels in baby rice are of concern’. Environmental Pollution, 152(3), pp. 746–749.

686 – Da Sacco, Letizia, Baldassarre, Antonella and Masotti, Andrea (2013) ‘Diet’s role in the toxicity of inorganic arsenic (iAs): A journey from soil to children’s mouth’. Journal of Geochemical Exploration, 131, pp. 45–51.

687 – Mennella, Julie A., Ziegler, Paula, Briefel, Ronette and Novak, Timothy (2006) ‘Feeding Infants and Toddlers Study: The Types of Foods Fed to Hispanic Infants and Toddlers’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 106(1, Supplement), pp. 96–106.

688 – Yost, L. J., Tao, S.-H., Egan, S. K., Barraj, L. M., et al. (2004) ‘Estimation of Dietary Intake of Inorganic Arsenic in U.S. Children’. Human and Ecological Risk Assessment: An International Journal, 10(3), pp. 473–483.

689 – Burló, Francisco, Ramírez‐Gandolfo, Amanda, Signes‐Pastor, Antonio J., Haris, Parvez I. and Carbonell‐Barrachina, Ángel A. (2012) ‘Arsenic Contents in Spanish Infant Rice, Pureed Infant Foods, and Rice’. Journal of Food Science, 77(1), pp. T15–T19.

690 – Davis, Matthew A., Signes-Pastor, Antonio J., Argos, Maria, Slaughter, Francis, et al. (2017) ‘Assessment of human dietary exposure to arsenic through rice’. Science of The Total Environment, 586, pp. 1237–1244.

691 – Signes-Pastor, Antonio J., Carey, Manus and Meharg, Andrew A. (2016) ‘Inorganic arsenic in rice-based products for infants and young children’. Food Chemistry, 191, pp. 128–134.

692 – Signes-Pastor, Antonio J., Woodside, Jayne V., McMullan, Paul, Mullan, Karen, et al. (2017) ‘Levels of infants’ urinary arsenic metabolites related to formula feeding and weaning with rice products exceeding the EU inorganic arsenic standard’. PLOS ONE, 12(5), p. e0176923.

693 – Hojsak, Iva, Braegger, Christian, Bronsky, Jiri, Campoy, Cristina, et al. (2015) ‘Arsenic in Rice: A Cause for Concern’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 60(1), p. 142.

694 – Hite, Adele H. (2013) ‘Arsenic and rice: A call for regulation’. Nutrition, 29(1), pp. 353–354.

695 – EC (2015) Commission Regulation 2015/1006 of 25 June 2015 amending Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 as regards maximum levels of inorganic arsenic in foodstuffs [Internet], [online] Available from: eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/ EN/TXT/?uri=OJ:JOL_2015_161_R_0006

696 – FDA (2017) Arsenic in Food and Dietary Supplements, [online] Available from: https://www.fda.gov/Food/FoodborneIllnessContaminants/Metals/ucm280202.htm

697 – Meyer, Rosan, Carey, Manus P., Turner, Paul J. and Meharg, Andrew A. (2018) ‘Low inorganic arsenic in hydrolysed rice formula used for cow’s milk protein allergy’. Pediatric Allergy and Immunology, 29(5), pp. 561–563.

698 – Zhu, Yong-Guan, Williams, Paul N. and Meharg, Andrew A. (2008) ‘Exposure to inorganic arsenic from rice: A global health issue?’ Environmental Pollution, 154(2), pp. 169–171.

699 – Vahter, Marie (2009) ‘Effects of Arsenic on Maternal and Fetal Health’. Annual Review of Nutrition, 29(1), pp. 381–399.

700 – Rodríguez-Barranco, Miguel, Gil, Fernando, Hernández, Antonio F., Alguacil, Juan, et al. (2016) ‘Postnatal arsenic exposure and attention impairment in school children’. Cortex, 74, pp. 370–382.

701 – WHO (2014) Codex Alimentarius Commission, Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme, Codex Committee on Contaminants in Foods, Fifth Session, The Hague, The Netherlands, 31 March± 4 April 2014. Proposed Draft Maximum Levels for Arsenic in Rice (Raw and Polished),

702 – IARC (2004) International Agency for Research on Cancer Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans. Some drinking-water disinfectants and Contaminants, including Arsenic, [online] Available from: monographs.iarc.fr/ENG/Monographs/vol84/mono84.pdf

703 – Deng, Fenglin, Yamaji, Naoki, Ma, Jian Feng, Lee, Sang-Kyu, et al. (2018) ‘Engineering rice with lower grain arsenic’. Plant Biotechnology Journal, 16(10), pp. 1691–1699.

704 – Jitaru, Petru, Millour, Sandrine, Roman, Marco, El Koulali, Kaoutar, et al. (2016) ‘Exposure assessment of arsenic speciation in different rice types depending on the cooking mode’. Journal of Food Composition and Analysis, 54, pp. 37–47.

705 – Cubadda, F., Raggi, A., Zanasi, F. and Carcea, M. (2003) ‘From durum wheat to pasta: effect of technological processing on the levels of arsenic, cadmium, lead and nickel–a pilot study’. Food Additives & Contaminants, 20(4), pp. 353–360.

706 – Carey, Manus, Jiujin, Xiao, Farias, Júlia Gomes and Meharg, Andrew A. (2015) ‘Rethinking Rice Preparation for Highly Efficient Removal of Inorganic Arsenic Using Percolating Cooking Water’. PLOS ONE, 10(7), p. e0131608.

707 – Meharg, Andrew A., Williams, Paul N., Adomako, Eureka, Lawgali, Youssef Y., et al. (2009) ‘Geographical Variation in Total and Inorganic Arsenic Content of Polished (White) Rice’. Environmental Science & Technology, 43(5), pp. 1612–1617.

708 – Munera-Picazo, Sandra, Cano-Lamadrid, Marina, Castaño-Iglesias, María Concepción, Burló, Francisco and Carbonell-Barrachina, Ángel A. (2015) ‘Arsenic in your food: potential health hazards from arsenic found in rice’. Nutrition and Dietary Supplements. [online] Available from: https://www.dovepress.com/arsenic-in-your-food-potential-health-hazards-from-arsenic-found-in-ri-peer-reviewed-article-NDS (Accessed 30 April 2019)

709 – Smith, Allan H., Lopipero, Peggy A., Bates, Michael N. and Steinmaus, Craig M. (2002) ‘Arsenic Epidemiology and Drinking Water Standards’. Science, 296(5576), pp. 2145–2146.

710 – Steiner, J. E., Glaser, D., Hawilo, M. E. and Berridge, K. C. (1) ‘Comparative expression of hedonic impact: affective reactions to taste by human infants and other primates’. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 25(1), pp. 53–74.

711 – Steiner, J. E. (1979) ‘Human facial expressions in response to taste and smell stimuli’ Reese, H. W. and Lipsitt, L. P. (eds.). , pp. 257–295.

712 – The GBD 2015 Obesity Collaborators (2017) ‘Health Effects of Overweight and Obesity in 195 Countries over 25 Years’. New England Journal of Medicine, 377(1), pp. 13–27.

713 – France, Santé Publique (2015) Étude de santé sur l’environnement, la biosurveillance, l’activité physique et la nutrition (Esteban) 2014-2016, [online] Available from: /liste-des-actualites/etude-esteban-2014-2016-chapitre-corpulence-stabilisation-du-surpoids-et-de-l-obesite-chez-l-enfant-et-l-adulte (Accessed 27 January 2020)

714 – Hales, C.M., Caroll, M.D., Fryar, C.D. and Odgen, C.L. (2017) ‘Prevalence of Obesity Among Adults and Youth: United States, 2015–2016’. NCHS data brief, 288. [online] Available from: https://www.cdc.gov/obesity/data/childhood.html (Accessed 27 January 2020)

715 – World Health Organization (2019) Commercial Foods for Infants and Young Children in the WHO European Region. A study of the Availability, Composition and Marketing of Baby Foods in Four European Countries, Geneva, Switzerland.

716 – Koo, Yu-Chin, Chang, Jung-Su and Chen, Yi Chun (2018) ‘Food claims and nutrition facts of commercial infant foods’. PLoS ONE, 13(2). [online] Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5830294/ (Accessed 27 January 2020)

717 – Herrick, Kirsten A., Fryar, Cheryl D., Hamner, Heather C., Park, Sohyun and Ogden, Cynthia L. (2020) ‘Added Sugars Intake among US Infants and Toddlers’. Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, 120(1), pp. 23–32.

718 – Welsh, Jean A. and Figueroa, Janet (2017) ‘Intake of Added Sugars During the Early Toddler Period’. Nutrition Today, 52(2), p. S60.

719 – Palmer, Carole A. (2017) ‘Oral and Dental Health Considerations in Feeding Toddlers’. Nutrition Today, 52(2), p. S69.

720 – Ruanpeng, D., Thongprayoon, C., Cheungpasitporn, W. and Harindhanavudhi, T. (2017) ‘Sugar and artificially sweetened beverages linked to obesity: a systematic review and meta-analysis’. QJM: An International Journal of Medicine, 110(8), pp. 513–520.

721 – Malik, Vasanti S., Popkin, Barry M., Bray, George A., Després, Jean-Pierre, et al. (2010) ‘Sugar-Sweetened Beverages and Risk of Metabolic Syndrome and Type 2 Diabetes: A meta-analysis’. Diabetes Care, 33(11), pp. 2477–2483.

722 – Kell, Kenneth P., Cardel, Michelle I., Bohan Brown, Michelle M. and Fernández, José R. (2014) ‘Added sugars in the diet are positively associated with diastolic blood pressure and triglycerides in children’. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 100(1), pp. 46–52.

723 – Kosova, Ethan C., Auinger, Peggy and Bremer, Andrew A. (2013) ‘The Relationships between Sugar-Sweetened Beverage Intake and Cardiometabolic Markers in Young Children’. Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, 113(2), pp. 219–227.

724 – Sharma, Sushma, Roberts, Lindsay S., Lustig, Robert H. and Fleming, Sharon E. (2010) ‘Carbohydrate intake and cardiometabolic risk factors in high BMI African American children’. Nutrition & Metabolism, 7(1), p. 10.

725 – Park, Sohyun, Blanck, Heidi M., Sherry, Bettylou, Jones, Sherry Everett and Pan, Liping (2013) ‘Regular-Soda Intake Independent of Weight Status Is Associated with Asthma among US High School Students’. Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, 113(1), pp. 106–111.

726 – Johnson, Rachel K., Appel, Lawrence J., Brands, Michael, Howard, Barbara V., et al. (2009) ‘Dietary Sugars Intake and Cardiovascular Health’. Circulation, 120(11), pp. 1011–1020.

727 – Millen, Barbara E., Abrams, Steve, Adams-Campbell, Lucile, Anderson, Cheryl AM, et al. (2016) ‘The 2015 Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee Scientific Report: Development and Major Conclusions’. Advances in Nutrition, 7(3), pp. 438–444.

728 – World Health Organization (2015) Sugars intake for adults and children, Geneva, Switzerland. [online] Available from: http://www.who.int/nutrition/publications/guidelines/sugars_intake/en/ (Accessed 27 January 2020)

729 – Vos, Miriam B., Kaar, Jill L., Welsh, Jean A., Horn, Linda V., et al. (2017) ‘Added Sugars and Cardiovascular Disease Risk in Children: A Scientific Statement From the American Heart Association’. Circulation, 135(19), pp. e1017–e1034.

730 – ANSES (2019) AVIS de l’Agence nationale de sécurité sanitaire de l’alimentation, de l’environnement et du travail relatif à l’actualisation des repères alimentaires du PNNS pour les enfants de 0 à 3 ans, Maisons-Alfort.

731 – Service-Public (n.d.) ‘Calendrier des vaccinations’. [online] Available from: https://www.service-public.fr/particuliers/vosdroits/F724 (Accessed 17 September 2018)

732 – Vaccination-info.be (n.d.) ‘Calendrier de vaccination | vaccination-info’. [online] Available from: https://www.vaccination-info.be/calendrier-de-vaccination/ (Accessed 23 February 2020)

733 – Quebec.ca (n.d.) ‘Programme québécois d’immunisation’. [online] Available from: https://www.quebec.ca/sante/conseils-et-prevention/vaccination/programme-quebecois-d-immunisation/ (Accessed 23 February 2020)

734 – Roush, Sandra W., Murphy, Trudy V. and Group, and the Vaccine-Preventable Disease Table Working (2007) ‘Historical Comparisons of Morbidity and Mortality for Vaccine-Preventable Diseases in the United States’. JAMA, 298(18), pp. 2155–2163.

735 – Karafillakis, Emilie, Simas, Clarissa, Jarrett, Caitlin, Verger, Pierre, et al. (2019) ‘HPV vaccination in a context of public mistrust and uncertainty: a systematic literature review of determinants of HPV vaccine hesitancy in Europe’. Human Vaccines & Immunotherapeutics, 15(7–8), pp. 1615–1627.

736 – Fine, Paul, Eames, Ken and Heymann, David L. (2011) ‘“Herd Immunity”: A Rough Guide’. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 52(7), pp. 911–916.

737 – Rashid, Harunor, Khandaker, Gulam and Booy, Robert (2012) ‘Vaccination and herd immunity: what more do we know?’ Current Opinion in Infectious Diseases, 25(3), p. 243.

738 – Smith, Peter G. (2010) ‘Concepts of herd protection and immunity’. Procedia in Vaccinology, 2(2), pp. 134–139.

739 – Feikin, Daniel R., Lezotte, Dennis C., Hamman, Richard F., Salmon, Daniel A., et al. (2000) ‘Individual and Community Risks of Measles and Pertussis Associated With Personal Exemptions to Immunization’. JAMA, 284(24), pp. 3145–3150.

740 – Glanz, Jason M., McClure, David L., Magid, David J., Daley, Matthew F., et al. (2009) ‘Parental Refusal of Pertussis Vaccination Is Associated With an Increased Risk of Pertussis Infection in Children’. Pediatrics, 123(6), pp. 1446–1451.

741 – Atwell, Jessica E., Otterloo, Josh Van, Zipprich, Jennifer, Winter, Kathleen, et al. (2013) ‘Nonmedical Vaccine Exemptions and Pertussis in California, 2010’. Pediatrics, p. peds.2013-0878.

742 – Omer, Saad B., Pan, William K. Y., Halsey, Neal A., Stokley, Shannon, et al. (2006) ‘Nonmedical Exemptions to School Immunization Requirements: Secular Trends and Association of State Policies With Pertussis Incidence’. JAMA, 296(14), pp. 1757–1763.

743 – Omer, Saad B., Enger, Kyle S., Moulton, Lawrence H., Halsey, Neal A., et al. (2008) ‘Geographic Clustering of Nonmedical Exemptions to School Immunization Requirements and Associations With Geographic Clustering of Pertussis’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 168(12), pp. 1389–1396.

744 – Glanz, Jason M., McClure, David L., Magid, David J., Daley, Matthew F., et al. (2010) ‘Parental Refusal of Varicella Vaccination and the Associated Risk of Varicella Infection in Children’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 164(1), pp. 66–70.

745 – Glanz, Jason M., McClure, David L., O’Leary, Sean T., Narwaney, Komal J., et al. (2011) ‘Parental decline of pneumococcal vaccination and risk of pneumococcal related disease in children’. Vaccine, 29(5), pp. 994–999.

746 – Barlow, Russell S., Reynolds, Laura E., Cieslak, Paul R. and Sullivan, Amy D. (2014) ‘Vaccinated Children and Adolescents With Pertussis Infections Experience Reduced Illness Severity and Duration, Oregon, 2010–2012’. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 58(11), pp. 1523–1529.

747 – Mitchell, Peter, Turner, Nikki, Jennings, Lance and Dong, Hongfang (2013) ‘Previous vaccination modifies both the clinical disease and immunological features in children with measles’. Journal of Primary Health Care, 5(2), pp. 93–98.

748 – Seward, Jane F., Watson, Barbara M., Peterson, Carol L., Mascola, Laurene, et al. (2002) ‘Varicella Disease After Introduction of Varicella Vaccine in the United States, 1995-2000’. JAMA, 287(5), pp. 606–611.

749 – Guris, Dalya, Jumaan, Aisha O., Mascola, Laurene, Watson, Barbara M., et al. (2008) ‘Changing Varicella Epidemiology in Active Surveillance Sites—United States, 1995–2005’. The Journal of Infectious Diseases, 197(Supplement_2), pp. S71–S75.

750 – Balmer, P., Borrow, R. and Miller, E. (2002) ‘Impact of meningococcal C conjugate vaccine in the UK’. Journal of Medical Microbiology,, 51(9), pp. 717–722.

751 – Panozzo, Catherine A., Becker-Dreps, Sylvia, Pate, Virginia, Weber, David J., et al. (2014) ‘Direct, Indirect, Total, and Overall Effectiveness of the Rotavirus Vaccines for the Prevention of Gastroenteritis Hospitalizations in Privately Insured US Children, 2007–2010’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 179(7), pp. 895–909.

752 – Atkinson, W., Wolfe, C. and Hamborsky, J. (eds.) (2015) Epidemiology and prevention of vaccine-preventable diseases 13th ed., Public Health Foundation Publications.

753 – Jefferson, Tom, Rudin, Melanie and Di Pietrantonj, Carlo (2004) ‘Adverse events after immunisation with aluminium-containing DTP vaccines: systematic review of the evidence’. The Lancet Infectious Diseases, 4(2), pp. 84–90.

754 – Daley, Matthew F., Yih, W. Katherine, Glanz, Jason M., Hambidge, Simon J., et al. (2014) ‘Safety of diphtheria, tetanus, acellular pertussis and inactivated poliovirus (DTaP–IPV) vaccine’. Vaccine, 32(25), pp. 3019–3024.

755 – Sun, Yuelian, Christensen, Jakob, Hviid, Anders, Li, Jiong, et al. (2012) ‘Risk of Febrile Seizures and Epilepsy After Vaccination With Diphtheria, Tetanus, Acellular Pertussis, Inactivated Poliovirus, and Haemophilus Influenzae Type b’. JAMA, 307(8), pp. 823–831.

756 – Tiwari, M. D., Clark, T.A., Messonnier, M.D. and Thomas, C.G. (2011) ‘Tetanus Surveillance — United States, 2001–2008’. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR), 60(12), pp. 365–369.

757 – Collins, S., Amirthalingam, G., Beeching, N. J., Chand, M. A., et al. (2016) ‘Current epidemiology of tetanus in England, 2001–2014’. Epidemiology and Infection, 144(16), pp. 3343–3353.

758 – Kyu, Hmwe H., Mumford, John Everett, Stanaway, Jeffrey D., Barber, Ryan M., et al. (2017) ‘Mortality from tetanus between 1990 and 2015: findings from the global burden of disease study 2015’. BMC Public Health, 17(1), p. 179.

759 – Trojan, Daria A. and Cashman, Neil R. (2005) ‘Post-poliomyelitis syndrome’. Muscle & Nerve, 31(1), pp. 6–19.

760 – Jubelt, B. (2004) ‘Post-polio syndrome’. Current Treatment Options in Neurology, 6(2), pp. 87–93.

761 – Winter, Kathleen, Zipprich, Jennifer, Harriman, Kathleen, Murray, Erin L., et al. (2015) ‘Risk Factors Associated With Infant Deaths From Pertussis: A Case-Control Study’. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 61(7), pp. 1099–1106.

762 – Winter, Kathleen, Harriman, Kathleen, Zipprich, Jennifer, Schechter, Robert, et al. (2012) ‘California Pertussis Epidemic, 2010’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 161(6), pp. 1091–1096.

763 – Blangiardi, F. and Ferrera, G. (2009) ‘Reducing the risk of pertussis in newborn infants’. Journal of Preventive Medicine and Hygiene, 50(4), pp. 206–216.

764 – Gabutti, Giovanni and Rota, Maria Cristina (2012) ‘Pertussis: A Review of Disease Epidemiology Worldwide and in Italy’. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 9(12), pp. 4626–4638.

765 – Kretsinger, Katrina, Broder, Karen R., Cortese, Margaret M., Joyce, M. Patricia, et al. (2006) ‘Preventing tetanus, diphtheria, and pertussis among adults: use of tetanus toxoid, reduced diphtheria toxoid and acellular pertussis vaccine recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) and recommendation of ACIP, supported by the Healthcare Infection Control Practices Advisory Committee (HICPAC), for use of Tdap among health-care personnel’. MMWR. Recommendations and reports: Morbidity and mortality weekly report. Recommendations and reports, 55(RR-17), pp. 1–37.

766 – Pichichero, Michael E., Rennels, Margaret B., Edwards, Kathryn M., Blatter, Mark M., et al. (2005) ‘Combined Tetanus, Diphtheria, and 5-Component Pertussis Vaccine for Use in Adolescents and Adults’. JAMA, 293(24), pp. 3003–3011.

767 – Rubach, Matthew P., Bender, Jeffrey M., Mottice, Susan, Hanson, Kimberly, et al. (2011) ‘Increasing incidence of invasive Haemophilus influenzae disease in adults, Utah, USA’. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 17(9), pp. 1645–1650.

768 – Collins, Sarah, Litt, David, Almond, Rachael, Findlow, Jamie, et al. (2018) ‘Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib) seroprevalence and current epidemiology in England and Wales’. Journal of Infection, 76(4), pp. 335–341.

769 – Shepard, Colin W., Finelli, Lyn, Fiore, Anthony E. and Bell, Beth P. (2005) ‘Epidemiology of Hepatitis B and Hepatitis B Virus Infection in United States Children’. The Pediatric Infectious Disease Journal, 24(9), p. 755.

770 – Armstrong, Gregory L., Mast, Eric E., Wojczynski, Mary and Margolis, Harold S. (2001) ‘Childhood Hepatitis B Virus Infections in the United States Before Hepatitis B Immunization’. Pediatrics, 108(5), pp. 1123–1128.

771 – Shepard, Colin W., Simard, Edgar P., Finelli, Lyn, Fiore, Anthony E. and Bell, Beth P. (2006) ‘Hepatitis B Virus Infection: Epidemiology and Vaccination’. Epidemiologic Reviews, 28(1), pp. 112–125.

772 – Stanaway, Jeffrey D, Flaxman, Abraham D, Naghavi, Mohsen, Fitzmaurice, Christina, et al. (2016) ‘The global burden of viral hepatitis from 1990 to 2013: findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013’. The Lancet, 388(10049), pp. 1081–1088.

773 – World Health Organization (n.d.) ‘Hepatitis B’. World Health Organization. [online] Available from: http://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/hepatitis-b (Accessed 11 September 2018)

774 – Wahl, Brian, O’Brien, Katherine L., Greenbaum, Adena, Majumder, Anwesha, et al. (2018) ‘Burden of Streptococcus pneumoniae and Haemophilus influenzae type b disease in children in the era of conjugate vaccines: global, regional, and national estimates for 2000–15’. The Lancet Global Health, 6(7), pp. e744–e757.

775 – Henriques-Normark, Birgitta and Tuomanen, Elaine I. (2013) ‘The Pneumococcus: Epidemiology, Microbiology, and Pathogenesis’. Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in Medicine, 3(7). [online] Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3685878/ (Accessed 11 September 2018)

776 – Greenhow, Tara L., Hung, Yun-Yi and Herz, Arnd (2017) ‘Bacteremia in Children 3 to 36 Months Old After Introduction of Conjugated Pneumococcal Vaccines’. Pediatrics, p. e20162098.

777 – Grimwood, Keith, Anderson, Peter, Anderson, Vicki, Tan, Lesley and Nolan, Terry (2000) ‘Twelve year outcomes following bacterial meningitis: further evidence for persisting effects’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 83(2), pp. 111–116.

778 – Chandran, Aruna, Herbert, Hadley, Misurski, Derek and Santosham, Mathuram (2011) ‘Long-term Sequelae of Childhood Bacterial Meningitis: An Underappreciated Problem’. The Pediatric Infectious Disease Journal, 30(1), p. 3.

779 – Diseases, Committee on Infectious (2005) ‘Prevention and Control of Meningococcal Disease: Recommendations for Use of Meningococcal Vaccines in Pediatric Patients’. Pediatrics, 116(2), pp. 496–505.

780 – Wolfson, Lara J., Grais, Rebecca F., Luquero, Francisco J., Birmingham, Maureen E. and Strebel, Peter M. (2009) ‘Estimates of measles case fatality ratios: a comprehensive review of community-based studies’. International Journal of Epidemiology, 38(1), pp. 192–205.

781 – McLean, H. Q., Fiebelkorn, A.P., Temte, J.L. and Wallace, G.S. (2013) ‘Prevention of Measles, Rubella, Congenital Rubella Syndrome, and Mumps, 2013: Summary Recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP)’. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR), 62, pp. 1–34.

782 – Demicheli, Vittorio, Rivetti, Alessandro, Debalini, Maria Grazia and Pietrantonj, Carlo Di (2012) ‘Vaccines for measles, mumps and rubella in children’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (2). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD004407.pub3/abstract (Accessed 7 September 2018)

783 – Zamir, C. Stein, Schroeder, H., Shoob, H., Abramson, N. and Zentner, G. (2015) ‘Characteristics of a large mumps outbreak: Clinical severity, complications and association with vaccination status of mumps outbreak cases’. Human Vaccines & Immunotherapeutics, 11(6), pp. 1413–1417.

784 – Yung, Chee-Fu, Andrews, Nick, Bukasa, Antoaneta, Brown, Kevin E. and Ramsay, Mary (2011) ‘Mumps Complications and Effects of Mumps Vaccination, England and Wales, 2002–2006’. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 17(4), pp. 661–667.

785 – Sugishita, Yoshiyuki, Shimatani, Naotaka, Katow, Shigetaka, Takahashi, Takuri and Hori, Narumi (2015) ‘Epidemiological Characteristics of Rubella and Congenital Rubella Syndrome in the 2012–2013 Epidemics in Tokyo, Japan’. Japanese Journal of Infectious Diseases, 68(2), pp. 159–165.

786 – Bayer, William L., Sherman, Frank E., Michaels, Richard H., Szeto, Isabel L. F. and Lewis, Jessica H. (1965) ‘Purpura in Congenital and Acquired Rubella’. New England Journal of Medicine, 273(25), pp. 1362–1366.

787 – Steben, Marc and Duarte-Franco, Eliane (2007) ‘Human papillomavirus infection: Epidemiology and pathophysiology’. Gynecologic Oncology, 107(2, Supplement), pp. S2–S5.

788 – Phillips, Anastasia, Patel, Cyra, Pillsbury, Alexis, Brotherton, Julia and Macartney, Kristine (2018) ‘Safety of Human Papillomavirus Vaccines: An Updated Review’. Drug Safety, 41(4), pp. 329–346.

789 – Arnheim-Dahlström, Lisen, Pasternak, Björn, Svanström, Henrik, Sparén, Pär and Hviid, Anders (2013) ‘Autoimmune, neurological, and venous thromboembolic adverse events after immunisation of adolescent girls with quadrivalent human papillomavirus vaccine in Denmark and Sweden: cohort study’. BMJ, 347. [online] Available from: https://www.bmj.com/content/347/bmj.f5906 (Accessed 26 February 2020)

790 – Grimaldi-Bensouda, Lamiae, Rossignol, Michel, Koné-Paut, Isabelle, Krivitzky, Alain, et al. (2017) ‘Risk of autoimmune diseases and human papilloma virus (HPV) vaccines: Six years of case-referent surveillance’. Journal of Autoimmunity, 79, pp. 84–90.

791 – Scheller, Nikolai Madrid, Svanström, Henrik, Pasternak, Björn, Arnheim-Dahlström, Lisen, et al. (2015) ‘Quadrivalent HPV Vaccination and Risk of Multiple Sclerosis and Other Demyelinating Diseases of the Central Nervous System’. JAMA, 313(1), pp. 54–61.

792 – ANSM (2015) ‘Vaccination contre les infections à HPV et risque de maladies auto-immunes : une étude Cnamts/ANSM rassurante – Point d’information’. [online] Available from: https://ansm.sante.fr/S-informer/Points-d-information-Points-d-information/Vaccination-contre-les-infections-a-HPV-et-risque-de-maladies-auto-immunes-une-etude-Cnamts-ANSM-rassurante-Point-d-information (Accessed 3 April 2020)

793 – INSERM (n.d.) ‘Grippe’. Inserm. [online] Available from: https://www.inserm.fr/information-en-sante/dossiers-information/grippe (Accessed 12 September 2018)

794 – Santé publique France (n.d.) ‘Point sur les connaissances / Grippe : généralités / Grippe / Maladies à prévention vaccinale / Maladies infectieuses / Dossiers thématiques / Accueil’. [online] Available from: http://invs.santepubliquefrance.fr/Dossiers-thematiques/Maladies-infectieuses/Maladies-a-prevention-vaccinale/Grippe/Grippe-generalites/Point-sur-les-connaissances (Accessed 12 September 2018)

795 – Bohlke, Kari, Davis, Robert L., Marcy, S. M., Braun, M. M., et al. (2003) ‘Risk of Anaphylaxis After Vaccination of Children and Adolescents’. Pediatrics, 112(4), p. 815.

796 – Offit, Paul A., Quarles, Jessica, Gerber, Michael A., Hackett, Charles J., et al. (2002) ‘Addressing Parents’ Concerns: Do Multiple Vaccines Overwhelm or Weaken the Infant’s Immune System?’ Pediatrics, 109(1), pp. 124–129.

797 – Otto, S., Mahner, B., Kadow, I., Beck, J. F., et al. (2000) ‘General Non-specific Morbidity is Reduced After Vaccination Within the Third Month of Life – the Greifswald Study’. Journal of Infection, 41(2), pp. 172–175.

798 – Sherrid, Ashley M., Ruck, Candice E., Sutherland, Darren, Cai, Bing and Kollmann, Tobias R. (2017) ‘Lack of broad functional differences in immunity in fully vaccinated vs. unvaccinated children’. Pediatric Research, 81(4), pp. 601–608.

799 – Glanz, Jason M., Newcomer, Sophia R., Daley, Matthew F., DeStefano, Frank, et al. (2018) ‘Association Between Estimated Cumulative Vaccine Antigen Exposure Through the First 23 Months of Life and Non–Vaccine-Targeted Infections From 24 Through 47 Months of Age’. JAMA, 319(9), pp. 906–913.

800 – Iqbal, Shahed, Barile, John P., Thompson, William W. and DeStefano, Frank (2013) ‘Number of antigens in early childhood vaccines and neuropsychological outcomes at age 7–10 years’. Pharmacoepidemiology and Drug Safety, 22(12), pp. 1263–1270.

801 – DeStefano, Frank, Price, Cristofer S. and Weintraub, Eric S. (2013) ‘Increasing Exposure to Antibody-Stimulating Proteins and Polysaccharides in Vaccines Is Not Associated with Risk of Autism’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 163(2), pp. 561–567.

802 – Smith, Michael J. and Woods, Charles R. (2010) ‘On-time Vaccine Receipt in the First Year Does Not Adversely Affect Neuropsychological Outcomes’. Pediatrics, p. peds.2009-2489.

803 – Institute of Medicine (2013) Childhood Immunization Schedule and Safety: Stakeholder Concerns, Scientific Evidence, and Future Studies, Washington, DC, National Academy Press. [online] Available from: http://nationalacademies.org/hmd/Reports/2013/The-Childhood-Immunization-Schedule-and-Safety.aspx (Accessed 7 September 2018)

804 – Rowhani-Rahbar, Ali, Fireman, Bruce, Lewis, Edwin, Nordin, James, et al. (2013) ‘Effect of Age on the Risk of Fever and Seizures Following Immunization With Measles-Containing Vaccines in Children’. JAMA Pediatrics, 167(12), pp. 1111–1117.

805 – Ramsay, Douglas S. and Lewis, Michael (1994) ‘Developmental Change in Infant Cortisol and Behavioral Response to Inoculation’. Child Development, 65(5), pp. 1491–1502.

806 – Hayashi, Jun, Kashiwagi, Seizaburo, Nomura, Hideyuki, Kajiyama, Wataru and Ikematsu, Hideyuki (1987) ‘Hepatitis B Virus transmission in nursery schools’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 125(3), pp. 492–498.

807 – Mcintosh, E. David G. and Bek, Mark D. (1997) ‘Horizontal transmission of hepatitis B in a children’s day–care centre: a preventable event’. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 21(7), pp. 791–792.

808 – Komatsu, H., Inui, A. and Fujisawa, T. (2016) ‘The Role of Body Fluids in the Horizontal Transmission of Hepatitis B virus via Household/Close Contact’. European Medical Journal, 1(1), pp. 68–75.

809 – Péquignot, F., Hillon, P., Antona, D., Ganne, N., et al. (2008) ‘Estimation nationale de la mortalité associée et imputable à l’hépatite C et à l’hépatite B en France métropolitaine en 2001’. Bulletin épidémiologique hebdomadaire, 27, pp. 237–244.

810 – El Agheb, Mohamed Ould Mohamed and Grange, Jean-Didier (2015) ‘Prévention de la transmission mère-enfant de l’hépatite B’. The Pan African Medical Journal, 20. [online] Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4491476/ (Accessed 17 September 2018)

811 – Kennedy, Allison, LaVail, Katherine, Nowak, Glen, Basket, Michelle and Landry, Sarah (2011) ‘Confidence About Vaccines In The United States: Understanding Parents’ Perceptions’. Health Affairs, 30(6), pp. 1151–1159.

812 – Wakefield, AJ, Murch, SH, Anthony, A, Linnell, J, et al. (1998) ‘RETRACTED: Ileal-lymphoid-nodular hyperplasia, non-specific colitis, and pervasive developmental disorder in children’. The Lancet, 351(9103), pp. 637–641.

813 – Flaherty, Dennis K (2011) ‘The Vaccine-Autism Connection: A Public Health Crisis Caused by Unethical Medical Practices and Fraudulent Science’. Annals of Pharmacotherapy, 45(10), pp. 1302–1304.

814 – Anon (n.d.) ‘Andrew Wakefield – the fraud investigation – briandeer.com’. [online] Available from: https://briandeer.com/mmr/lancet-summary.htm (Accessed 21 September 2018)

815 – The Editors of The Lancet (2010) ‘Retraction—Ileal-lymphoid-nodular hyperplasia, non-specific colitis, and pervasive developmental disorder in children’. The Lancet, 375(9713), p. 445.

816 – Glenza, Jessica (2018) ‘Disgraced anti-vaxxer Andrew Wakefield aims to advance his agenda in Texas election’. The Guardian, 26th February. [online] Available from: https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2018/feb/26/texas-vaccinations-safety-andrew-wakefield-fear-elections (Accessed 21 September 2018)

817 – Anon (2017) ‘Anti-vaccine activists spark a state’s worst measles outbreak in decades’. The Independent. [online] Available from: http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/anti-vaccine-measles-outbreak-worst-in-decades-america-minnesota-somali-a7720976.html (Accessed 21 September 2018)

818 – Madsen, Kreesten Meldgaard, Hviid, Anders, Vestergaard, Mogens, Schendel, Diana, et al. (2002) ‘A population-based study of measles, mumps, and rubella vaccination and autism’. The New England Journal of Medicine, 347(19), pp. 1477–1482.

819 – Smeeth, Liam, Cook, Claire, Fombonne, Eric, Heavey, Lisa, et al. (2004) ‘MMR vaccination and pervasive developmental disorders: a case-control study’. The Lancet, 364(9438), pp. 963–969.

820 – Jain, Anjali, Marshall, Jaclyn, Buikema, Ami, Bancroft, Tim, et al. (2015) ‘Autism Occurrence by MMR Vaccine Status Among US Children With Older Siblings With and Without Autism’. JAMA, 313(15), pp. 1534–1540.

821 – Institute of Medicine (2004) Immunization Safety Review: Vaccines and Autism, National Academies Press (US), Washington (DC). [online] Available from: http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/20669467 (Accessed 7 September 2018)

822 – Taylor, Luke E., Swerdfeger, Amy L. and Eslick, Guy D. (2014) ‘Vaccines are not associated with autism: An evidence-based meta-analysis of case-control and cohort studies’. Vaccine, 32(29), pp. 3623–3629.

823 – Hviid, Anders, Hansen, Jørgen Vinsløv, Frisch, Morten and Melbye, Mads (2019) ‘Measles, Mumps, Rubella Vaccination and Autism: A Nationwide Cohort Study’. Annals of Internal Medicine, 170(8), pp. 513–520.

824 – Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (1999) ‘Thimerosal in vaccines: a joint statement of the American Academy of Pediatrics and the Public Health Service’. MMWR. Morbidity and mortality weekly report, 48(26), pp. 563–565.

825 – Clarkson, Thomas W. and Magos, Laszlo (2006) ‘The Toxicology of Mercury and Its Chemical Compounds’. Critical Reviews in Toxicology, 36(8), pp. 609–662.

826 – Institute of Medicine (2001) Immunization Safety Review: Thimerosal-Containing Vaccines and Neurodevelopmental Disorders, National Academies Press (US), Washington (DC). [online] Available from: http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/25057578 (Accessed 7 September 2018)

827 – Hurley, Anne M., Tadrous, Mina and Miller, Elizabeth S. (2010) ‘Thimerosal-Containing Vaccines and Autism: A Review of Recent Epidemiologic Studies’. The Journal of Pediatric Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 15(3), pp. 173–181.

828 – Persico, Antonio M. and Napolioni, Valerio (2013) ‘Autism genetics’. Behavioural Brain Research, 251, pp. 95–112.

829 – Stoner, Rich, Chow, Maggie L., Boyle, Maureen P., Sunkin, Susan M., et al. (2014) ‘Patches of Disorganization in the Neocortex of Children with Autism’. New England Journal of Medicine, 370(13), pp. 1209–1219.

830 – Jones, Warren and Klin, Ami (2013) ‘Attention to eyes is present but in decline in 2–6-month-old infants later diagnosed with autism’. Nature, 504(7480), pp. 427–431.

831 – Mitkus, Robert J., King, David B., Hess, Maureen A., Forshee, Richard A. and Walderhaug, Mark O. (2011) ‘Updated aluminum pharmacokinetics following infant exposures through diet and vaccination’. Vaccine, 29(51), pp. 9538–9543.

832 – HogenEsch, Harm (2013) ‘Mechanism of Immunopotentiation and Safety of Aluminum Adjuvants’. Frontiers in Immunology, 3. [online] Available from: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fimmu.2012.00406/full (Accessed 18 September 2018)

833 – Principi, Nicola and Esposito, Susanna (2018) ‘Aluminum in vaccines: Does it create a safety problem?’ Vaccine, 36(39), pp. 5825–5831.

834 – Goullé, J. -P. and Grangeot-Keros, L. (2020) ‘Aluminum and vaccines: Current state of knowledge’. Médecine et Maladies Infectieuses, 50(1), pp. 16–21.

835 – Krewski, Daniel, Yokel, Robert A., Nieboer, Evert, Borchelt, David, et al. (2007) ‘Human Health Risk Assessment for Aluminium, Aluminium Oxide, and Aluminium Hydroxide’. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, Part B, 10(sup1), pp. 1–269.

836 – Karwowski, Mateusz P., Stamoulis, Catherine, Wenren, Larissa M., Faboyede, G. Mayowa, et al. (2018) ‘Blood and Hair Aluminum Levels, Vaccine History, and Early Infant Development: A Cross-Sectional Study’. Academic Pediatrics, 18(2), pp. 161–165.

837 – Willhite, C.C., Karyakina, N.A., Yokel, R.A., Yenugadhati, N., et al. (2014) ‘Systematic review of potential health risks posed by pharmaceutical, occupational and consumer exposures to metallic and nanoscale aluminum, aluminum oxides, aluminum hydroxide and its soluble salts’. Critical Reviews in Toxicology, 44, pp. 1–80.

838 – Gołoś, A. and Lutyńska, A. (2015) ‘Aluminium-adjuvanted vaccines–a review of the current state of knowledge.’ Przeglad epidemiologiczny, 69(4), pp. 731–4, 871–4.

839 – Keith, L.S., Jones, D.E. and Chou, C.-H. (2002) ‘Aluminum toxicokinetics regarding infant diet and vaccinations’. Vaccine, 20(SUPPL. 3), pp. S13–S17.

840 – Glanz, Jason M., Newcomer, Sophia R., Daley, Matthew F., McClure, David L., et al. (2015) ‘Cumulative and episodic vaccine aluminum exposure in a population-based cohort of young children’. Vaccine, 33(48), pp. 6736–6744.

841 – McFarland, Grant, La Joie, Elaine, Thomas, Paul and Lyons-Weiler, James (2020) ‘Acute exposure and chronic retention of aluminum in three vaccine schedules and effects of genetic and environmental variation’. Journal of Trace Elements in Medicine and Biology, 58, p. 126444.

842 – Flarend, R. E., Hem, S. L., White, J. L., Elmore, D., et al. (1997) ‘In vivo absorption of aluminium-containing vaccine adjuvants using 26Al.’ Vaccine, 15(12–13), pp. 1314–1318.

843 – Masson, J. -D., Crépeaux, G., Authier, F. -J., Exley, C. and Gherardi, R. K. (2017) ‘Adjuvants aluminiques des vaccins : analyse critique des études toxicocinétiques de référence’. Annales Pharmaceutiques Françaises, 75(4), pp. 245–256.

844 – Masson, Jean-Daniel, Crépeaux, Guillemette, Authier, François-Jérôme, Exley, Christopher and Gherardi, Romain K. (2018) ‘Critical analysis of reference studies on the toxicokinetics of aluminum-based adjuvants’. Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry, 181, pp. 87–95.

845 – Weisser, Karin, Göen, Thomas, Oduro, Jennifer D., Wangorsch, Gaby, et al. (2019) ‘Aluminium in plasma and tissues after intramuscular injection of adjuvanted human vaccines in rats’. Archives of Toxicology, 93(10), pp. 2787–2796.

846 – Al‐Olayan, Ebtesam M., El‐Khadragy, Manal F. and Moneim, Ahmed E. Abdel (2015) ‘The protective properties of melatonin against aluminium-induced neuronal injury’. International Journal of Experimental Pathology, 96(3), pp. 196–202.

847 – Rondeau, Virginie, Jacqmin-Gadda, Hélène, Commenges, Daniel, Helmer, Catherine and Dartigues, Jean-François (2009) ‘Aluminum and Silica in Drinking Water and the Risk of Alzheimer’s Disease or Cognitive Decline: Findings From 15-Year Follow-up of the PAQUID Cohort’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 169(4), pp. 489–496.

848 – McLachlan, D.R.C., Bergeron, C., Smith, J. E., Boomer, D. and Rifat, S. L. (1996) ‘Risk for neuropathologically confirmed Alzheimer’s disease and residual aluminum in municipal drinking water employing weighted residential histories’. Neurology, 46(2), p. 401.

849 – Martyn, C. N., Barker, D. J., Osmond, C., Harris, E. C., et al. (1989) ‘Geographical relation between Alzheimer’s disease and aluminum in drinking water’. Lancet (London, England), 1(8629), pp. 59–62.

850 – Rondeau, Virginie, Commenges, Daniel, Jacqmin-Gadda, Hélène and Dartigues, Jean-François (2000) ‘Relation between Aluminum Concentrations in Drinking Water and Alzheimer’s Disease: An 8-year Follow-up Study’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 152(1), pp. 59–66.

851 – Wang, Z., Wei, X., Yang, J., Suo, J., et al. (2016) ‘Chronic exposure to aluminum and risk of Alzheimer’s disease: A meta-analysis’. Neuroscience Letters, 610, pp. 200–206.

852 – Walton, J.R. (2014) ‘Chronic aluminum intake causes Alzheimer’s disease: Applying sir austin bradford hill’s causality criteria’. Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, 40(4), pp. 765–838.

853 – Virk, Sohaib A. and Eslick, Guy D. (2015) ‘Occupational Exposure to Aluminum and Alzheimer Disease: A Meta-Analysis’. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 57(8), pp. 893–896.

854 – Salib, Emad and Hillier, Valerie (1996) ‘A Case-Control Study of Alzheimer’s Disease and Aluminium Occupation’. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 168(2), pp. 244–249.

855 – Jacobs, Roland W., Duong, Taihung, Jones, Robert E., Trapp, George A. and Scheibel, Arnold B. (1989) ‘A Reexamination of Aluminum in Alzheimer’s Disease: Analysis by Energy Dispersive X-ray Microprobe and Flameless Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry’. Canadian Journal of Neurological Sciences, 16(S4), pp. 498–503.

856 – Chafi, A.H., Hauw, J.-J., Rancurel, G., Berry, J.-P. and Galle, C. (1991) ‘Absence of aluminium in Alzheimer’s disease brain tissue: Electron microprobe and ion microprobe studie’. Neuroscience Letters, 123(1), pp. 61–64.

857 – Lovell, Mark A., Ehmann, William D. and Markesbery, William R. (1993) ‘Laser microprobe analysis of brain aluminum in Alzheimer’ disease’. Annals of Neurology, 33(1), pp. 36–42.

858 – Landsberg, J. P., McDonald, B. and Watt, F. (1992) ‘Absence of aluminium in neuritic plaque cores in Alzheimer’s disease’. Nature, 360(6399), pp. 65–68.

859 – Shoenfeld, Y. and Agmon-Levin, N. (2011) ‘“ASIA” – Autoimmune/inflammatory syndrome induced by adjuvants’. Journal of Autoimmunity, 36(1), pp. 4–8.

860 – Watad, A, Quaresma, M, Brown, S, Cohen Tervaert, J W, et al. (2017) ‘Autoimmune/inflammatory syndrome induced by adjuvants (Shoenfeld’s syndrome) – An update’. Lupus, 26(7), pp. 675–681.

861 – Jara, Luis J., García-Collinot, Grettel, Medina, Gabriela, Cruz-Dominguez, Maria del Pilar, et al. (2017) ‘Severe manifestations of autoimmune syndrome induced by adjuvants (Shoenfeld’s syndrome)’. Immunologic Research, 65(1), pp. 8–16.

862 – Esposito, Susanna, Prada, Elisabetta, Mastrolia, Maria Vincenza, Tarantino, Giusyda, et al. (2014) ‘Autoimmune/inflammatory syndrome induced by adjuvants (ASIA): clues and pitfalls in the pediatric background’. Immunologic Research, 60(2), pp. 366–375.

863 – Ameratunga, R., Gillis, D., Gold, M., Linneberg, A. and Elwood, J.M. (2017) ‘Evidence Refuting the Existence of Autoimmune/Autoinflammatory Syndrome Induced by Adjuvants (ASIA)’. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology: In Practice, 5(6), pp. 1551-1555.e1.

864 – Hawkes, D., Benhamu, J., Sidwell, T., Miles, R. and Dunlop, R.A. (2015) ‘Revisiting adverse reactions to vaccines: A critical appraisal of Autoimmune Syndrome Induced by Adjuvants (ASIA)’. Journal of Autoimmunity, 59, pp. 77–84.

865 – Linneberg, Allan, Madsen, Flemming and Skaaby, Tea (2012) ‘Allergen-specific immunotherapy and risk of autoimmune disease’: Current Opinion in Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 12(6), pp. 635–639.

866 – Linneberg, Allan, Jacobsen, Rikke Kart, Jespersen, Lasse and Abildstrøm, Steen Z. (2012) ‘Association of subcutaneous allergen-specific immunotherapy with incidence of autoimmune disease, ischemic heart disease, and mortality’. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 129(2), pp. 413–419.

867 – Bassez, Guillaume, Authier, Francois-Jérôme, Lechapt-Zalcman, Emmanuèle, Delfau-Larue, Marie Hélène, et al. (2003) ‘Inflammatory Myopathy with Abundant Macrophages (IMAM): A Condition Sharing Similarities with Cytophagic Histiocytic Panniculitis and Distinct from Macrophagic Myofasciitis’. Journal of Neuropathology & Experimental Neurology, 62(5), pp. 464–474.

868 – Santiago, Tânia, Rebelo, Olinda, Negrão, Luís and Matos, Anabela (2015) ‘Macrophagic myofasciitis and vaccination: Consequence or coincidence?’ Rheumatology International, 35(1), pp. 189–192.

869 – Authier, François-Jérôme, Sauvat, Stéphane, Champey, Julien, Drogou, Irène, et al. (2003) ‘Chronic fatigue syndrome in patients with macrophagic myofasciitis’. Arthritis & Rheumatism, 48(2), pp. 569–570.

870 – Nevo, Y., Kutai, M., Jossiphov, J., Livne, A., et al. (2004) ‘Childhood macrophagic myofasciitis – Consanguinity and clinicopathological features’. Neuromuscular Disorders, 14(4), pp. 246–252.

871 – Lacson, Atilano G., D’Cruz, Cyril A., Gilbert-Barness, Enid, Sharer, Leroy, et al. (2002) ‘Aluminum Phagocytosis in Quadriceps Muscle following Vaccination in Children: Relationship to Macrophagic Myofasciitis’. Pediatric and Developmental Pathology, 5(2), pp. 151–158.

872 – Gruis, K.L., Teener, J.W. and Blaivas, M. (2006) ‘Pediatric macrophagic myofasciitis associated with motor delay’. Clinical Neuropathology, 25(4), pp. 172–179.

873 – Lach, Boleslaw and Cupler, Edward J. (2008) ‘Macrophagic Myofasciitis in Children Is a Localized Reaction to Vaccination’. Journal of Child Neurology, 23(6), pp. 614–619.

874 – Sharma, M.C., Prentice, A., Schmidt, P.F., Sharma, N. and Goebel, H.H. (2004) ‘Macrophagic myofasciitis in a 3-month-old child’. Journal of Pediatric Neurology, 2(4), pp. 225–229.

875 – Verdier, F., Burnett, R., Michelet-Habchi, C., Moretto, P., et al. (2005) ‘Aluminium assay and evaluation of the local reaction at several time points after intramuscular administration of aluminium containing vaccines in the Cynomolgus monkey’. Vaccine, 23(11), pp. 1359–1367.

876 – Israeli, Eitan, Agmon-Levin, Nancy, Blank, Miri and Shoenfeld, Yehuda (2011) ‘Macrophagic Myofaciitis a Vaccine (alum) Autoimmune-Related Disease’. Clinical Reviews in Allergy & Immunology, 41(2), pp. 163–168.

877 – Authier, F. -J. and Gherardi, R. K (2007) ‘Myofasciite à macrophages : état des connaissances’. Revue Neurologique, 163(10), pp. 985–993.

878 – Guis, Sandrine, Pellissier, Jean-François, Nicoli, François, Reviron, Denis, et al. (2002) ‘HLA–DRB1*01 and macrophagic myofasciitis’. Arthritis & Rheumatism, 46(9), pp. 2535–2537.

879 – Deshmane, Satish L., Kremlev, Sergey, Amini, Shohreh and Sawaya, Bassel E. (2009) ‘Monocyte Chemoattractant Protein-1 (MCP-1): An Overview’. Journal of Interferon & Cytokine Research, 29(6), pp. 313–326.

880 – Cadusseau, J., Ragunathan-Thangarajah, N., Surenaud, M., Hue, S., et al. (2014) ‘Selective elevation of circulating CCL2/MCP1 levels in patients with longstanding post-vaccinal macrophagic myofasciitis and ASIA’. Current Medicinal Chemistry, 21(4), pp. 511–517.

881 – Khan, Masood (2013) ‘Stokes’ First Problem for an MHD Burgers Fluid’. Communications in Theoretical Physics, 59(1), p. 99.

882 – Park, J.-H., Na, K.-S., Park, Y.-W., Paik, S.-S. and Yoo, D.-H. (2005) ‘Macrophagic myofasciitis unrelated to vaccination’. Scandinavian Journal of Rheumatology, 34(1), pp. 65–67.

883 – Li, Dan, Tomljenovic, Lucija, Li, Yongling and Shaw, Christopher A. (2017) ‘RETRACTED: Subcutaneous injections of aluminum at vaccine adjuvant levels activate innate immune genes in mouse brain that are homologous with biomarkers of autism’. Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry, 177, pp. 39–54.

884 – Shaw, C.A., Li, Y. and Tomljenovic, L. (2013) ‘Administration of aluminium to neonatal mice in vaccine-relevant amounts is associated with adverse long term neurological outcomes’. Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry, 128, pp. 237–244.

885 – Li, Dan, Tomljenovic, Lucija, Li, Yongling and Shaw, Christopher A. (2017) ‘Retraction Notice to “Subcutaneous injections of aluminum at vaccine adjuvant levels activate innate immune genes in mouse brain that are homologous with biomarkers of autism” [Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry 177 (2017) 39–54]’. Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry, 177, p. 247.

886 – Tomljenovic, L. and Shaw, C.A. (2011) ‘Do aluminum vaccine adjuvants contribute to the rising prevalence of autism?’ Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry, 105(11), pp. 1489–1499.

887 – Tomljenovic, L. and Shaw, C. A. (2011) ‘Aluminum vaccine adjuvants: are they safe?’ Current Medicinal Chemistry, 18(17), pp. 2630–2637.

888 – Anon (n.d.) ‘Spurious correlations’. [online] Available from: http://tylervigen.com/spurious-correlations (Accessed 19 September 2018)

889 – World Health Organization. Global Advisory Committee on Vaccine Safety (2012) ‘Aluminium adjuvants’. Weekly epidemiological record, 30, pp. 277–288.

890 – Sheth, Sneha K. S., Li, Yongling and Shaw, Christopher A. (2018) ‘Is exposure to aluminium adjuvants associated with social impairments in mice? A pilot study’. Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry, 181, pp. 96–103.

891 – Crépeaux, Guillemette, Eidi, Housam, David, Marie-Odile, Baba-Amer, Yasmine, et al. (2017) ‘Non-linear dose-response of aluminium hydroxide adjuvant particles: Selective low dose neurotoxicity’. Toxicology, 375, pp. 48–57.

892 – Asín, Javier, Pascual-Alonso, María, Pinczowski, Pedro, Gimeno, Marina, et al. (2020) ‘Cognition and behavior in sheep repetitively inoculated with aluminum adjuvant-containing vaccines or aluminum adjuvant only’. Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry, 203, p. 110934.

893 – Hawkes, David and Benhamu, Joanne (2017) ‘Questions about methodological and ethical quality of a vaccine adjuvant critical paper’. Toxicology, 389.

894 – The Original Skeptical Raptor (2019) ‘Sheep vaccine study – aluminum adjuvants alter their behavior – RETRACTED’. Skeptical Raptor. [online] Available from: https://www.skepticalraptor.com/skepticalraptorblog.php/sheep-vaccine-study-aluminum-adjuvants-behavior/ (Accessed 27 April 2020)

895 – Luján, L. (2019) ‘Scandalous withdrawn of a published paper’. [online] Available from: https://www.docdroid.net/FNM4o61/scandalous-withdrawn-of-a-published-paper-pdf (Accessed 27 April 2020)

896 – Asín, Javier, Pascual-Alonso, María, Pinczowski, Pedro, Gimeno, Marina, et al. (2018) ‘WITHDRAWN: Cognition and behavior in sheep repetitively inoculated with aluminum adjuvant-containing vaccines or aluminum adjuvant only’. Pharmacological Research.

897 – Mold, Matthew, Umar, Dorcas, King, Andrew and Exley, Christopher (2018) ‘Aluminium in brain tissue in autism’. Journal of Trace Elements in Medicine and Biology, 46, pp. 76–82.

898 – The Original Skeptical Raptor (2017) ‘Anti-vaccine pseudoscience – more bad science on autism and aluminum’. Skeptical Raptor. [online] Available from: https://www.skepticalraptor.com/skepticalraptorblog.php/anti-vaccine-pseudoscience-bad-science-autism-aluminum/ (Accessed 27 April 2020)

899 – Khan, Zakir, Combadière, Christophe, Authier, François-Jérôme, Itier, Valérie, et al. (2013) ‘Slow CCL2-dependent translocation of biopersistent particles from muscle to brain’. BMC Medicine, 11, p. 99.

900 – Gherardi, Romain Kroum, Eidi, Housam, Crépeaux, Guillemette, Authier, François Jerome and Cadusseau, Josette (2015) ‘Biopersistence and Brain Translocation of Aluminum Adjuvants of Vaccines’. Frontiers in Neurology, 6. [online] Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4318414/ (Accessed 12 May 2020)

901 – Morris, Gerwyn, Puri, Basant K. and Frye, Richard E. (2017) ‘The putative role of environmental aluminium in the development of chronic neuropathology in adults and children. How strong is the evidence and what could be the mechanisms involved?’ Metabolic Brain Disease, 32(5), pp. 1335–1355.

902 – Kumar, Vijay and Gill, Kiran Dip (2009) ‘Aluminium neurotoxicity: neurobehavioural and oxidative aspects’. Archives of Toxicology, 83(11), pp. 965–978.

903 – Rossignol, D A, Genuis, S J and Frye, R E (2014) ‘Environmental toxicants and autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review’. Translational Psychiatry, 4(2), p. e360.

904 – Djurisic, Snezana, Jakobsen, Janus C, Petersen, Sesilje B, Kenfelt, Mette, et al. (2018) ‘Aluminium adjuvants used in vaccines’. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2018(7). [online] Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6373706/ (Accessed 27 April 2020)

905 – Djurisic, Snezana, Jakobsen, Janus C., Petersen, Sesilje B., Kenfelt, Mette and Gluud, Christian (2017) ‘Aluminium adjuvants used in vaccines versus placebo or no intervention’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (9). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD012805/full?highlightAbstract=vaccin&highlightAbstract=vaccine&highlightAbstract=adjuv&highlightAbstract=adjuvants (Accessed 22 May 2020)

906 – Gupta, Rajesh K. and Siber, George R. (1994) ‘Comparison of Adjuvant Activities of Aluminium Phosphate, Calcium Phosphate and Stearyl Tyrosine for Tetanus Toxoid’. Biologicals, 22(1), pp. 53–63.

907 – Nanishi, Etsuro, Dowling, David J. and Levy, Ofer (2020) ‘Toward precision adjuvants: optimizing science and safety’. Current Opinion in Pediatrics, 32(1), pp. 125–138.

908 – Classen, J.B. and Classen, D.C. (1999) ‘Association between type 1 diabetes and Hib vaccine’. BMJ, 319(7217), p. 1133.

909 – Karvonen, M., Cepaitis, Z. and Tuomilehto, J. (1999) ‘Association between type 1 diabetes and Haemophilus influenzae type b vaccination: birth cohort study’. BMJ, 318(7192), pp. 1169–1172.

910 – DeStefano, F., Mullooly, J.P., Okoro, C.A., Chen, R.T., et al. (2001) ‘Childhood vaccinations, vaccination timing, and risk of type 1 diabetes mellitus.’ Pediatrics, 108(6).

911 – Blom, L., Nyström, L. and Dahlquist, G. (1991) ‘The Swedish childhood diabetes study’. Diabetologia, 34(3), pp. 176–181.

912 – Wraith, David C, Goldman, Michel and Lambert, Paul-Henri (2003) ‘Vaccination and autoimmune disease: what is the evidence?’ The Lancet, 362(9396), pp. 1659–1666.

913 – Confavreux, Christian, Suissa, Samy, Saddier, Patricia, Bourdès, Valérie and Vukusic, Sandra (2001) ‘Vaccinations and the Risk of Relapse in Multiple Sclerosis’. New England Journal of Medicine, 344(5), pp. 319–326.

914 – Ascherio, Alberto, Zhang, Shumin M., Hernán, Miguel A., Olek, Michael J., et al. (2001) ‘Hepatitis B Vaccination and the Risk of Multiple Sclerosis’. New England Journal of Medicine, 344(5), pp. 327–332.

915 – Vennemann, M. M. T., Höffgen, M., Bajanowski, T., Hense, H. -W. and Mitchell, E. A. (2007) ‘Do immunisations reduce the risk for SIDS? A meta-analysis’. Vaccine, 25(26), pp. 4875–4879.

916 – Vennemann, M. M. T., Butterfaß-Bahloul, T., Jorch, G., Brinkmann, B., et al. (2007) ‘Sudden infant death syndrome: No increased risk after immunisation’. Vaccine, 25(2), pp. 336–340.

917 – Fine, Paul E. M. and Chen, Robert T. (1992) ‘Confounding in Studies of Adverse Reactions to Vaccines’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 136(2), pp. 121–135.

918 – Kuhnert, Ronny, Schlaud, Martin, Poethko-Müller, Christina, Vennemann, Mechtild, et al. (2012) ‘Reanalyses of case-control studies examining the temporal association between sudden infant death syndrome and vaccination’. Vaccine, 30(13), pp. 2349–2356.

919 – Baumrind, Diana (1966) ‘Effects of Authoritative Parental Control on Child Behavior’. Child Development, 37(4), p. 887.

920 – Maccoby, E. E. and Martin, J. A. (1983) ‘Socialization in the context of the family: Parent-child interaction’, in Hetherington, E. M. (ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 4: Socialization, personality and social development, Chichester, New York, Wiley.

921 – Osorio, A. and González-Cámara, M. (2016) ‘Testing the alleged superiority of the indulgent parenting style among Spanish adolescents.’ Psicothema, 28(4), pp. 414–420.

922 – Kim, K. and Rohner, R.P. (2002) ‘Parental Warmth, Control, and Involvement in Schooling: Predicting Academic Achievement among Korean American Adolescents’. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33(2), pp. 127–140.

923 – Chao, R.K. (2000) ‘Cultural explanations for the role of parenting in the school success of Asian-American children.’, in Resilience across contexts: Family, work, culture, and community., Mahwah, NJ, US, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers, pp. 333–363.

924 – Chao, R.K. (2000) ‘The Parenting of Immigrant Chinese and European American Mothers: Relations Between Parenting Styles, Socialization Goals, and Parental Practices’. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 21(2), pp. 233–248.

925 – Lamborn, S.D., Mounts, N.S., Steinberg, L. and Dornbusch, S.M. (1991) ‘Patterns of Competence and Adjustment among Adolescents from Authoritative, Authoritarian, Indulgent, and Neglectful Families’. Child Development, 62(5), pp. 1049–1065.

926 – Steinberg, L., Lamborn, S.D., Dornbusch, S.M. and Darling, N. (1992) ‘Impact of Parenting Practices on Adolescent Achievement: Authoritative Parenting, School Involvement, and Encouragement to Succeed’. Child Development, 63(5), pp. 1266–1281.

927 – Querido, Jane G., Warner, Tamara D. and Eyberg, Sheila M. (2002) ‘Parenting Styles and Child Behavior in African American Families of Preschool Children’. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 31(2), pp. 272–277.

928 – Benchaya, Mariana C., Bisch, Nadia K., Moreira, Taís C. and Barros, Helena M. T. (2011) ‘Non-authoritative parents and impact on drug use: the perception of adolescent children’. Jornal de Pediatria, 0(0). [online] Available from: http://jped.com.br/conteudo/Ing_resumo.asp?varArtigo=2189&cod=&idSecao=1 (Accessed 5 September 2017)

929 – Luyckx, Koen, Tildesley, Elizabeth A., Soenens, Bart, Andrews, Judy A., et al. (2011) ‘Parenting and Trajectories of Children’s Maladaptive Behaviors: A 12-Year Prospective Community Study’. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 40(3), pp. 468–478.

930 – Choe, D. E., Olson, S.L. and Sameroff, A. J. (2013) ‘The interplay of externalizing problems and physical and inductive discipline during childhood’. Developmental Psychology, 19(11), pp. 2029–2039.

931 – Yamagata, Shinji, Takahashi, Yusuke, Ozaki, Koken, Fujisawa, Keiko K., et al. (2013) ‘Bidirectional influences between maternal parenting and children’s peer problems: a longitudinal monozygotic twin difference study’. Developmental Science, 16(2), pp. 249–259.

932 – Deković, Maja and Janssens, Jan M. (1992) ‘Parents’ child-rearing style and child’s sociometric status.’ Developmental Psychology, 28(5), pp. 925–932.

933 – Bednar, Dell Elaine and Fisher, Terri D. (2003) ‘Peer referencing in adolescent decision making as a function of perceived parenting style’. Adolescence, 38(152), pp. 607–621.

934 – Steinberg, Laurence (2001) ‘We Know Some Things: Parent-Adolescent Relationships in Retrospect and Prospect’. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 11(1), pp. 1–19.

935 – Pinquart, Martin (2017) ‘Associations of parenting dimensions and styles with externalizing problems of children and adolescents: An updated meta-analysis.’ Developmental Psychology, 53(5), pp. 873–932.

936 – Meins, Elizabeth, Fernyhough, Charles, Fradley, Emma and Tuckey, Michelle (2001) ‘Rethinking Maternal Sensitivity: Mothers’ Comments on Infants’ Mental Processes Predict Security of Attachment at 12 Months’. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42(5), pp. 637–648.

937 – Easterbrooks, A. M., Biesecker, Gretchen and Lyons-Ruth, Karlen (2000) ‘Infancy predictors of emotional availability in middle childhood: the roles of attachment security and maternal depressive symptomatology’. Attachment & Human Development, 2(2), pp. 170–187.

938 – Kerns, Kathryn A., Abraham, Michelle M., Schlegelmilch, Andrew and Morgan, Theresa A. (2007) ‘Mother – child attachment in later middle childhood: Assessment approaches and associations with mood and emotion regulation’. Attachment & Human Development, 9(1), pp. 33–53.

939 – Davidov, Maayan and Grusec, Joan E. (2006) ‘Untangling the Links of Parental Responsiveness to Distress and Warmth to Child Outcomes’. Child Development, 77(1), pp. 44–58.

940 – Blair, C., Granger, D., Willoughby, M. and Kivlighan, K. (2006) ‘Maternal Sensitivity Is Related to Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis Stress Reactivity and Regulation in Response to Emotion Challenge in 6-Month-Old Infants’. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1094(1), pp. 263–267.

941 – Wyman, Peter A., Cowen, Emory L., Work, William C. and Parker, Gayle R. (1991) ‘Developmental and family milieu correlates of resilience in urban children who have experienced major life stress’. American Journal of Community Psychology, 19(3), pp. 405–426.

942 – Kok, Bethany E., Coffey, Kimberly A., Cohn, Michael A., Catalino, Lahnna I., et al. (2013) ‘How Positive Emotions Build Physical Health: Perceived Positive Social Connections Account for the Upward Spiral Between Positive Emotions and Vagal Tone’. Psychological Science, 24(7), pp. 1123–1132.

943 – Van Zeijl, Jantien, Mesman, Judi, Van IJzendoorn, Marinus H., Bakermans-Kranenburg, Marian J., et al. (2006) ‘Attachment-based intervention for enhancing sensitive discipline in mothers of 1- to 3-year-old children at risk for externalizing behavior problems: A randomized controlled trial.’ Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74(6), pp. 994–1005.

944 – Stattin, Håkan, Enebrink, Pia, Özdemir, Metin and Giannotta, Fabrizia (2015) ‘A national evaluation of parenting programs in Sweden: The short-term effects using an RCT effectiveness design.’ Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 83(6), pp. 1069–1084.

945 – Lewis-Morrarty, Erin, Degnan, Kathryn A., Chronis-Tuscano, Andrea, Pine, Daniel S., et al. (2015) ‘Infant Attachment Security and Early Childhood Behavioral Inhibition Interact to Predict Adolescent Social Anxiety Symptoms’. Child Development, 86(2), pp. 598–613.

946 – Havighurst, Sophie S., Wilson, Katherine R., Harley, Ann E., Kehoe, Christiane, et al. (2013) ‘“Tuning into Kids”: Reducing Young Children’s Behavior Problems Using an Emotion Coaching Parenting Program’. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 44(2), pp. 247–264.

947 – Crandell, Lisa E. and Hobson, R. Peter (1999) ‘Individual Differences in Young Children’s IQ: A Social-developmental Perspective’. The Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 40(3), pp. 455–464.

948 – Moss, Ellen, Rousseau, Denise, Parent, Sophie, St-Laurent, Diane and Saintonge, Julie (2008) ‘Correlates of Attachment at School Age: Maternal Reported Stress, Mother-Child Interaction, and Behavior Problems’. Child Development, 69(5), pp. 1390–1405.

949 – Moss, Ellen and St-Laurent, Diane (2001) ‘Attachment at school age and academic performance.’ Developmental Psychology, 37(6), pp. 863–874.

950 – Landry, Susan H., Smith, Karen E. and Swank, Paul R. (2003) ‘The Importance of Parenting During Early Childhood for School-Age Development’. Developmental Neuropsychology, 24(2–3), pp. 559–591.

951 – Landry, Susan H., Smith, Karen E. and Swank, Paul R. (2006) ‘Responsive parenting: Establishing early foundations for social, communication, and independent problem-solving skills.’ Developmental Psychology, 42(4), pp. 627–642.

952 – Landry, Susan H., Smith, Karen E., Swank, Paul R. and Guttentag, Cathy (2008) ‘A responsive parenting intervention: The optimal timing across early childhood for impacting maternal behaviors and child outcomes.’ Developmental Psychology, 44(5), pp. 1335–1353.

953 – Ramsden, Sally R. and Hubbard, Julie A. (2002) ‘Family Expressiveness and Parental Emotion Coaching: Their Role in Children’s Emotion Regulation and Aggression’. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 30(6), pp. 657–667.

954 – Durrant, Joan E., Plateau, Dominique Pierre, Ateah, Christine, Stewart-Tufescu, Ashley, et al. (2014) ‘Preventing Punitive Violence: Preliminary Data on the Positive Discipline in Everyday Parenting (PDEP) Program’. Canadian Journal of Community Mental Health, 33(2), pp. 109–125.

955 – Katz, Lynn Fainsilber and Windecker-Nelson, Bess (2004) ‘Parental Meta-Emotion Philosophy in Families with Conduct-Problem Children: Links with Peer Relations’. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 32(4), pp. 385–398.

956 – Dunsmore, Julie C., Booker, Jordan A. and Ollendick, Thomas H. (2013) ‘Parental Emotion Coaching and Child Emotion Regulation as Protective Factors for Children with Oppositional Defiant Disorder: Emotion Coaching with Children with ODD’. Social Development, 22(3), pp. 444–466.

957 – Greene, Ross W., Ablon, J. Stuart, Goring, Jennifer C., Raezer-Blakely, Lauren, et al. (2004) ‘Effectiveness of Collaborative Problem Solving in Affectively Dysregulated Children With Oppositional-Defiant Disorder: Initial Findings.’ Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 72(6), pp. 1157–1164.

958 – Meins, Elizabeth and Fernyhough, Charles (1999) ‘Linguistic Acquisitional Style and Mentalising Development’. Cognitive Development, 14(3), pp. 363–380.

959 – Dunn, Judy, Brown, Jane, Slomkowski, Cheryl, Tesla, Caroline and Youngblade, Lise (1991) ‘Young Children’s Understanding of Other People’s Feelings and Beliefs: Individual Differences and Their Antecedents’. Child Development, 62(6), pp. 1352–1366.

960 – Adrián, Juan E., Clemente, Rosa Ana and Villanueva, Lidón (2007) ‘Mothers? Use of Cognitive State Verbs in Picture-Book Reading and the Development of Children?s Understanding of Mind: A Longitudinal Study’. Child Development, 78(4), pp. 1052–1067.

961 – Taumoepeau, Mele and Ruffman, Ted (2008) ‘Stepping Stones to Others’ Minds: Maternal Talk Relates to Child Mental State Language and Emotion Understanding at 15, 24, and 33 Months’. Child Development, 79(2), pp. 284–302.

962 – Kamins, Melissa L. and Dweck, Carol S. (1999) ‘Person versus process praise and criticism: Implications for contingent self-worth and coping’. Developmental Psychology, pp. 835–847.

963 – Schmittmann, Verena D., Visser, Ingmar and Raijmakers, Maartje E.J. (2006) ‘Multiple learning modes in the development of performance on a rule-based category-learning task’. Neuropsychologia, 44(11), pp. 2079–2091.

964 – van Duijvenvoorde, A. C. K., Zanolie, K., Rombouts, S. A. R. B., Raijmakers, M. E. J. and Crone, E. A. (2008) ‘Evaluating the Negative or Valuing the Positive? Neural Mechanisms Supporting Feedback-Based Learning across Development’. Journal of Neuroscience, 28(38), pp. 9495–9503.

965 – Patrick, Renee B. and Gibbs, John C. (2016) ‘Maternal Acceptance: Its Contribution to Children’s Favorable Perceptions of Discipline and Moral Identity’. The Journal of Genetic Psychology, 177(3), pp. 73–84.

966 – Krevans, Julia and Gibbs, John C. (1996) ‘Parents’ Use of Inductive Discipline: Relations to Children’s Empathy and Prosocial Behavior’. Child Development, 67(6), pp. 3263–3277.

967 – Knafo, A. and Plomin, R. (n.d.) ‘Parental discipline and affection and children’s prosocial behavior: Genetic and environmental links’. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90(1), pp. 147–164.

968 – Arsenio, William and Ramos-Marcuse, Fatima (2014) ‘Children’s Moral Emotions, Narratives, and Aggression: Relations With Maternal Discipline and Support’. The Journal of Genetic Psychology, 175(6), pp. 528–546.

969 – Kerr, David C. R., Lopez, Nestor L., Olson, Sheryl L. and Sameroff, Arnold J. (2004) ‘Parental Discipline and Externalizing Behavior Problems in Early Childhood: The Roles of Moral Regulation and Child Gender’. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 32(4), pp. 369–383.

970 – Glozah, Franklin N. (2014) ‘Exploring the role of self-esteem and parenting patterns on alcohol use and abuse among adolescents’. Health Psychology Research, 2(3). [online] Available from: http://www.pagepressjournals.org/index.php/hpr/article/view/hpr.2014.1898 (Accessed 7 August 2017)

971 – Calafat, Amador, García, Fernando, Juan, Montse, Becoña, Elisardo and Fernández-Hermida, José Ramón (2014) ‘Which parenting style is more protective against adolescent substance use? Evidence within the European context’. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 138, pp. 185–192.

972 – Dornbusch, Sanford M., Ritter, Philip L., Leiderman, P. Herbert, Roberts, Donald F. and Fraleigh, Michael J. (1987) ‘The Relation of Parenting Style to Adolescent School Performance’. Child Development, 58(5), p. 1244.

973 – Steinberg, L., Elmen, J. D. and Mounts, N. S. (1989) ‘Authoritative parenting, psychosocial maturity, and academic success among adolescents’. Child Development, 60(6), pp. 1424–1436.

974 – Dweck, Carol (2017) Mindset: Changing The Way You think To Fulfil Your Potential, Hachette UK.

975 – Steinberg, L., Lamborn, S.D., Darling, N., Mounts, N.S. and Dornbusch, S.M. (1994) ‘Over-Time Changes in Adjustment and Competence among Adolescents from Authoritative, Authoritarian, Indulgent, and Neglectful Families’. Child Development, 65(3), pp. 754–770.

976 – Georgiou, Stelios N., Fousiani, Kyriaki, Michaelides, Michalis and Stavrinides, Panayiotis (2013) ‘Cultural value orientation and authoritarian parenting as parameters of bullying and victimization at school’. International Journal of Psychology, 48(1), pp. 69–78.

977 – Luk, Jeremy W., Patock-Peckham, Julie A., Medina, Mia, Terrell, Nathan, et al. (2016) ‘Bullying Perpetration and Victimization as Externalizing and Internalizing Pathways: A Retrospective Study Linking Parenting Styles and Self-Esteem to Depression, Alcohol Use, and Alcohol-Related Problems’. Substance Use & Misuse, 51(1), pp. 113–125.

978 – Chen, Xinyin, Dong, Qi and Zhou, Hong (1997) ‘Authoritative and Authoritarian Parenting Practices and Social and School Performance in Chinese Children’. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 21(4), pp. 855–873.

979 – Zhou, Qing, Eisenberg, Nancy, Wang, Yun and Reiser, Mark (2004) ‘Chinese Children’s Effortful Control and Dispositional Anger/Frustration: Relations to Parenting Styles and Children’s Social Functioning.’ Developmental Psychology, 40(3), pp. 352–366.

980 – Garcia, Fernando and Gracia, Enrique (2009) ‘Is always authoritative the optimum parenting style? Evidence from Spanish families’. Adolescence, 44(173), pp. 101–132.

981 – Gómez-Ortiz, Olga, Romera, Eva María and Ortega-Ruiz, Rosario (2016) ‘Parenting styles and bullying. The mediating role of parental psychological aggression and physical punishment’. Child Abuse & Neglect, 51, pp. 132–143.

982 – Janssens, Jan M.A.M. and Deković, Maja (1997) ‘Child Rearing, Prosocial Moral Reasoning, and Prosocial Behaviour’. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 20(3), pp. 509–527.

983 – Yin, Ping, Hou, Xiao, Qin, Qing, Deng, Wei, et al. (2016) ‘Genetic and Environmental Influences on the Mental Health of Children: A Twin Study’. Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services, 54(8), pp. 29–34.

984 – Chang, Lei, Schwartz, David, Dodge, Kenneth A. and McBride-Chang, Catherine (2003) ‘Harsh Parenting in Relation to Child Emotion Regulation and Aggression.’ Journal of Family Psychology, 17(4), pp. 598–606.

985 – Wang, Li, Chen, Xinyin, Chen, Huichang, Cui, Liying and Li, Miao (2006) ‘Affect and maternal parenting as predictors of adaptive and maladaptive behaviors in Chinese children’. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 30(2), pp. 158–166.

986 – Wolfradt, Uwe, Hempel, Susanne and Miles, Jeremy N.V (2003) ‘Perceived parenting styles, depersonalisation, anxiety and coping behaviour in adolescents’. Personality and Individual Differences, 34(3), pp. 521–532.

987 – Muhtadie, Luma, Zhou, Qing, Eisenberg, Nancy and Wang, Yun (2013) ‘Predicting internalizing problems in Chinese children: The unique and interactive effects of parenting and child temperament’. Development and Psychopathology, 25(03), pp. 653–667.

988 – Long, E. C., Aggen, S. H., Gardner, C. and Kendler, K. S. (2015) ‘Differential parenting and risk for psychopathology: a monozygotic twin difference approach’. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 50(10), pp. 1569–1576.

989 – Calzada, Esther, Barajas-Gonzalez, R. Gabriela, Huang, Keng-Yen and Brotman, Laurie (2017) ‘Early Childhood Internalizing Problems in Mexican- and Dominican-Origin Children: The Role of Cultural Socialization and Parenting Practices’. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 46(4), pp. 551–562.

990 – King, Keith A., Vidourek, Rebecca A. and Merianos, Ashley L. (2016) ‘Authoritarian parenting and youth depression: Results from a national study’. Journal of Prevention & Intervention in the Community, 44(2), pp. 130–139.

991 – Rothrauff, T. C., Cooney, T. M. and An, J. S. (2009) ‘Remembered Parenting Styles and Adjustment in Middle and Late Adulthood’. The Journals of Gerontology Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 64B(1), pp. 137–146.

992 – Lipps, Garth, Lowe, Gillian A, Gibson, Roger C, Halliday, Sharon, et al. (2012) ‘Parenting and depressive symptoms among adolescents in four Caribbean societies’. Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health, 6(1), p. 31.

993 – Martínez, Isabel and García, José Fernando (2007) ‘Impact of Parenting Styles on Adolescents’ Self-Esteem and Internalization of Values in Spain’. The Spanish journal of psychology, 10(02), pp. 338–348.

994 – Martínez, Isabel and García, José Fernando (2008) ‘Internalization of values and self-esteem among Brazilian teenagers from authoritative, indulgent, authoritarian, and neglectful homes’. Adolescence, 43(169), pp. 13–29.

995 – Türkel, Yeşim Deniz and Tezer, Esin (2008) ‘Parenting Styles and Learned Resourcefulness of Turkish Adolescents’. Adolescence, 43(169), pp. 143–152.

996 – Piotrowski, Jessica Taylor, Lapierre, Matthew A. and Linebarger, Deborah L. (2013) ‘Investigating Correlates of Self-Regulation in Early Childhood with a Representative Sample of English-Speaking American Families’. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 22(3), pp. 423–436.

997 – Underwood, Marion K., Beron, Kurt J. and Rosen, Lisa H. (2009) ‘Continuity and change in social and physical aggression from middle childhood through early adolescence’. Aggressive Behavior, 35(5), pp. 357–375.

998 – Miller, J. M., DiIorio, C. and Dudley, W. (2002) ‘Parenting style and adolescent’s reaction to conflict: is there a relationship?’ Journal of Adolescent Health, 31, pp. 463–468.

999 – Weiss, Laura H. and Schwarz, J. Conrad (1996) ‘The Relationship between Parenting Types and Older Adolescents’ Personality, Academic Achievement, Adjustment, and Substance Use’. Child Development, 67(5), pp. 2101–2114.

1000 – Reimuller, Alison, Hussong, Andrea and Ennett, Susan T. (2011) ‘The Influence of Alcohol-Specific Communication on Adolescent Alcohol Use and Alcohol-Related Consequences’. Prevention Science, 12(4), pp. 389–400.

1001 – Sleddens, Ester F. C., Gerards, Sanne M. P. L., Thijs, Carel, de Vries, Nanne K. and Kremers, Stef P. J. (2011) ‘General parenting, childhood overweight and obesity-inducing behaviors: a review’. International Journal of Pediatric Obesity, 6(2–2), pp. e12–e27.

1002 – Pratt, Michael W., Kerig, Patricia, Cowan, Philip A. and Cowan, Carolyn Pape (1988) ‘Mothers and fathers teaching 3-year-olds: Authoritative parenting and adult scaffolding of young children’s learning.’ Developmental Psychology, 24(6), pp. 832–839.

1003 – Jago, R., Davison, K. K., Thompson, J. L., Page, A. S., et al. (2011) ‘Parental Sedentary Restriction, Maternal Parenting Style, and Television Viewing Among 10- to 11-Year-Olds’. PEDIATRICS. [online] Available from: http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/cgi/doi/10.1542/peds.2010-3664 (Accessed 8 August 2017)

1004 – Flint-Bretler, O., Shochat, T. and Tzischinsky, O. (2013) ‘The effects of a parental intervention on electronic media exposure and sleep patterns in adolescents’. Sleep Medicine, 14, pp. e126–e127.

1005 – Owens-Stively, Judith, Frank, Natalie, Smith, Adina, Hagino, Owen, et al. (1997) ‘Child temperament, parenting discipline style, and daytime behavior in childhood sleep disorders.’ Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 18(5), pp. 314–321.

1006 – Schmidt, Marie Evans, Pempek, Tiffany A., Kirkorian, Heather L., Lund, Anne Frankenfield and Anderson, Daniel R. (2008) ‘The Effects of Background Television on the Toy Play Behavior of Very Young Children’. Child Development, 79(4), pp. 1137–1151.

1007 – Wright, John C., Huston, Aletha C., Murphy, Kimberlee C., St. Peters, Michelle, et al. (2001) ‘The Relations of Early Television Viewing to School Readiness and Vocabulary of Children from Low-Income Families: The Early Window Project’. Child Development, 72(5), pp. 1347–1366.

1008 – Gadberry, Sharon (1980) ‘Effects of restricting first graders’ TV-viewing on leisure time use, IQ change, and cognitive style’. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 1(1), pp. 45–57.

1009 – Johnson, Jeffrey G., Cohen, Patricia, Kasen, Stephanie and Brook, Judith S. (2007) ‘Extensive Television Viewing and the Development of Attention and Learning Difficulties During Adolescence’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161(5), p. 480.

1010 – Sharif, Iman, Wills, Thomas A. and Sargent, James D. (2010) ‘Effect of Visual Media Use on School Performance: A Prospective Study’. Journal of Adolescent Health, 46(1), pp. 52–61.

1011 – Shin, Nary (2004) ‘Exploring Pathways From Television Viewing to Academic Achievement in School Age Children’. The Journal of Genetic Psychology, 165(4), pp. 367–382.

1012 – Zimmerman, Frederick J., Christakis, Dimitri A. and Meltzoff, Andrew N. (2007) ‘Associations between Media Viewing and Language Development in Children Under Age 2 Years’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 151(4), pp. 364–368.

1013 – Chonchaiya, Weerasak and Pruksananonda, Chandhita (2008) ‘Television viewing associates with delayed language development’. Acta Paediatrica, 97(7), pp. 977–982.

1014 – Tanimura, Masako, Okuma, Kanako and Kyoshima, Kayoko (2007) ‘Television Viewing, Reduced Parental Utterance, and Delayed Speech Development in Infants and Young Children’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161(6), p. 618.

1015 – Vandewater, E. A. (2006) ‘Time Well Spent? Relating Television Use to Children’s Free-Time Activities’. PEDIATRICS, 117(2), pp. e181–e191.

1016 – Christakis, Dimitri A., Gilkerson, Jill, Richards, Jeffrey A., Zimmerman, Frederick J., et al. (2009) ‘Audible Television and Decreased Adult Words, Infant Vocalizations, and Conversational Turns: A Population-Based Study’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 163(6), p. 554.

1017 – Christakis, D. A., Zimmerman, F. J., DiGiuseppe, D. L. and McCarty, C. A. (2004) ‘Early Television Exposure and Subsequent Attentional Problems in Children’. PEDIATRICS, 113(4), pp. 708–713.

1018 – Barr-Anderson, D. J., van den Berg, P., Neumark-Sztainer, D. and Story, M. (2008) ‘Characteristics Associated With Older Adolescents Who Have a Television in Their Bedrooms’. PEDIATRICS, 121(4), pp. 718–724.

1019 – Hawkins, Nicole, Richards, P. Scott, Granley, H. Mac and Stein, David M. (2004) ‘The Impact of Exposure to the Thin-Ideal Media Image on Women’. Eating Disorders, 12(1), pp. 35–50.

1020 – Paxton, Susan J., Neumark-Sztainer, Dianne, Hannan, Peter J. and Eisenberg, Marla E. (2006) ‘Body Dissatisfaction Prospectively Predicts Depressive Mood and Low Self-Esteem in Adolescent Girls and Boys’. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 35(4), pp. 539–549.

1021 – Hogan, Marjorie J. and Strasburger, Victor C. (2008) ‘Body image, eating disorders, and the media’. Adolescent Medicine: State of the Art Reviews, 19(3), pp. 521–546, x–xi.

1022 – Spettigue, Wendy and Henderson, Katherine A. (2004) ‘Eating Disorders and the Role of the Media’. The Canadian child and adolescent psychiatry review, 13(1), pp. 16–19.

1023 – Neumark-Sztainer, Dianne, Paxton, Susan J., Hannan, Peter J., Haines, Jess and Story, Mary (2006) ‘Does Body Satisfaction Matter? Five-year Longitudinal Associations between Body Satisfaction and Health Behaviors in Adolescent Females and Males’. Journal of Adolescent Health, 39(2), pp. 244–251.

1024 – Calado, María, Lameiras, María, Sepulveda, Ana R., Rodríguez, Yolanda and Carrera, María V. (2010) ‘The mass media exposure and disordered eating behaviours in Spanish secondary students’. European Eating Disorders Review, 18(5), pp. 417–427.

1025 – Moriarty, Cortney M. and Harrison, Kristen (2008) ‘Television Exposure and Disordered Eating Among Children: A Longitudinal Panel Study’. Journal of Communication, 58(2), pp. 361–381.

1026 – Harrison, K and Cantor, J (1997) ‘The relationship between media consumption and eating disorders’. Journal of Communication, 47(1), pp. 40–67.

1027 – Hancox, R J and Poulton, R (2006) ‘Watching television is associated with childhood obesity: but is it clinically important?’ International Journal of Obesity, 30(1), pp. 171–175.

1028 – Morgenstern, Matthis, Sargent, James D. and Hanewinkel, Reiner (2009) ‘Relation Between Socioeconomic Status and Body Mass Index: Evidence of an Indirect Path via Television Use’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 163(8). [online] Available from: http://archpedi.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?doi=10.1001/archpediatrics.2009.78 (Accessed 8 August 2017)

1029 – Jackson, D. M, Djafarian, K., Stewart, J. and Speakman, J. R (2009) ‘Increased television viewing is associated with elevated body fatness but not with lower total energy expenditure in children’. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 89, pp. 1031–1036.

1030 – Foster, Jill A., Gore, Stacy A. and West, Delia Smith (2006) ‘Altering TV Viewing Habits: An Unexplored Strategy for Adult Obesity Intervention?’ American Journal of Health Behavior, 30(1), pp. 3–14.

1031 – Utter, Jennifer, Scragg, Robert and Schaaf, David (2006) ‘Associations between television viewing and consumption of commonly advertised foods among New Zealand children and young adolescents’. Public Health Nutrition, 9(05). [online] Available from: http://www.journals.cambridge.org/abstract_S1368980006001017 (Accessed 8 August 2017)

1032 – Bowman, Shanthy A (2006) ‘Television-Viewing Characteristics of Adults: Correlations to Eating Practices and Overweight and Health Status’. Preventing Chronic Disease, 3(2). [online] Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1563980/ (Accessed 8 August 2017)

1033 – Kuepper-Nybelen, J (2005) ‘Major differences in prevalence of overweight according to nationality in preschool children living in Germany: determinants and public health implications’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 90(4), pp. 359–363.

1034 – Janssen, I., Katzmarzyk, P. T., Boyce, W. F., Vereecken, C., et al. (2005) ‘Comparison of overweight and obesity prevalence in school-aged youth from 34 countries and their relationships with physical activity and dietary patterns’. Obesity Reviews, 6(2), pp. 123–132.

1035 – Janssen, Ian, Katzmarzyk, Peter T., Boyce, William F., King, Matthew A. and Pickett, William (2004) ‘Overweight and obesity in Canadian adolescents and their associations with dietary habits and physical activity patterns’. Journal of Adolescent Health, 35(5), pp. 360–367.

1036 – Crespo, Carlos J., Smit, Ellen, Troiano, Richard P., Bartlett, Susan J., et al. (2001) ‘Television Watching, Energy Intake, and Obesity in US Children: Results From the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988-1994’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 155(3), p. 360.

1037 – Andersen, Ross E., Crespo, Carlos J., Bartlett, Susan J., Cheskin, Lawrence J. and Pratt, Michael (1998) ‘Relationship of Physical Activity and Television Watching With Body Weight and Level of Fatness Among Children: Results From the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey’. JAMA, 279(12), p. 938.

1038 – Obarzanek, E., Schreiber, G. B., Crawford, P. B., Goldman, S. R., et al. (1994) ‘Energy intake and physical activity in relation to indexes of body fat: the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Growth and Health Study.’ The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 60(1), pp. 15–22.

1039 – Dietz, William H. and Gortmaker, Steven L. (1985) ‘Do We Fatten Our Children at the Television Set? Obesity and Television Viewing in Children and Adolescents’. Pediatrics, 75(5), pp. 807–812.

1040 – Gortmaker, Steven L. (1996) ‘Television Viewing as a Cause of Increasing Obesity Among Children in the United States, 1986-1990’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 150(4), p. 356.

1041 – Lumeng, Julie C., Rahnama, Sahand, Appugliese, Danielle, Kaciroti, Niko and Bradley, Robert H. (2006) ‘Television Exposure and Overweight Risk in Preschoolers’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 160(4), p. 417.

1042 – Epstein, Leonard H., Roemmich, James N., Robinson, Jodie L., Paluch, Rocco A., et al. (2008) ‘A Randomized Trial of the Effects of Reducing Television Viewing and Computer Use on Body Mass Index in Young Children’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 162(3), p. 239.

1043 – Doak, C. M., Visscher, T. L. S., Renders, C. M. and Seidell, J. C. (2006) ‘The prevention of overweight and obesity in children and adolescents: a review of interventions and programmes’. Obesity Reviews, 7(1), pp. 111–136.

1044 – Robinson, Thomas N. (1999) ‘Reducing Children’s Television Viewing to Prevent Obesity: A Randomized Controlled Trial’. JAMA, 282(16), p. 1561.

1045 – Landhuis, E. C., Poulton, Richie, Welch, David and Hancox, Robert J. (2008) ‘Programming Obesity and Poor Fitness: The Long-term Impact of Childhood Television’. Obesity, 16(6), pp. 1457–1459.

1046 – Thorp, A. A., Healy, G. N., Owen, N., Salmon, J., et al. (2010) ‘Deleterious Associations of Sitting Time and Television Viewing Time With Cardiometabolic Risk Biomarkers: Australian Diabetes, Obesity and Lifestyle (AusDiab) study 2004-2005’. Diabetes Care, 33(2), pp. 327–334.

1047 – Wijndaele, Katrien, Healy, Genevieve N., Dunstan, David W., Barnett, Adrian G., et al. (2010) ‘Increased Cardiometabolic Risk Is Associated with Increased TV Viewing Time’: Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, 42(8), pp. 1511–1518.

1048 – Wijndaele, Katrien, Brage, Søren, Besson, Hervé, Khaw, Kay-Tee, et al. (2011) ‘Television viewing time independently predicts all-cause and cardiovascular mortality: the EPIC Norfolk Study’. International Journal of Epidemiology, 40(1), pp. 150–159.

1049 – Bickham, David S., Hswen, Yulin and Rich, Michael (2015) ‘Media use and depression: exposure, household rules, and symptoms among young adolescents in the USA’. International Journal of Public Health, 60(2), pp. 147–155.

1050 – Primack, Brian A., Swanier, Brandi, Georgiopoulos, Anna M., Land, Stephanie R. and Fine, Michael J. (2009) ‘Association Between Media Use in Adolescence and Depression in Young Adulthood: A Longitudinal Study’. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66(2), pp. 181–188.

1051 – Maras, Danijela, Flament, Martine F., Murray, Marisa, Buchholz, Annick, et al. (2015) ‘Screen time is associated with depression and anxiety in Canadian youth’. Preventive Medicine, 73, pp. 133–138.

1052 – Hamer, Mark, Stamatakis, Emmanuel and Mishra, Gita (2009) ‘Psychological Distress, Television Viewing, and Physical Activity in Children Aged 4 to 12 Years’. Pediatrics, 123(5), pp. 1263–1268.

1053 – Cao, Hui, Qian, Qingwen, Weng, Tingting, Yuan, Changjiang, et al. (2011) ‘Screen time, physical activity and mental health among urban adolescents in China’. Preventive Medicine, 53(4), pp. 316–320.

1054 – Liu, Mingli, Ming, Qingsen, Yi, Jinyao, Wang, Xiang and Yao, Shuqiao (2016) ‘Screen Time on School Days and Risks for Psychiatric Symptoms and Self-Harm in Mainland Chinese Adolescents’. Frontiers in Psychology, 7. [online] Available from: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00574/full (Accessed 9 January 2020)

1055 – McAnally, Helena M., Young, Tamara and Hancox, Robert J. (2019) ‘Childhood and adolescent television viewing and internalising disorders in adulthood’. Preventive Medicine Reports, 15, p. 100890.

1056 – Gidwani, P. P., Sobol, A., DeJong, W., Perrin, J. M. and Gortmaker, S. L. (2002) ‘Television Viewing and Initiation of Smoking Among Youth’. PEDIATRICS, 110(3), pp. 505–508.

1057 – Hancox, Robert J, Milne, Barry J and Poulton, Richie (2004) ‘Association between child and adolescent television viewing and adult health: a longitudinal birth cohort study’. The Lancet, 364(9430), pp. 257–262.

1058 – Goldberg, Marvin E. (2003) ‘American Media and the Smoking-related Behaviors of Asian Adolescents’. Journal of Advertising Research, 43(1), pp. 2–11.

1059 – Laugesen, Murray, Scragg, Robert, Wellman, Robert J. and DiFranza, Joseph R. (2007) ‘R-rated film viewing and adolescent smoking’. Preventive Medicine, 45(6), pp. 454–459.

1060 – Thrasher, James F., Jackson, Christine, Arillo-Santillán, Edna and Sargent, James D. (2008) ‘Exposure to Smoking Imagery in Popular Films and Adolescent Smoking in Mexico’. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 35(2), pp. 95–102.

1061 – Hunt, K., Sweeting, H., Sargent, J., Lewars, H., et al. (2008) ‘An examination of the association between seeing smoking in films and tobacco use in young adults in the west of Scotland: cross-sectional study’. Health Education Research, 24(1), pp. 22–31.

1062 – Song, Anna V., Ling, Pamela M., Neilands, Torsten B. and Glantz, Stanton A. (2007) ‘Smoking in Movies and Increased Smoking Among Young Adults’. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 33(5), pp. 396–403.

1063 – Connolly, Gary M., Casswell, Sally, Zhang, Jia-Fang and Silva, Phil A. (1994) ‘Alcohol in the mass media and drinking by adolescents: a longitudinal study’. Addiction, 89(10), pp. 1255–1263.

1064 – Robinson, Thomas N., Chen, Helen L. and Killen, Joel D. (1998) ‘Television and Music Video Exposure and Risk of Adolescent Alcohol Use’. Pediatrics, 102(5), pp. e54–e54.

1065 – Anderson, P., de Bruijn, A., Angus, K., Gordon, R. and Hastings, G. (2009) ‘Impact of Alcohol Advertising and Media Exposure on Adolescent Alcohol Use: A Systematic Review of Longitudinal Studies’. Alcohol and Alcoholism, 44(3), pp. 229–243.

1066 – Tanski, Susanne E., Dal Cin, Sonya, Stoolmiller, Mike and Sargent, James D. (2010) ‘Parental R-Rated Movie Restriction and Early-Onset Alcohol Use*’. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 71(3), pp. 452–459.

1067 – Dalton, M. A., Adachi-Mejia, A. M., Longacre, M. R., Titus-Ernstoff, L. T., et al. (2006) ‘Parental Rules and Monitoring of Children’s Movie Viewing Associated With Children’s Risk for Smoking and Drinking’. PEDIATRICS, 118(5), pp. 1932–1942.

1068 – Jackson, Christine, Brown, Jane D. and L’Engle, Kelly L. (2007) ‘R-Rated Movies, Bedroom Televisions, and Initiation of Smoking by White and Black Adolescents’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161(3), p. 260.

1069 – Hanewinkel, Reiner, Morgenstern, Matthis, Tanski, Susanne E. and Sargent, James D. (2008) ‘Longitudinal study of parental movie restriction on teen smoking and drinking in Germany’. Addiction, 103(10), pp. 1722–1730.

1070 – Sargent, J. D. (2004) ‘Effect of Parental R-Rated Movie Restriction on Adolescent Smoking Initiation: A Prospective Study’. Pediatrics, 114(1), pp. 149–156.

1071 – Johnson, Jeffrey G., Cohen, Patricia, Kasen, Stephanie, First, Michael B. and Brook, Judith S. (2004) ‘Association Between Television Viewing and Sleep Problems During Adolescence and Early Adulthood’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 158(6), p. 562.

1072 – Li, Shenghui, Jin, Xinming, Wu, Shenghu, Jiang, Fan, et al. (2007) ‘The Impact of Media Use on Sleep Patterns and Sleep Disorders among School-Aged Children in China’. Sleep, 30(3), pp. 361–367.

1073 – Owens, Judith, Maxim, Rolanda, McGuinn, Melissa, Nobile, Chantelle, et al. (1999) ‘Television-viewing Habits and Sleep Disturbance in School Children’. Pediatrics, 104(3), pp. e27–e27.

1074 – Paavonen, E. Juulia, Pennonen, Marjo, Roine, Mira, Valkonen, Satu and Lahikainen, Anja Riitta (2006) ‘TV exposure associated with sleep disturbances in 5- to 6-year-old children’. Journal of Sleep Research, 15(2), pp. 154–161.

1075 – Sadeh, Avi, Gruber, Reut and Raviv, Amiram (2003) ‘The Effects of Sleep Restriction and Extension on School-Age Children: What a Difference an Hour Makes’. Child Development, 74(2), pp. 444–455.

1076 – Wolfson, Amy R and Carskadon, Mary A (2003) ‘Understanding adolescent’s sleep patterns and school performance: a critical appraisal’. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 7(6), pp. 491–506.

1077 – Asaoka, Shoichi, Fukuda, Kazuhiko, Tsutsui, Yuji and Yamazaki, Katuo (2007) ‘Does television viewing cause delayed and/or irregular sleep?wake patterns?’ Sleep and Biological Rhythms, 5(1), pp. 23–27.

1078 – Hitze, B, Bosy-Westphal, A, Bielfeldt, F, Settler, U, et al. (2009) ‘Determinants and impact of sleep duration in children and adolescents: data of the Kiel Obesity Prevention Study’. European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 63(6), pp. 739–746.

1079 – Nixon, Gillian M., Thompson, John M. D., Han, Dug Yeo, Becroft, David M., et al. (2008) ‘Short Sleep Duration in Middle Childhood: Risk Factors and Consequences’. Sleep, 31(1), pp. 71–78.

1080 – Spiegel, Karine (2008) ‘Sleep loss as a risk factor for obesity and diabetes’. International Journal of Pediatric Obesity, 3, pp. 27–28.

1081 – Spiegel, K. (2005) ‘Sleep loss: a novel risk factor for insulin resistance and Type 2 diabetes’. Journal of Applied Physiology, 99(5), pp. 2008–2019.

1082 – Taveras, Elsie M., Rifas-Shiman, Sheryl L., Oken, Emily, Gunderson, Erica P. and Gillman, Matthew W. (2008) ‘Short Sleep Duration in Infancy and Risk of Childhood Overweight’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 162(4), p. 305.

1083 – von Kries, R, Toschke, A M, Wurmser, H, Sauerwald, T and Koletzko, B (2002) ‘Reduced risk for overweight and obesity in 5- and 6-y-old children by duration of sleep—a cross-sectional study’. International Journal of Obesity, 26(5), pp. 710–716.

1084 – Gangwisch, J. E., Heymsfield, S. B., Boden-Albala, B., Buijs, R. M., et al. (2006) ‘Short Sleep Duration as a Risk Factor for Hypertension: Analyses of the First National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey’. Hypertension, 47(5), pp. 833–839.

1085 – Gangwisch, James E., Babiss, Lindsay A., Malaspina, Dolores, Turner, Blake J., et al. (2010) ‘Earlier Parental Set Bedtimes as a Protective Factor Against Depression and Suicidal Ideation’. Sleep, 33(1), pp. 97–106.

1086 – Gottlieb, Daniel J., Redline, Susan, Nieto, F. Javier, Baldwin, Carol M., et al. (2006) ‘Association of Usual Sleep Duration With Hypertension: The Sleep Heart Health Study’. Sleep, 29(8), pp. 1009–1014.

1087 – Bryant, Penelope A., Trinder, John and Curtis, Nigel (2004) ‘Sick and tired: does sleep have a vital role in the immune system?’ Nature Reviews Immunology, 4(6), pp. 457–467.

1088 – Irwin, M, Mascovich, A, Gillin, J C, Willoughby, R, et al. (1994) ‘Partial sleep deprivation reduces natural killer cell activity in humans.’: Psychosomatic Medicine, 56(6), pp. 493–498.

1089 – Kakizaki, M, Kuriyama, S, Sone, T, Ohmori-Matsuda, K, et al. (2008) ‘Sleep duration and the risk of breast cancer: the Ohsaki Cohort Study’. British Journal of Cancer, 99(9), pp. 1502–1505.

1090 – Sephton, Sandra and Spiegel, David (2003) ‘Circadian disruption in cancer: a neuroendocrine-immune pathway from stress to disease?’ Brain, Behavior, and Immunity, 17(5), pp. 321–328.

1091 – Peirano, Patricio D and Algarín, Cecilia R (2007) ‘Sleep in brain development’. Biological Research, 40(4). [online] Available from: http://www.scielo.cl/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S0716-97602007000500008&lng=en&nrm=iso&tlng=en (Accessed 8 August 2017)

1092 – Liu, Xianchen (2004) ‘Sleep and Adolescent Suicidal Behavior’. Sleep, 27(7), pp. 1351–1358.

1093 – Roehrs, T., Hyde, M., Blaisdell, B, Greenwald, M. and Roth, T. (2006) ‘Sleep loss and REM sleep loss are hyperalgesic.’ Sleep, 29(2), pp. 145–151.

1094 – O’Brien, Louise M. (2009) ‘The Neurocognitive Effects of Sleep Disruption in Children and Adolescents’. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18(4), pp. 813–823.

1095 – Fallone, Gahan, Owens, Judith A. and Deane, Jennifer (2002) ‘Sleepiness in children and adolescents: clinical implications’. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 6(4), pp. 287–306.

1096 – Dahl, Ronald E. (1996) ‘The impact of inadequate sleep on children’s daytime cognitive function’. Seminars in Pediatric Neurology, 3(1), pp. 44–50.

1097 – Hoffman, Kari L and McNaughton, Bruce L (2002) ‘Sleep on it: cortical reorganization after-the-fact’. Trends in Neurosciences, 25(1), pp. 1–2.

1098 – Maquet, P. (2001) ‘The Role of Sleep in Learning and Memory’. Science, 294(5544), pp. 1048–1052.

1099 – Haapasalo, Jaana (2001) ‘How do young offenders describe their parents?’ Legal and Criminological Psychology, 6(1), pp. 103–120.

1100 – Schaffer, Megan, Clark, Stephanie and Jeglic, Elizabeth L. (2009) ‘The Role of Empathy and Parenting Style in the Development of Antisocial Behaviors’. Crime & Delinquency, 55(4), pp. 586–599.

1101 – Fletcher, Anne C., Steinberg, Laurence and Sellers, Elizabeth B. (1999) ‘Adolescents’ Well-Being as a Function of Perceived Interparental Consistency’. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 61(3), p. 599.

1102 – Steinberg, Laurence, Blatt-Eisengart, Ilana and Cauffman, Elizabeth (2006) ‘Patterns of Competence and Adjustment Among Adolescents from Authoritative, Authoritarian, Indulgent, and Neglectful Homes: A Replication in a Sample of Serious Juvenile Offenders’. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 16(1), pp. 47–58.

1103 – Dwairy, Marwan (2004) ‘Parenting Styles and Mental Health of Palestinian–Arab Adolescents in Israel’. Transcultural Psychiatry, 41(2), pp. 233–252.

1104 – Dwairy, Marwan and Menshar, Kariman E. (2006) ‘Parenting style, individuation, and mental health of Egyptian adolescents’. Journal of Adolescence, 29(1), pp. 103–117.

1105 – Lamborn, S.D., Dornbusch, S.M. and Steinberg, L. (1996) ‘Ethnicity and Community Context as Moderators of the Relations between Family Decision Making and Adolescent Adjustment’. Child Development, 67(2), pp. 283–301.

1106 – Hoff, Erika, Laursen, Brett and Tardif, Twila (2002) ‘Socioeconomic status and parenting.’, in Handbook of parenting: Biology and ecology of parenting, Vol. 2, 2nd ed., Mahwah, NJ, US, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers, pp. 231–252.

1107 – Pong, Suet-ling, Johnston, Jamie and Chen, Vivien (2010) ‘Authoritarian Parenting and Asian Adolescent School Performance: Insights from the US and Taiwan’. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 34(1), pp. 62–72.

1108 – Leung, Kwok, Lau, Sing and Lam, Wai-Lim (1998) ‘Parenting Styles and Academic Achievement: A Cross-Cultural Study’. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 44(2), pp. 157–172.

1109 – Chao, Ruth K. (2001) ‘Extending Research on the Consequences of Parenting Style for Chinese Americans and European Americans’. Child Development, 72(6), pp. 1832–1843.

1110 – Bean, Arthur W. and Roberts, Mark W. (1981) ‘The effect of time-out release contingencies on changes in child noncompliance’. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 9(1), pp. 95–105.

1111 – Day, Dan E. and Roberts, Mark W. (1983) ‘An analysis of the physical punishment component of a parent training program’. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 11(1), pp. 141–152.

1112 – Roberts, Mark W. (1988) ‘Enforcing Chair Timeouts with Room Timeouts’. Behavior Modification, 12(3), pp. 353–370.

1113 – Roberts, Mark W. and Powers, Scott W. (1990) ‘Adjusting chair timeout enforcement procedures for oppositional children’. Behavior Therapy, 21(3), pp. 257–271.

1114 – Gershoff, Elizabeth Thompson (2002) ‘Corporal punishment by parents and associated child behaviors and experiences: A meta-analytic and theoretical review.’ Psychological Bulletin, 128(4), pp. 539–579.

1115 – Paolucci, Elizabeth Oddone and Violato, Claudio (2004) ‘A Meta-Analysis of the Published Research on the Affective, Cognitive, and Behavioral Effects of Corporal Punishment’. The Journal of Psychology, 138(3), pp. 197–222.

1116 – Larzelere, Robert E. and Kuhn, Brett R. (2005) ‘Comparing Child Outcomes of Physical Punishment and Alternative Disciplinary Tactics: A Meta-Analysis’. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 8(1), pp. 1–37.

1117 – Ferguson, Christopher J. (2013) ‘Spanking, corporal punishment and negative long-term outcomes: A meta-analytic review of longitudinal studies’. Clinical Psychology Review, 33(1), pp. 196–208.

1118 – Gershoff, Elizabeth T. and Grogan-Kaylor, Andrew (2016) ‘Spanking and child outcomes: Old controversies and new meta-analyses.’ Journal of Family Psychology, 30(4), pp. 453–469.

1119 – Grogan-Kaylor, A. (2004) ‘The effect of corporal punishment on antisocial behavior in children’. Social Work Research, 28(3), pp. 153–162.

1120 – Grogan-Kaylor, Andrew (2005) ‘Corporal Punishment and the Growth Trajectory of Children’s Antisocial Behavior’. Child Maltreatment, 10(3), pp. 283–292.

1121 – Gunnoe, Marjorie Lindner (1997) ‘Toward a Developmental-Contextual Model of the Effects of Parental Spanking on Children’s Aggression’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 151(8), p. 768.

1122 – Larzelere, Robert E, Cox, Ronald B and Smith, Gail L (2010) ‘Do nonphysical punishments reduce antisocial behavior more than spanking? a comparison using the strongest previous causal evidence against spanking’. BMC Pediatrics, 10(1). [online] Available from: http://bmcpediatr.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/1471-2431-10-10 (Accessed 13 September 2017)

1123 – Olson, Sheryl L., Lopez-Duran, Nestor, Lunkenheimer, Erika S., Chang, Hyein and Sameroff, Arnold J. (2011) ‘Individual differences in the development of early peer aggression: Integrating contributions of self-regulation, theory of mind, and parenting’. Development and Psychopathology, 23(01), pp. 253–266.

1124 – Weiss, Bahr, Dodge, Kenneth A., Bates, John E. and Pettit, Gregory S. (1992) ‘Some Consequences of Early Harsh Discipline: Child Aggression and a Maladaptive Social Information Processing Style’. Child Development, 63(6), pp. 1321–1335.

1125 – Berlin, Lisa J., Ispa, Jean M., Fine, Mark A., Malone, Patrick S., et al. (2009) ‘Correlates and Consequences of Spanking and Verbal Punishment for Low-Income White, African American, and Mexican American Toddlers’. Child Development, 80(5), pp. 1403–1420.

1126 – Maguire-Jack, Kathryn, Gromoske, Andrea N. and Berger, Lawrence M. (2012) ‘Spanking and Child Development During the First 5 Years of Life: Early Spanking and Child Development’. Child Development, 83(6), pp. 1960–1977.

1127 – Gershoff, Elizabeth T., Lansford, Jennifer E., Sexton, Holly R., Davis-Kean, Pamela and Sameroff, Arnold J. (2012) ‘Longitudinal Links Between Spanking and Children’s Externalizing Behaviors in a National Sample of White, Black, Hispanic, and Asian American Families: Spanking and Externalizing Behavior’. Child Development, 83(3), pp. 838–843.

1128 – Wang, Ming-Te and Kenny, Sarah (2014) ‘Parental Physical Punishment and Adolescent Adjustment: Bidirectionality and the Moderation Effects of Child Ethnicity and Parental Warmth’. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 42(5), pp. 717–730.

1129 – Kazdin, Alan E. and Benjet, Corina (2003) ‘Spanking Children: Evidence and Issues’. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12(3), pp. 99–103.

1130 – UNICEF (1989) Convention internationale desdroits de l’enfant,

1131 – Global Initiative to End Corporal Punishment (2019) Global report 2019. Progress towards ending corporal punishment of children,

1132 – Larzelere, Robert E., Cox, Ronald B. and Swindle, Taren M. (2015) ‘Many Replications Do Not Causal Inferences Make: The Need for Critical Replications to Test Competing Explanations of Nonrandomized Studies’. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10(3), pp. 380–389.

1133 – Larzelere, R.E., Kuhn, B.R. and Johnson, B. (2004) ‘The Intervention Selection Bias: An Underrecognized Confound in Intervention Research’. Psychological Bulletin, 130(2), pp. 289–303.

1134 – Okuzono, Sakurako, Fujiwara, Takeo, Kato, Tsuguhiko and Kawachi, Ichiro (2017) ‘Spanking and subsequent behavioral problems in toddlers: A propensity score-matched, prospective study in Japan’. Child Abuse & Neglect, 69, pp. 62–71.

1135 – Gershoff, E. T., Goodman, G. S., Miller-Perrin, C. L., Holden, G. W., et al. (2018) ‘The strength of the causal evidence against physical punishment of children and its implications for parents, psychologists, and policymakers.’ The American psychologist, 73(5), pp. 626–638.

1136 – Rohner, Ronald P. and Melendez-Rhodes, Tatiana (2019) ‘Perceived parental acceptance−rejection mediates or moderates the relation between corporal punishment and psychological adjustment: Comment on Gershoff et al (2018)’. American Psychologist, 74(4), pp. 500–502.

1137 – Larzelere, Robert E., Gunnoe, Marjorie Lindner, Ferguson, Christopher J. and Roberts, Mark W. (2019) ‘The insufficiency of the evidence used to categorically oppose spanking and its implications for families and psychological science: Comment on Gershoff et al. (2018)’. The American Psychologist, 74(4), pp. 497–499.

1138 – Gershoff, E.T, Goodman, G.S., Miller-Perrin, C., Holden, G.W., et al. (2019) ‘There is still no evidence that physical punishment is effective or beneficial: Reply to Larzelere, Gunnoe, Ferguson, and Roberts (2019) and Rohner and Melendez-Rhodes (2019)’. The American Psychologist, 74(4), pp. 503–505.

1139 – Simons, Dominique A. and Wurtele, Sandy K. (2010) ‘Relationships between parents’ use of corporal punishment and their children’s endorsement of spanking and hitting other children’. Child Abuse & Neglect, 34(9), pp. 639–646.

1140 – Ma, Julie, Han, Yoonsun, Grogan-Kaylor, Andrew, Delva, Jorge and Castillo, Marcela (2012) ‘Corporal punishment and youth externalizing behavior in Santiago, Chile’. Child Abuse & Neglect, 36(6), pp. 481–490.

1141 – Holden, George W., Grogan-Kaylor, Andrew, Durrant, Joan E. and Gershoff, Elizabeth T. (2017) ‘Researchers Deserve a Better Critique: Response to Larzelere, Gunnoe, Roberts, and Ferguson (2017)’. Marriage & Family Review, 53(5), pp. 465–490.

1142 – Sanders, Matthew R. (1999) ‘Triple P-Positive Parenting Program: Towards an Empirically Validated Multilevel Parenting and Family Support Strategy for the Prevention of Behavior and Emotional Problems in Children’. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 2(2), pp. 71–90.

1143 – Sanders, Matthew R., Kirby, James N., Tellegen, Cassandra L. and Day, Jamin J. (2014) ‘The Triple P-Positive Parenting Program: A systematic review and meta-analysis of a multi-level system of parenting support’. Clinical Psychology Review, 34(4), pp. 337–357.

1144 – Nowak, Christoph and Heinrichs, Nina (2008) ‘A Comprehensive Meta-Analysis of Triple P-Positive Parenting Program Using Hierarchical Linear Modeling: Effectiveness and Moderating Variables’. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 11(3), pp. 114–144.

1145 – Webster-Stratton, Carolyn, Reid, M. Jamila and Beauchaine, Theodore P. (2013) ‘One-Year Follow-Up of Combined Parent and Child Intervention for Young Children with ADHD’. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 42(2), pp. 251–261.

1146 – Leijten, Patty, Gardner, Frances, Landau, Sabine, Harris, Victoria, et al. (2017) ‘Research Review: Harnessing the power of individual participant data in a meta-analysis of the benefits and harms of the Incredible Years parenting program’. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry. [online] Available from: http://doi.wiley.com/10.1111/jcpp.12781 (Accessed 13 September 2017)

1147 – Boggs, Stephen R., Eyberg, Sheila M., Edwards, Daniel L., Rayfield, Arista, et al. (2005) ‘Outcomes of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy: A Comparison of Treatment Completers and Study Dropouts One to Three Years Later’. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 26(4), pp. 1–22.

1148 – Funderburk, Beverly W., Eyberg, Sheila M., Newcomb, Katharine, McNeil, Cheryl B., et al. (1998) ‘Parent-Child Interaction Therapy with Behavior Problem Children: Maintenance of Treatment Effects in the School Setting’. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 20(2), pp. 17–38.

1149 – Eyberg, Sheila M., Nelson, Melanie M. and Boggs, Stephen R. (2008) ‘Evidence-Based Psychosocial Treatments for Children and Adolescents With Disruptive Behavior’. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 37(1), pp. 215–237.

1150 – Nixon, Reginald D. V., Sweeney, Lynne, Erickson, Deborah B. and Touyz, Stephen W. (2003) ‘Parent-child interaction therapy: A comparison of standard and abbreviated treatments for oppositional defiant preschoolers.’ Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71(2), pp. 251–260.

1151 – Schuhmann, Elena M., Foote, Rebecca C., Eyberg, Sheila M., Boggs, Stephen R. and Algina, James (1998) ‘Efficacy of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy: Interim Report of a Randomized Trial with Short-Term Maintenance’. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 27(1), pp. 34–45.

1152 – Talwar, Victoria, Arruda, Cindy and Yachison, Sarah (2015) ‘The effects of punishment and appeals for honesty on children’s truth-telling behavior’. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 130, pp. 209–217.

1153 – Gartrell, Daniel (2002) ‘Replacing Time-Out: Part Two–Using Guidance To Maintain an Encouraging Classroom’. Young Children, 57(2), pp. 36–43.

1154 – Schreiber, Mary Ellis (1999) ‘Time-Outs for Toddlers: Is Our Goal Punishment or Education?’ Young Children, 54(4), pp. 22–25.

1155 – Riley, Andrew R., Wagner, David V., Tudor, Megan E., Zuckerman, Katharine E. and Freeman, Kurt A. (2017) ‘A Survey of Parents’ Perceptions and Use of Time-out Compared to Empirical Evidence’. Academic Pediatrics, 17(2), pp. 168–175.

1156 – Drayton, Amy K., Andersen, Melissa N., Knight, Rachel M., Felt, Barbara T., et al. (2014) ‘Internet Guidance on Time Out: Inaccuracies, Omissions, and What to Tell Parents Instead’. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 35(4), pp. 239–246.

1157 – Morawska, Alina and Sanders, Matthew (2011) ‘Parental Use of Time Out Revisited: A Useful or Harmful Parenting Strategy?’ Journal of Child and Family Studies, 20(1), pp. 1–8.

1158 – Trenholme, Irene A and Baron, Alan (1975) ‘Immediate and delayed punishment of human behavior by loss of reinforcement’. Learning and Motivation, 6(1), pp. 62–79.

1159 – Everett, G. E., Hupp, S. D. A. and Olmi, D. J. (2010) ‘Time-out with Parents: A Descriptive Analysis of 30 Years of Research’. Education and Treatment of Children, 33(2), pp. 235–259.

1160 – Donaldson, Jeanne M and Vollmer, Timothy R (2011) ‘An evaluation and comparison of time-out procedures with and without release contingencies’ Kelley, M. (ed.). Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44(4), pp. 693–705.

1161 – McNeil, Cheryl, Clemens-Mowrer, Laurie, Gurwitch, Robin H. and Funderburk, Beverly W. (1994) ‘Assessment of a New Procedure to Prevent Timeout Escape in Preschoolers’. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 16(3), pp. 27–35.

1162 – Warzak, William J. and Floress, Margaret T. (2009) ‘Time-Out Training Without Put-Backs, Spanks, or Restraint: A Brief Report of Deferred Time-Out’. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 31(2), pp. 134–143.

1163 – Fabiano, Gregory A., Pelham, William E., Manos, Michael J., Gnagy, Elizabeth M., et al. (2004) ‘An evaluation of three time-out procedures for children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder’. Behavior Therapy, 35(3), pp. 449–469.

1164 – Donaldson, Jeanne M., Vollmer, Timothy R., Yakich, Theresa M. and Van Camp, Carole (2013) ‘Effects of a reduced time-out interval on compliance with the time-out instruction’. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46(2), pp. 369–378.

1165 – Ryan, Richard M. and Deci, Edward L. (2000) ‘Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being.’ American Psychologist, 55(1), pp. 68–78.

1166 – Booker, Jordan A., Ollendick, Thomas H., Dunsmore, Julie C. and Greene, Ross W. (2016) ‘Perceived Parent–Child Relations, Conduct Problems, and Clinical Improvement Following the Treatment of Oppositional Defiant Disorder’. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 25(5), pp. 1623–1633.

1167 – Greene, Ross W., Ablon, J. Stuart and Martin, Andrés (2006) ‘Use of Collaborative Problem Solving to Reduce Seclusion and Restraint in Child and Adolescent Inpatient Units.’ Psychiatric Services, 57(5), pp. 610–612.

1168 – Durrant, Joan E. (2016) Positive discipline in everyday parenting 4th ed., Stockholm, Sweden, Save the Children Sweden.

1169 – Durrant, Joan, Plateau, Dominique Pierre, Ateah, Christine A., Holden, George W., et al. (2017) ‘Parents’ views of the relevance of a violence prevention program in high, medium, and low human development contexts’. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 41(4), pp. 523–531.

1170 – Rosenberg, Marshall and Chopra, Deepak (2015) Nonviolent Communication: A Language of Life, 3rd Edition: Life-Changing Tools for Healthy Relationships, PuddleDancer Press.

1171 – Larzelere, Robert E., Gunnoe, Marjorie Lindner, Roberts, Mark W. and Ferguson, Christopher J. (2017) ‘Children and Parents Deserve Better Parental Discipline Research: Critiquing the Evidence for Exclusively “Positive” Parenting’. Marriage & Family Review, 53(1), pp. 24–35.

1172 – Dovey, T. M., Staples, P. A., Gibson, E. L. and Halford, J. C. G. (2008) ‘Food neophobia and “picky/fussy” eating in children: A review’. Appetite, 50(2–3), pp. 181–193.

1173 – Lafraire, Jérémie, Rioux, Camille, Giboreau, Agnès and Picard, Delphine (2016) ‘Food rejections in children: Cognitive and social/environmental factors involved in food neophobia and picky/fussy eating behavior’. Appetite, 96, pp. 347–357.

1174 – Nicklaus, Sophie and Monnery-Patris, Sandrine (2018) ‘13 – Food neophobia in children and its relationships with parental feeding practices/style’, in Reilly, S. (ed.), Food Neophobia, Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition, Woodhead Publishing, pp. 255–286. [online] Available from: http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/B9780081019313000136 (Accessed 4 February 2020)

1175 – Wardle, Jane and Cooke, Lucy (2008) ‘Genetic and environmental determinants of children’s food preferences’. British Journal of Nutrition, 99(S1), pp. S15–S21.

1176 – Okubo, Hitomi, Miyake, Yoshihiro, Sasaki, Satoshi, Tanaka, Keiko and Hirota, Yoshio (2016) ‘Early sugar-sweetened beverage consumption frequency is associated with poor quality of later food and nutrient intake patterns among Japanese young children: the Osaka Maternal and Child Health Study’. Nutrition Research, 36(6), pp. 594–602.

1177 – Bjelland, Mona, Brantsæter, Anne Lise, Haugen, Margaretha, Meltzer, Helle Margrete, et al. (2013) ‘Changes and tracking of fruit, vegetables and sugar-sweetened beverages intake from 18 months to 7 years in the Norwegian mother and child cohort study’. BMC Public Health, 13(1), p. 793.

1178 – Pan, Liping, Li, Ruowei, Park, Sohyun, Galuska, Deborah A., et al. (2014) ‘A Longitudinal Analysis of Sugar-Sweetened Beverage Intake in Infancy and Obesity at 6 Years’. Pediatrics, 134(Supplement 1), pp. S29–S35.

1179 – Shutts, Kristin, Condry, Kirsten F., Santos, Laurie R. and Spelke, Elizabeth S. (2009) ‘Core knowledge and its limits: The domain of food’. Cognition, 112(1), pp. 120–140.

1180 – Rozin, Paul, Hammer, Larry, Oster, Harriet, Horowitz, Talia and Marmora, Veronica (1986) ‘The child’s conception of food: Differentiation of categories of rejected substances in the 16 months to 5 year age range’. Appetite, 7(2), pp. 141–151.

1181 – Cashdan, E. (1994) ‘A sensitive period for learning about food’. Human Nature, 5(3), pp. 279–291.

1182 – Woo Baidal, Jennifer A., Locks, Lindsey M., Cheng, Erika R., Blake-Lamb, Tiffany L., et al. (2016) ‘Risk Factors for Childhood Obesity in the First 1,000 Days: A Systematic Review’. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 50(6), pp. 761–779.

1183 – Addessi, E., Galloway, A. T., Visalberghi, E. and Birch, Leann L. (2005) ‘Specific social influences on the acceptance of novel foods in 2-5-year-old children’. Appetite, 45(3), pp. 264–271.

1184 – Sanders, Matthew, Patel, Rinu, Grice, Bonny Le and Shepherd, Ross (1993) ‘Children With Persistent Feeding Difficulties: An Observational Analysis of the Feeding Interactions of Problem and Non-Problem Eaters’. Health Psychology, 12(1), pp. 64–73.

1185 – Rozin, P. (1976) ‘The selection of foods by rats, humans, and other animals’. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 6, pp. 21–76.

1186 – Johnson, Susan L., Davies, Patricia L., Boles, Richard E., Gavin, William J. and Bellows, Laura L. (2015) ‘Young Children’s Food Neophobia Characteristics and Sensory Behaviors Are Related to Their Food Intake’. The Journal of Nutrition, 145(11), pp. 2610–2616.

1187 – Perry, Rebecca A., Mallan, Kimberley M., Koo, Jasly, Mauch, Chelsea E., et al. (2015) ‘Food neophobia and its association with diet quality and weight in children aged 24 months: a cross sectional study’. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 12(1), p. 13.

1188 – Taylor, Caroline M., Northstone, Kate, Wernimont, Susan M. and Emmett, Pauline M. (2016) ‘Macro- and micronutrient intakes in picky eaters: a cause for concern?’ The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 104(6), pp. 1647–1656.

1189 – Pliner, P. and Loewen, E. (1997) ‘Temperament and food neophobia in children and their mothers.’ Appetite, 28(3), pp. 239–254.

1190 – Haycraft, Emma, Farrow, Claire, Meyer, Caroline, Powell, Faye and Blissett, Jackie (2011) ‘Relationships between temperament and eating behaviours in young children’. Appetite, 56(3), pp. 689–692.

1191 – Galloway, A. T., Lee, Y. and Birch, L. L. (2003) ‘Predictors and consequences of food neophobia and pickiness in young girls’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 103(6), pp. 692–698.

1192 – Coulthard, Helen and Blissett, Jackie (2009) ‘Fruit and vegetable consumption in children and their mothers. Moderating effects of child sensory sensitivity’. Appetite, 52(2), pp. 410–415.

1193 – Monnery-Patris, Sandrine, Wagner, Sandra, Rigal, Natalie, Schwartz, Camille, et al. (2015) ‘Smell differential reactivity, but not taste differential reactivity, is related to food neophobia in toddlers’. Appetite, 95, pp. 303–309.

1194 – Bunce, C. and Gibson, E. L. (2012) ‘Sniffing, eating and disgust in food neophobic children’. Appetite, 59(2), p. 622.

1195 – Caton, Samantha J., Blundell, Pam, Ahern, Sara M., Nekitsing, Chandani, et al. (2014) ‘Learning to eat vegetables in early life: the role of timing, age and individual eating traits’. PLoS ONE, 9(5), p. np.

1196 – Maier, Andrea S., Chabanet, Claire, Schaal, Benoist, Leathwood, Peter D. and Issanchou, Sylvie N. (2008) ‘Breastfeeding and experience with variety early in weaning increase infants’ acceptance of new foods for up to two months’. Clinical Nutrition, 27(6), pp. 849–857.

1197 – Hausner, Helene, Nicklaus, Sophie, Issanchou, Sylvie, Mølgaard, Christian and Møller, Per (2009) ‘Breastfeeding facilitates acceptance of a novel dietary flavour compound’. e-SPEN, the European e-Journal of Clinical Nutrition and Metabolism, 4(5), pp. e231–e238.

1198 – Delaunay-ElAllam, Maryse, Soussignan, Robert, Patris, Bruno, Marlier, Luc and Schaal, Benoist (2010) ‘Long-lasting memory for an odor acquired at the mother’s breast’. Developmental Science, 13(6), pp. 849–863.

1199 – Nicklaus, Sophie (2016) ‘The role of food experiences during early childhood in food pleasure learning’. Appetite, 104, pp. 3–9.

1200 – Nicklaus, Sophie (2011) ‘Children’s acceptance of new foods at weaning. Role of practices of weaning and of food sensory properties’. Appetite, 57(3), pp. 812–815.

1201 – Gerrish, C. J. and Mennella, J. A. (2001) ‘Flavor variety enhances food acceptance in formula-fed infants’. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 73, pp. 1080–1085.

1202 – Heath, Philippa, Houston-Price, Carmel and Kennedy, Orla B. (2011) ‘Increasing food familiarity without the tears. A role for visual exposure?’ Appetite, 57(3), pp. 832–838.

1203 – McFarlane, T. and Pliner, P. (1997) ‘Increasing willingness to taste novel foods: effects of nutrition and taste information’. Appetite, 28(3), pp. 227–238.

1204 – Woo, Taejung and Lee, Kyung-Hea (2013) ‘Effects of sensory education based on classroom activities for lower grade school children’. Nutrition Research and Practice, 7(4), pp. 336–341.

1205 – Battjes-Fries, Marieke C. E., Haveman-Nies, Annemien, van Dongen, Ellen J. I., Meester, Hante J., et al. (2016) ‘Effectiveness of Taste Lessons with and without additional experiential learning activities on children’s psychosocial determinants of vegetables consumption’. Appetite, 105, pp. 519–526.

1206 – Battjes-Fries, Marieke CE, Haveman-Nies, Annemien, Renes, Reint-Jan, Meester, Hante J. and Veer, Pieter van ’t (2015) ‘Effect of the Dutch school-based education programme “Taste Lessons” on behavioural determinants of taste acceptance and healthy eating: a quasi-experimental study’. Public Health Nutrition, 18(12), pp. 2231–2241.

1207 – Houston-Price, Carmel, Burton, Eliza, Hickinson, Rachel, Inett, Jade, et al. (2009) ‘Picture book exposure elicits positive visual preferences in toddlers’. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 104(1), pp. 89–104.

1208 – Byrne, Elena and Nitzke, Susan (2002) ‘Preschool Children’s Acceptance of a Novel Vegetable Following Exposure to Messages in a Storybook’. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior, 34(4), pp. 211–214.

1209 – Nanney, Marilyn S., Johnson, Sheldon, Elliott, Michael and Haire-Joshu, Debra (2007) ‘Frequency of Eating Homegrown Produce Is Associated with Higher Intake among Parents and Their Preschool-Aged Children in Rural Missouri’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 107(4), pp. 577–584.

1210 – Robinson-O’Brien, Ramona, Story, Mary and Heim, Stephanie (2009) ‘Impact of Garden-Based Youth Nutrition Intervention Programs: A Review’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 109(2), pp. 273–280.

1211 – Jaenke, Rachael L., Collins, Clare E., Morgan, Philip J., Lubans, David R., et al. (2012) ‘The Impact of a School Garden and Cooking Program on Boys’ and Girls’ Fruit and Vegetable Preferences, Taste Rating, and Intake’. Health Education & Behavior, 39(2), pp. 131–141.

1212 – Morgan, Philip J., Warren, Janet M., Lubans, David R., Saunders, Kristen L., et al. (2010) ‘The impact of nutrition education with and without a school garden on knowledge, vegetable intake and preferences and quality of school life among primary-school students’. Public Health Nutrition, 13(11), pp. 1931–1940.

1213 – Davis, Jaimie N., Martinez, Lauren C., Spruijt-Metz, Donna and Gatto, Nicole M. (2016) ‘LA Sprouts: A 12-Week Gardening, Nutrition, and Cooking Randomized Control Trial Improves Determinants of Dietary Behaviors’. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior, 48(1), pp. 2-11.e1.

1214 – Langellotto, Gail A. and Gupta, Abha (2012) ‘Gardening Increases Vegetable Consumption in School-aged Children: A Meta-analytical Synthesis’. HortTechnology, 22(4), pp. 430–445.

1215 – Dazeley, Paul and Houston-Price, Carmel (2015) ‘Exposure to foods’ non-taste sensory properties. A nursery intervention to increase children’s willingness to try fruit and vegetables’. Appetite, 84, pp. 1–6.

1216 – Dazeley, Paul, Houston-Price, Carmel and Hill, Claire (2012) ‘Should healthy eating programmes incorporate interaction with foods in different sensory modalities? A review of the evidence’. British Journal of Nutrition, 108(5), pp. 769–777.

1217 – Coulthard, Helen and Thakker, Dipti (2015) ‘Enjoyment of Tactile Play Is Associated with Lower Food Neophobia in Preschool Children’. Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, 115(7), pp. 1134–1140.

1218 – Coulthard, Helen and Sahota, Simran (2016) ‘Food neophobia and enjoyment of tactile play: Associations between preschool children and their parents’. Appetite, 97, pp. 155–159.

1219 – Coulthard, Helen and Sealy, Annemarie (2017) ‘Play with your food! Sensory play is associated with tasting of fruits and vegetables in preschool children’. Appetite, 113, pp. 84–90.

1220 – Reverdy, C., Chesnel, F., Schlich, P., Köster, E. P. and Lange, C. (2008) ‘Effect of sensory education on willingness to taste novel food in children’. Appetite, 51(1), pp. 156–165.

1221 – Mustonen, Sari, Rantanen, Reetta and Tuorila, Hely (2009) ‘Effect of sensory education on school children’s food perception: A 2-year follow-up study’. Food Quality and Preference, 20(3), pp. 230–240.

1222 – Mustonen, Sari and Tuorila, Hely (2010) ‘Sensory education decreases food neophobia score and encourages trying unfamiliar foods in 8–12-year-old children’. Food Quality and Preference, 21(4), pp. 353–360.

1223 – Park, Bo-Kyung and Cho, Mi-Sook (2016) ‘Taste education reduces food neophobia and increases willingness to try novel foods in school children’. Nutrition Research and Practice, 10(2), pp. 221–228.

1224 – Allirot, Xavier, da Quinta, Noelia, Chokupermal, Krithika and Urdaneta, Elena (2016) ‘Involving children in cooking activities: A potential strategy for directing food choices toward novel foods containing vegetables’. Appetite, 103, pp. 275–285.

1225 – van der Horst, Klazine, Ferrage, Aurore and Rytz, Andreas (2014) ‘Involving children in meal preparation. Effects on food intake’. Appetite, 79, pp. 18–24.

1226 – Sullivan, S. A. and Birch, L. L. (1994) ‘Infant dietary experience and acceptance of solid foods’. Pediatrics, 93(2), pp. 271–277.

1227 – Birch, L. L., Gunder, L., Grimm-Thomas, K. and Laing, D. G. (1998) ‘Infants’ consumption of a new food enhances acceptance of similar foods’. Appetite, 30(3), pp. 283–295.

1228 – Maier, Andrea, Chabanet, Claire, Schaal, Benoist, Issanchou, Sylvie and Leathwood, Peter (2007) ‘Effects of repeated exposure on acceptance of initially disliked vegetables in 7-month old infants’. Food Quality and Preference, 18(8), pp. 1023–1032.

1229 – Mennella, Julie A., Nicklaus, Sophie, Jagolino, Amanda L. and Yourshaw, Lauren M. (2008) ‘Variety is the spice of life: Strategies for promoting fruit and vegetable acceptance during infancy’. Physiology & Behavior, 94(1), pp. 29–38.

1230 – Maier-Nöth, Andrea, Schaal, Benoist, Leathwood, Peter and Issanchou, Sylvie (2016) ‘The Lasting Influences of Early Food-Related Variety Experience: A Longitudinal Study of Vegetable Acceptance from 5 Months to 6 Years in Two Populations’. PLoS ONE, 11(3). [online] Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4788196/ (Accessed 4 February 2020)

1231 – Birch, L. L., McPhee, L., Shoba, B. C., Pirok, E. and Steinberg, L. (1987) ‘What kind of exposure reduces children’s food neophobia?: looking vs. tasting’. Appetite, 9(3), pp. 171–178.

1232 – Wardle, Jane, Cooke, Lucy J, Gibson, E. Leigh, Sapochnik, Manuela, et al. (2003) ‘Increasing children’s acceptance of vegetables; a randomized trial of parent-led exposure’. Appetite, 40(2), pp. 155–162.

1233 – Wardle, J., Herrera, M. L., Cooke, L. and Gibson, E. L. (2003) ‘Modifying children’s food preferences: The effects of exposure and reward on acceptance of an unfamiliar vegetable’. European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 57(2), pp. 341–348.

1234 – Mustonen, Sari, Oerlemans, Patty and Tuorila, Hely (2012) ‘Familiarity with and affective responses to foods in 8–11-year-old children. The role of food neophobia and parental education’. Appetite, 58(3), pp. 777–780.

1235 – Loewen, R. and Pliner, P. (1999) ‘Effects of prior exposure to palatable and unpalatable novel foods on children’s willingness to taste other novel foods’. Appetite, 32(3), pp. 351–366.

1236 – Mennella, Julie A., Nicklaus, Sophie, Jagolino, Amanda L. and Yourshaw, Lauren M. (2008) ‘Variety is the spice of life: Strategies for promoting fruit and vegetable acceptance during infancy’. Physiology & Behavior, 94(1), pp. 29–38.

1237 – Haire-Joshu, Debra, Elliott, Michael B., Caito, Nicole M., Hessler, Kimberly, et al. (2008) ‘High 5 for Kids: The impact of a home visiting program on fruit and vegetable intake of parents and their preschool children’. Preventive Medicine, 47(1), pp. 77–82.

1238 – Wind, Marianne, de Bourdeaudhuij, Ilse, te Velde, Saskia J., Sandvik, Camilla, et al. (2006) ‘Correlates of Fruit and Vegetable Consumption Among 11-Year-Old Belgian-Flemish and Dutch Schoolchildren’. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior, 38(4), pp. 211–221.

1239 – Blissett, Jackie, Bennett, Carmel, Fogel, Anna, Harris, Gillian and Higgs, Suzanne (2016) ‘Parental modelling and prompting effects on acceptance of a novel fruit in 2–4-year-old children are dependent on children’s food responsiveness’. British Journal of Nutrition, 115(3), pp. 554–564.

1240 – Harper, L. V. and Sanders, K. M. (10) ‘The effect of adults’ eating on young children’s acceptance of unfamiliar foods’. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 20(2), pp. 206–214.

1241 – Hendy, H. M. and Raudenbush, B. (2000) ‘Effectiveness of teacher modeling to encourage food acceptance in preschool children’. Appetite, 34(1), pp. 61–76.

1242 – Frazier, Brandy N., Gelman, Susan A., Kaciroti, Niko, Russell, Joshua W. and Lumeng, Julie C. (2012) ‘I’ll have what she’s having: the impact of model characteristics on children’s food choices’. Developmental Science, 15(1), pp. 87–98.

1243 – Bevelander, Kirsten E., Anschütz, Doeschka J. and Engels, Rutger C. M. E. (2012) ‘The effect of a fictitious peer on young children’s choice of familiar v. unfamiliar low- and high-energy-dense foods’. British Journal of Nutrition, 108(6), pp. 1126–1133.

1244 – Birch, Leann L. (1980) ‘Effects of Peer Models’ Food Choices and Eating Behaviors on Preschoolers’ Food Preferences’. Child Development, 51(2), pp. 489–496.

1245 – Hendy, H. M. (2002) ‘Effectiveness of trained peer models to encourage food acceptance in preschool children’. Appetite, 39(3), pp. 217–225.

1246 – Lowe, C. F., Horne, P. J., Tapper, K., Bowdery, M. and Egerton, C. (2004) ‘Effects of a peer modelling and rewards-based intervention to increase fruit and vegetable consumption in children’. European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 58(3), pp. 510–522.

1247 – Laureati, Monica, Bergamaschi, Valentina and Pagliarini, Ella (2014) ‘School-based intervention with children. Peer-modeling, reward and repeated exposure reduce food neophobia and increase liking of fruits and vegetables’. Appetite, 83, pp. 26–32.

1248 – Correia, Danielle C.S., O’Connell, Meghan, Irwin, Melinda L. and Henderson, Kathryn E. (2014) ‘Pairing Vegetables with a Liked Food and Visually Appealing Presentation: Promising Strategies for Increasing Vegetable Consumption among Preschoolers’. Childhood Obesity, 10(1), pp. 72–76.

1249 – Zampollo, Francesca, Kniffin, Kevin M., Wansink, Brian and Shimizu, Mitsuru (2012) ‘Food plating preferences of children: the importance of presentation on desire for diversity’. Acta Paediatrica, 101(1), pp. 61–66.

1250 – Olsen, Annemarie, Ritz, Christian, Kramer, Lisbet and Møller, Per (2012) ‘Serving styles of raw snack vegetables. What do children want?’ Appetite, 59(2), pp. 556–562.

1251 – Carruth, B. R., Ziegler, P. J., Gordon, A. and Barr, S. I. (2004) ‘Prevalence of picky eaters among infants and toddlers and their caregivers’ decisions about offering a new food’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 104(Supplement 1), pp. 57–64.

1252 – De Moura, S. L. (2007) ‘Determinants of food rejection amongst school children’. Appetite, 49(3), pp. 716–719.

1253 – Brown, S. D., Harris, G., Bell, L. and Lines, L. M. (2012) ‘Disliked food acting as a contaminant in a sample of young children’. Appetite, 58(3), pp. 991–996.

1254 – Maimaran, Michal and Fishbach, Ayelet (2014) ‘If It’s Useful and You Know It, Do You Eat? Preschoolers Refrain from Instrumental Food’. Journal of Consumer Research, 41(3), pp. 642–655.

1255 – Miller, Elizabeth G., Seiders, Kathleen, Kenny, Maureen and Walsh, Mary E. (2011) ‘Children’s use of on-package nutritional claim information’. Journal of Consumer Behaviour, 10(3), pp. 122–132.

1256 – Wardle, Jane and Huon, Gail (2000) ‘An experimental investigation of the influence of health information on children’s taste preferences’. Health Education Research, 15(1), pp. 39–44.

1257 – Martins, Y., Pelchat, M. L. and Pliner, P. (1997) ‘ »Try it; it’s good and it’s good for you « : effects of taste and nutrition information on willingness to try novel foods’. Appetite, 28(2), pp. 89–102.

1258 – Pelchat, M. L. and Pliner, P. (4) ‘“Try it. You’ll like it”. Effects of information on willingness to try novel foods’. Appetite, 24(2), pp. 153–165.

1259 – Cassells, Erin L., Magarey, Anthea M., Daniels, Lynne A. and Mallan, Kimberley M. (2014) ‘The influence of maternal infant feeding practices and beliefs on the expression of food neophobia in toddlers’. Appetite, 82, pp. 36–42.

1260 – Fisher, J. O., Mitchell, D. C., Wright, H. S. and Birch, L. L. (2002) ‘Parental influences on young girls’ fruit and vegetable, micronutrient, and fat intakes’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 102(1), pp. 58–64.

1261 – Galloway, A. T., Fiorito, L., Lee, Y. and Birch, L. L. (4) ‘Parental pressure, dietary patterns, and weight status among girls who are “picky eaters”’. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 105(4), pp. 541–548.

1262 – Wardle, J., Carnell, S. and Cooke, L. (2005) ‘Parental control over feeding and children’s fruit and vegetable intake: How are they related?’ Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 105(2), pp. 227–232.

1263 – Brown, Kerry A., Ogden, Jane, Vögele, Claus and Gibson, E. Leigh (2008) ‘The role of parental control practices in explaining children’s diet and BMI’. Appetite, 50(2), pp. 252–259.

1264 – Rigal, Natalie, Chabanet, Claire, Issanchou, Sylvie and Monnery-Patris, Sandrine (2012) ‘Links between maternal feeding practices and children’s eating difficulties. Validation of French tools’. Appetite, 58(2), pp. 629–637.

1265 – Kaar, Jill L., Shapiro, Allison L. B., Fell, Donna M. and Johnson, Susan L. (2016) ‘Parental feeding practices, food neophobia, and child food preferences: What combination of factors results in children eating a variety of foods?’ Food Quality and Preference, 50, pp. 57–64.

1266 – Moding, Kameron J. and Stifter, Cynthia A. (2016) ‘Temperamental approach/withdrawal and food neophobia in early childhood: Concurrent and longitudinal associations’. Appetite, 107, pp. 654–662.

1267 – Carper, J. L., Orlet Fisher, J. and Birch, L. L. (2000) ‘Young girls’ emerging dietary restraint and disinhibition are related to parental control in child feeding’. Appetite, 35(2), pp. 121–129.

1268 – Robert Batsell, W, Brown, Alan S, Ansfield, Matthew E and Paschall, Gayla Y (2002) ‘“You Will Eat All of That!”: A retrospective analysis of forced consumption episodes’. Appetite, 38(3), pp. 211–219.

1269 – Ellis, Jordan M., Galloway, Amy T., Webb, Rose Mary, Martz, Denise M. and Farrow, Claire V. (2016) ‘Recollections of pressure to eat during childhood, but not picky eating, predict young adult eating behavior’. Appetite, 97, pp. 58–63.

1270 – Birch, Leann Lipps (1981) ‘A call for the explicit recognition of affect in models of human eating behavior’. Journal of Nutrition Education, 13(1, Supplement 1), pp. S49–S53.

1271 – Pliner, P. and Stallberg-White, C. (2000) ‘“Pass the ketchup, please”: familiar flavors increase children’s willingness to taste novel foods’. Appetite, 34(1), pp. 95–103.

1272 – Fisher, Jennifer O., Mennella, Julie A., Hughes, Sheryl O., Liu, Yan, et al. (2012) ‘Offering “Dip” Promotes Intake of a Moderately-Liked Raw Vegetable among Preschoolers with Genetic Sensitivity to Bitterness’. Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, 112(2), pp. 235–245.

1273 – Capaldi, Elizabeth D. and Privitera, Gregory J. (2008) ‘Decreasing dislike for sour and bitter in children and adults’. Appetite, 50(1), pp. 139–145.

1274 – Havermans, Remco C. and Jansen, Anita (2007) ‘Increasing children’s liking of vegetables through flavour–flavour learning’. Appetite, 48(2), pp. 259–262.

1275 – Musher-Eizenman, Dara R., Wagner Oehlhof, Marissa, Young, Kathleen M., Hauser, Jessica C., et al. (2011) ‘Emerald dragon bites vs veggie beans: Fun food names increase children’s consumption of novel healthy foods’. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 9(3), pp. 191–195.

1276 – Blissett, Jackie and Fogel, Anna (2013) ‘Intrinsic and extrinsic influences on children’s acceptance of new foods’. Physiology & Behavior, 121, pp. 89–95.

1277 – Birch, Leann Lipps, Marlin, Diane Wolfe and Rotter, Julie (1984) ‘Eating as the “Means” Activity in a Contingency: Effects on Young Children’s Food Preference’. Child Development, 55(2), pp. 431–439.

1278 – Blissett, Jacqueline, Bennett, Carmel, Donohoe, Jessica, Rogers, Samantha and Higgs, Suzanne (2012) ‘Predicting Successful Introduction of Novel Fruit to Preschool Children’. Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, 112(12), pp. 1959–1967.

1279 – Schum, Timothy R., Kolb, Thomas M., McAuliffe, Timothy L., Simms, Mark D., et al. (2002) ‘Sequential Acquisition of Toilet-Training Skills: A Descriptive Study of Gender and Age Differences in Normal Children’. Pediatrics, 109(3), pp. e48–e48.

1280 – Tarhan, Hüseyin, Çakmak, Özgür, Akarken, İlker, Ekin, Rahmi Gökhan, et al. (2015) ‘Toilet training age and influencing factors: a multicenter study’. The Turkish Journal of Pediatrics, 57(2), pp. 172–176.

1281 – Bakker, E. and Wyndaele, J. J. (2000) ‘Changes in the toilet training of children during the last 60 years: the cause of an increase in lower urinary tract dysfunction?’ BJU international, 86(3), pp. 248–252.

1282 – Wu, Hsi-Yang (2013) ‘Can evidence-based medicine change toilet-training practice?’ Arab Journal of Urology, 11(1), pp. 13–18.

1283 – Duong, T. H., Jansson, U. -B., Holmdahl, G., Sillén, U. and Hellström, A. -L. (2013) ‘Urinary bladder control during the first 3 years of life in healthy children in Vietnam – A comparison study with Swedish children’. Journal of Pediatric Urology, 9(6, Part A), pp. 700–706.

1284 – Tinsley, Elizabeth (2019) ‘At a glance: Potty training’. Journal of Health Visiting, 7(9), pp. 432–434.

1285 – Jansson, U.-B., Hanson, M., Sillén, U. and Hellström, A.-L. (2005) ‘Voiding pattern and acquisition of bladder control from birth to age 6 years–a longitudinal study’. The Journal of Urology, 174(1), pp. 289–293.

1286 – Fergusson, D. M., Horwood, L. J. and Shannon, F. T. (1986) ‘Factors Related to the Age of Attainment of Nocturnal Bladder Control: An 8-Year Longitudinal Study’. Pediatrics, 78(5), pp. 884–890.

1287 – Jacob, Hannah, Grodzinski, Ben and Fertleman, Caroline (2016) ‘Fifteen-minute consultation: problems in the healthy child—toilet training’. Archives of Disease in Childhood – Education and Practice, 101(3), pp. 119–123.

1288 – UK Environment Agency (2005) Life Cycle Assessment of Disposable and Reusable Nappies in the UK,

1289 – UK Environment Agency (2008) An updated lifecycle assessment study for disposable and reusable nappies,

1290 – ADEME (2012) Impacts environnementaux des couches pour bébé,

1291 – Ng, Frency Sau-Fun, Muthu, Subramanian Senthilkannan, Li, Yi and Hui, Patrick Chi-Leung (2013) ‘A Critical Review on Life Cycle Assessment Studies of Diapers’. Critical Reviews in Environmental Science and Technology, 43(16), pp. 1795–1822.

1292 – ANSES (2019) Sécurité des couches pour bébé,

1293 – Partsch, C.-J., Aukamp, M. and Sippell, W. G. (2000) ‘Scrotal temperature is increased in disposable plastic lined nappies’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 83(4), pp. 364–368.

1294 – Maartens, Pieter Johann, Aboua, Yapo Guillaume and Plessis, Stefan S. (2015) ‘Role of Environmental Factors and Gonadotoxin Exposure in Unexplained Male Infertility’, in Schattman, G. L., Esteves, S. C., and Agarwal, A. (eds.), Unexplained Infertility: Pathophysiology, Evaluation and Treatment, New York, NY, Springer, pp. 121–138. [online] Available from: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4939-2140-9_12 (Accessed 7 February 2020)

1295 – Hughes, Professor I. A. (2000) ‘How vulnerable is the developing testis to the external environment?’ Archives of Disease in Childhood, 83(4), pp. 281–282.

1296 – Kimball, Valerie (2016) ‘The Perils and Pitfalls of Potty Training’. Pediatric Annals, 45(6), pp. e199–e201.

1297 – NHS (2017) ‘How to potty train’. nhs.uk. [online] Available from: https://www.nhs.uk/conditions/pregnancy-and-baby/potty-training-tips/ (Accessed 7 February 2020)

1298 – Noakes, Amy (2018) ‘Potty training tips for parents’. Journal of Health Visiting, 6(7), pp. 328–328.

1299 – Baird, Drew C., Bybel, Michael and Kowalski, Adam W. (2019) ‘Toilet Training: Common Questions and Answers’. American Family Physician, 100(8), pp. 468–474.

1300 – van Nunen, Karolien, Kaerts, Nore, Wyndaele, Jean-Jacques, Vermandel, Alexandra and Hal, Guido Van (2015) ‘Parents’ views on toilet training (TT): A quantitative study to identify the beliefs and attitudes of parents concerning TT’. Journal of Child Health Care, 19(2), pp. 265–274.

1301 – Colaco, Marc, Johnson, Kelly, Schneider, Dona and Barone, Joseph (2013) ‘Toilet training method is not related to dysfunctional voiding’. Clinical Pediatrics, 52(1), pp. 49–53.

1302 – Klassen, Terry P, Kiddoo, Darcie, Lang, Mia E, Friesen, Carol, et al. (2006) ‘The effectiveness of different methods of toilet training for bowel and bladder control.’ Evidence Report/Technology Assessment, (147), pp. 1–57.

1303 – Blum, Nathan J., Taubman, Bruce and Nemeth, Nicole (2003) ‘Relationship Between Age at Initiation of Toilet Training and Duration of Training: A Prospective Study’. Pediatrics, 111(4), pp. 810–814.

1304 – Howell, Diane M., Wysocki, Karen and Steiner, Michael J. (2010) ‘Toilet training’. Pediatrics in Review, 31(6), pp. 262–263.

1305 – Kiddoo, Darcie A. (2012) ‘Toilet training children: when to start and how to train’. CMAJ, 184(5), pp. 511–511.

1306 – Brazelton, T.B and Sparrow, John (2004) Toilet Training-The Brazelton Way, Da Capo Press.

1307 – Brazelton, T. B. (1962) ‘A child-oriented approach to toilet training’. Pediatrics, 29, pp. 121–128.

1308 – Spock, Benjamin and Bergen, Mary (1964) ‘Parents’ Fear of Conflict in Toilet Training’. Pediatrics, 34(1), pp. 112–116.

1309 – Spock, B. (1946) The common sense book of baby and child care, Oxford, England, Duell, Sloan & Pearce.

1310 – Azrin, N.H. and Foxx, R.M. (1974) Toilet training in less than a day, New York, Pocket Books.

1311 – Schmitt, Barton D. (2004) ‘Toilet training: getting it right the first time: successful toilet training benefits both parent and child. In this first of two articles, a leading expert explains how to help parents through the training process and avoid pitfalls. Includes a Guide for Parents’. Contemporary Pediatrics, 21(3), pp. 105–116.

1312 – Bender, Jeffrey M. and She, Rosemary C. (2017) ‘Elimination Communication: Diaper-Free in America’. Pediatrics, 140(1). [online] Available from: https://pediatrics.aappublications.org/content/140/1/e20170398 (Accessed 7 February 2020)

1313 – Smeets, Paul M., Lancioni, Giulio E., Ball, Thomas S. and Oltva, Doretta S. (1985) ‘Shaping Self-Initiated Toileting in Infants’. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18(4), pp. 303–308.

1314 – deVries, Marten W. and deVries, M. Rachel (1977) ‘Cultural Relativity of Toilet Training Readiness: A Perspective From East Africa’. Pediatrics, 60(2), pp. 170–177.

1315 – Rugolotto, S., Sun, M., Ball, T., Boucke, L. and de Vries, M. (2007) ‘A surging new interest on toilet training started during the first months of age in Western countries’. Techniques in Coloproctology, 11(2), pp. 162–163.

1316 – Wang, Xi Zheng, Wen, Yi Bo, Shang, Xiao Ping, Wang, Yi He, et al. (2019) ‘The influence of delay elimination communication on the prevalence of primary nocturnal enuresis—a survey from Mainland China’. Neurourology and Urodynamics, 38(5), pp. 1423–1429.

1317 – Gladh, G., Persson, D., Mattsson, S. and Lindström, S. (2000) ‘Voiding pattern in healthy newborns’. Neurourology and Urodynamics, 19(2), pp. 177–184.

1318 – Goellner, Mark H., Ziegler, Ekhard E. and Fomon, Samuel J. (1981) ‘Urination during the First Three Years of Life’. Nephron, 28(4), pp. 174–178.

1319 – Kaerts, Nore, Hal, Guido Van, Vermandel, Alexandra and Wyndaele, Jean-Jacques (2012) ‘Readiness signs used to define the proper moment to start toilet training: A review of the literature’. Neurourology and Urodynamics, 31(4), pp. 437–440.

1320 – Van Aggelpoel, Tinne, De Wachter, Stefan, Van Hal, Guido, Van der Cruyssen, Kelly, et al. (2018) ‘Parents’ views on toilet training: a cross-sectional study in Flanders’. Nursing Children and Young People, 30(3), pp. 30–35.

1321 – Barone, Joseph G., Jasutkar, Niren and Schneider, Dona (2009) ‘Later toilet training is associated with urge incontinence in children’. Journal of Pediatric Urology, 5(6), pp. 458–461.

1322 – Bakker, E., Gool, J. D. Van, Sprundel, M. Van, Auwera, C. Van der and Wyndaele, J. J. (2002) ‘Results of a questionnaire evaluating the effects of different methods of toilet training on achieving bladder control’. BJU International, 90(4), pp. 456–461.

1323 – Joinson, Carol, Heron, Jon, Von Gontard, Alexander, Butler, Ursula, et al. (2009) ‘A Prospective Study of Age at Initiation of Toilet Training and Subsequent Daytime Bladder Control in School-Age Children’. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 30(5), pp. 385–393.

1324 – Choby, Beth A. and George, Shefaa (2008) ‘Toilet Training’. American Family Physician, 78(9), pp. 1059–1064.

1325 – Schmitt, Barton D. (2004) ‘Toilet training problems: underachievers, refusers, and stool holders’. Contemporary Pediatrics, 21(4), pp. 71–83.

1326 – Philips, Elise M., Peeters, Babette, Teeuw, Arianne H., Leenders, Arnold G. E., et al. (2015) ‘Stressful Life Events in Children With Functional Defecation Disorders’. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 61(4), pp. 384–392.

1327 – Taubman, Bruce, Blum, Nathan J. and Nemeth, Nicole (2003) ‘Stool Toileting Refusal: A Prospective Intervention Targeting Parental Behavior’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 157(12), pp. 1193–1196.

1328 – Taubman, B. (1997) ‘Toilet training and toileting refusal for stool only: a prospective study’. Pediatrics, 99(1), pp. 54–58.

1329 – Blum, Nathan J., Taubman, Bruce and Nemeth, Nicole (2004) ‘Why is toilet training occurring at older ages? A study of factors associated with later training’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 145(1), pp. 107–111.

1330 – Vermandel, Alexandra, Kampen, Marijke Van, Wachter, Stefan De, Weyler, Joost and Wyndaele, Jean-Jacques (2009) ‘The efficacy of a wetting alarm diaper for toilet training of young healthy children in a day-care center: A randomized control trial’. Neurourology and Urodynamics, 28(4), pp. 305–308.

1331 – Vermandel, Alexandra, Weyler, Joost, De Wachter, Stefan and Wyndaele, Jean-Jacques (2008) ‘Toilet training of healthy young toddlers: a randomized trial between a daytime wetting alarm and timed potty training’. Journal of developmental and behavioral pediatrics: JDBP, 29(3), pp. 191–196.

1332 – Christophersen, Edward R. (1991) ‘Toileting Problems in Children’. Pediatric Annals, 20(5), pp. 240–244.

1333 – Bower, W. F., Moore, K. H., Shepherd, R. B. and Adams, R. D. (1996) ‘The epidemiology of childhood enuresis in Australia’. British Journal of Urology, 78(4), pp. 602–606.

1334 – Forsythe, W. I. and Redmond, A. (1974) ‘Enuresis and spontaneous cure rate’. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 49(4), pp. 259–263.

1335 – Hirasing, Remy A., Leerdam, Frank J. M. van, Bolk-bennink, Linda and Janknegt, Ruud A. (1997) ‘Enuresis Nocturna in Adults’. Scandinavian Journal of Urology and Nephrology, 31(6), pp. 533–536.

1336 – Yeung, C. K., Sihoe, J. D. Y., Sit, F. K. Y., Bower, W., et al. (2004) ‘Characteristics of primary nocturnal enuresis in adults: an epidemiological study’. BJU International, 93(3), pp. 341–345.

1337 – Baek, Minki, Park, Kwanjin, Lee, Hahn-Ey, Kang, Ju Hyung, et al. (2013) ‘A Nationwide Epidemiological Study of Nocturnal Enuresis in Korean Adolescents and Adults: Population Based Cross Sectional Study’. Journal of Korean Medical Science, 28(7), pp. 1065–1070.

1338 – Butler, R. J., Golding, J. and Heron, J. (2005) ‘Nocturnal enuresis: a survey of parental coping strategies at 7½ years’. Child: Care, Health and Development, 31(6), pp. 659–667.

1339 – Borg, B., Kamperis, K., Olsen, L. H. and Rittig, S. (2018) ‘Evidence of reduced bladder capacity during nighttime in children with monosymptomatic nocturnal enuresis’. Journal of Pediatric Urology, 14(2), p. 160.e1-160.e6.

1340 – Nevéus, T. (2019) ‘The amount of urine voided in bed by children with enuresis’. Journal of Pediatric Urology, 15(1), p. 31.e1-31.e5.

1341 – Mattsson, S., Persson, D., Glad Mattsson, G. and Lindström, S. (2019) ‘Night-time diuresis pattern in children with and without primary monosymptomatic nocturnal enuresis’. Journal of Pediatric Urology, 15(3), p. 229.e1-229.e8.

1342 – Wille, S. and Anveden, I. (1995) ‘Social and behavioural perspectives in enuretics, former enuretics and non-enuretic controls’. Acta Paediatrica, 84(1), pp. 37–40.

1343 – Soster, Leticia Azevedo, Alves, Rosana Cardoso, Fagundes, Simone Nascimento, Lebl, Adrienne, et al. (2017) ‘Non-REM Sleep Instability in Children With Primary Monosymptomatic Sleep Enuresis’. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine : JCSM : Official Publication of the American Academy of Sleep Medicine, 13(10), pp. 1163–1170.

1344 – Cohen-Zrubavel, Vered, Kushnir, Baruch, Kushnir, Jonathan and Sadeh, Avi (2011) ‘Sleep and Sleepiness in Children with Nocturnal Enuresis’. Sleep, 34(2), pp. 191–194.

1345 – Robson, Wm Lane M., Leung, Alexander K. C. and Howe, Robert Van (2005) ‘Primary and Secondary Nocturnal Enuresis: Similarities in Presentation’. Pediatrics, 115(4), pp. 956–959.

1346 – Caldwell, Patrina H. Y., Hodson, Elisabeth, Craig, Jonathan C. and Edgar, Denise (2005) ‘4. Bedwetting and toileting problems in children’. Medical Journal of Australia, 182(4), pp. 190–195.

1347 – Kovacevic, Larisa, Wolfe-Christensen, Cortney, Lu, Hong, Toton, Monika, et al. (2014) ‘Why does Adenotonsillectomy Not Correct Enuresis in All Children with Sleep Disordered Breathing?’ The Journal of Urology, 191(5, Supplement), pp. 1592–1596.

1348 – Wada, Hiroo, Kimura, Manami, Tajima, Tomokazu, Shirahama, Ryutaro, et al. (2018) ‘Nocturnal enuresis and sleep disordered breathing in primary school children: Potential implications’. Pediatric Pulmonology, 53(11), pp. 1541–1548.

1349 – Jönson Ring, Ingrid, Markström, Agneta, Bazargani, Farhan and Nevéus, Tryggve (2017) ‘Sleep disordered breathing in enuretic children and controls’. Journal of Pediatric Urology, 13(6), p. 620.e1-620.e6.

1350 – Bascom, Alexandra, McMaster, Mary Ann, Alexander, R. Todd and MacLean, Joanna E. (2019) ‘Nocturnal enuresis in children is associated with differences in autonomic control’. Sleep, 42(3). [online] Available from: https://academic.oup.com/sleep/article/42/3/zsy239/5208915 (Accessed 11 February 2020)

1351 – Kanbur, Nuray, Pinhas, Leora, Lorenzo, Armando, Farhat, Walid, et al. (2011) ‘Nocturnal enuresis in adolescents with anorexia nervosa: Prevalence, potential causes, and pathophysiology’. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 44(4), pp. 349–355.

1352 – Roche, Edna Frances, Menon, Anita, Gill, Denis and Hoey, Hilary (2005) ‘Clinical presentation of type 1 diabetes’. Pediatric Diabetes, 6(2), pp. 75–78.

1353 – Montaldo, Paolo, Tafuro, Lucia, Narciso, Valeria, Apicella, Andrea, et al. (2010) ‘Correlations between enuresis in children and nocturia in mothers’. Scandinavian Journal of Urology and Nephrology, 44(2), pp. 101–105.

1354 – von Gontard, Alexander, Heron, Jon and Joinson, Carol (2011) ‘Family History of Nocturnal Enuresis and Urinary Incontinence: Results From a Large Epidemiological Study’. The Journal of Urology, 185(6), pp. 2303–2307.

1355 – Schaumburg, Henriette L., Kapilin, Ulla, Blåsvær, Christa, Eiberg, Hans, et al. (2008) ‘Hereditary phenotypes in nocturnal enuresis’. BJU International, 102(7), pp. 816–821.

1356 – Wang, Qing Wei, Wen, Jian Guo, Zhang, Rui Li, Yang, He Ying, et al. (2007) ‘Family and segregation studies: 411 Chinese children with primary nocturnal enuresis’. Pediatrics International, 49(5), pp. 618–622.

1357 – Shreeram, Srirangam, He, Jian-Ping, Kalaydjian, Amanda, Brothers, Shannon and Merikangas, Kathleen Ries (2009) ‘Prevalence of Enuresis and Its Association With Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder Among U.S. Children: Results From a Nationally Representative Study’. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 48(1), pp. 35–41.

1358 – Sureshkumar, Premala, Jones, Mike, Caldwell, Patrina H. Y. and Craig, Jonathan C. (2009) ‘Risk Factors for Nocturnal Enuresis in School-Age Children’. The Journal of Urology, 182(6), pp. 2893–2899.

1359 – HiraSing, R. A., Leerdam, FJM van, Bolk‐Bennink, L. F. and Koot, H. M. (2002) ‘Effect of Dry Bed Training on behavioural problems in enuretic children’. Acta Paediatrica, 91(8), pp. 960–964.

1360 – Longstaffe, Sally, Moffatt, Michael E. K. and Whalen, Jeanne C. (2000) ‘Behavioral and Self-Concept Changes After Six Months of Enuresis Treatment: A Randomized, Controlled Trial’. Pediatrics, 105(Supplement 3), pp. 935–940.

1361 – Ferrara, Pietro, Dell’Aquila, Livia, Perrone, Giacomo, Spina, Giulia, et al. (2016) ‘A Possible Pathogenic Linkage Among Headache, Migraine, and Nocturnal Enuresis in Children’. International Neurourology Journal, 20(4), pp. 311–315.

1362 – Glazener, Cathryn MA, Evans, Jonathan HC and Peto, Rachel E. (2005) ‘Alarm interventions for nocturnal enuresis in children’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (2). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD002911.pub2/abstract (Accessed 12 February 2020)

1363 – Song, Pan, Huang, Chuiguo, Wang, Yan, Wang, Qingwei, et al. (2019) ‘Comparison of desmopressin, alarm, desmopressin plus alarm, and desmopressin plus anticholinergic agents in the management of paediatric monosymptomatic nocturnal enuresis: a network meta-analysis’. BJU International, 123(3), pp. 388–400.

1364 – Peng, Carol Chiung-Hui, Yang, Stephen Shei-Dei, Austin, Paul F. and Chang, Shang-Jen (2018) ‘Systematic Review and Meta-analysis of Alarm versus Desmopressin Therapy for Pediatric Monosymptomatic Enuresis’. Scientific Reports, 8(1), pp. 1–10.

1365 – Glazener, Cathryn MA, Evans, Jonathan HC and Peto, Rachel E. (2003) ‘Tricyclic and related drugs for nocturnal enuresis in children’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (3). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD002117/abstract (Accessed 12 February 2020)

1366 – Caldwell, Patrina HY, Nankivell, Gail and Sureshkumar, Premala (2013) ‘Simple behavioural interventions for nocturnal enuresis in children’. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (7). [online] Available from: https://www.cochranelibrary.com/cdsr/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD003637.pub3/abstract (Accessed 12 February 2020)

1367 – Grzeda, Mariusz T., Heron, Jon, Tilling, Kate, Wright, Anne and Joinson, Carol (2017) ‘Examining the effectiveness of parental strategies to overcome bedwetting: an observational cohort study’. BMJ Open, 7(7). [online] Available from: https://bmjopen.bmj.com/content/7/7/e016749 (Accessed 12 February 2020)

1368 – Lane, Aoife, Harrison, Michael and Murphy, Niamh (2014) ‘Screen Time Increases Risk of Overweight and Obesity in Active and Inactive 9-Year-Old Irish Children: A Cross Sectional Analysis’. Journal of Physical Activity and Health, 11(5), pp. 985–991.

1369 – Chiasson, M. A., Scheinmann, R., Hartel, D., McLeod, N., et al. (2016) ‘Predictors of Obesity in a Cohort of Children Enrolled in WIC as Infants and Retained to 3 Years of Age’. Journal of Community Health, 41(1), pp. 127–133.

1370 – Jong, E. de, Visscher, T. L. S., HiraSing, R. A., Heymans, M. W., et al. (2013) ‘Association between TV viewing, computer use and overweight, determinants and competing activities of screen time in 4- to 13-year-old children’. International Journal of Obesity, 37(1), pp. 47–53.

1371 – Dumuid, Dorothea, Olds, Timothy, Lewis, Lucy K., Martin-Fernández, Josep Antoni, et al. (2017) ‘Health-Related Quality of Life and Lifestyle Behavior Clusters in School-Aged Children from 12 Countries’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 183, pp. 178-183.e2.

1372 – Poitras, Veronica J., Gray, Casey E., Janssen, Xanne, Aubert, Salome, et al. (2017) ‘Systematic review of the relationships between sedentary behaviour and health indicators in the early years (0–4 years)’. BMC Public Health, 17(5), p. 868.

1373 – Kang, Hee-Taik, Lee, Hye-Ree, Shim, Jae-Yong, Shin, Youn-Ho, et al. (2010) ‘Association between screen time and metabolic syndrome in children and adolescents in Korea: The 2005 Korean National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey’. Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice, 89(1), pp. 72–78.

1374 – Kelishadi, Roya, Mozafarian, Nafiseh, Qorbani, Mostafa, Maracy, Mohammad Reza, et al. (2017) ‘Association between screen time and snack consumption in children and adolescents: The CASPIAN-IV study’. Journal of Pediatric Endocrinology and Metabolism, 30(2), pp. 211–219.

1375 – Stiglic, Neza and Viner, Russell M. (2019) ‘Effects of screentime on the health and well-being of children and adolescents: a systematic review of reviews’. BMJ Open, 9(1). [online] Available from: https://bmjopen.bmj.com/content/9/1/e023191 (Accessed 8 January 2020)

1376 – Hale, Lauren and Guan, Stanford (2015) ‘Screen time and sleep among school-aged children and adolescents: A systematic literature review’. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 21, pp. 50–58.

1377 – Greever, Cory J., Ahmadi, Matthew, Sirard, John and Alhassan, Sofiya (2017) ‘Associations among physical activity, screen time, and sleep in low socioeconomic status urban girls’. Preventive Medicine Reports, 5, pp. 275–278.

1378 – Cain, Neralie and Gradisar, Michael (2010) ‘Electronic media use and sleep in school-aged children and adolescents: A review’. Sleep Medicine, 11(8), pp. 735–742.

1379 – Anderson, Craig A. and Bushman, Brad J. (2001) ‘Effects of Violent Video Games on Aggressive Behavior, Aggressive Cognition, Aggressive Affect, Physiological Arousal, and Prosocial Behavior: A Meta-Analytic Review of the Scientific Literature’. Psychological Science, 12(5), pp. 353–359.

1380 – Higuchi, Shigekazu, Motohashi, Yutaka, Liu, Yang and Maeda, Akira (2005) ‘Effects of playing a computer game using a bright display on presleep physiological variables, sleep latency, slow wave sleep and REM sleep’. Journal of Sleep Research, 14(3), pp. 267–273.

1381 – Gooley, Joshua J., Chamberlain, Kyle, Smith, Kurt A., Khalsa, Sat Bir S., et al. (2011) ‘Exposure to Room Light before Bedtime Suppresses Melatonin Onset and Shortens Melatonin Duration in Humans’. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 96(3), pp. E463–E472.

1382 – Wood, Brittany, Rea, Mark S., Plitnick, Barbara and Figueiro, Mariana G. (2013) ‘Light level and duration of exposure determine the impact of self-luminous tablets on melatonin suppression’. Applied Ergonomics, 44(2), pp. 237–240.

1383 – Twenge, Jean M. and Campbell, W. Keith (2018) ‘Associations between screen time and lower psychological well-being among children and adolescents: Evidence from a population-based study’. Preventive Medicine Reports, 12, pp. 271–283.

1384 – Wu, Xiaoyan, Tao, Shuman, Rutayisire, Erigene, Chen, Yunxiao, et al. (2017) ‘The relationship between screen time, nighttime sleep duration, and behavioural problems in preschool children in China’. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 26(5), pp. 541–548.

1385 – Kim, Joowon, Hwang, Yunji, Kang, Seungheon, Kim, Minhye, et al. (2016) ‘Association between Exposure to Smartphones and Ocular Health in Adolescents’. Ophthalmic Epidemiology, 23(4), pp. 269–276.

1386 – Ranasinghe, P., Wathurapatha, W. S., Perera, Y. S., Lamabadusuriya, D. A., et al. (2016) ‘Computer vision syndrome among computer office workers in a developing country: an evaluation of prevalence and risk factors’. BMC Research Notes, 9(1), p. 150.

1387 – Reddy, S. Chandrasekhara, Low, C. K., Lim, Y. P., Low, L. L., et al. (2013) ‘Computer vision syndrome: a study of knowledge and practices in university students’. Nepalese Journal of Ophthalmology, 5(2), pp. 161–168.

1388 – Bali, Jatinder, Navin, Neeraj and Thakur, Bali Renu (2007) ‘Computer vision syndrome: A study of the knowledge, attitudes and practices in Indian Ophthalmologists’. Indian Journal of Ophthalmology, 55(4), p. 289.

1389 – Kozeis, N (2009) ‘Impact of computer use on children’s vision’. Hippokratia, 13(4), pp. 230–231.

1390 – Moon, Jun Hyung, Kim, Kyoung Woo and Moon, Nam Ju (2016) ‘Smartphone use is a risk factor for pediatric dry eye disease according to region and age: a case control study’. BMC Ophthalmology, 16(1), p. 188.

1391 – Moon, Jun Hyung, Lee, Mee Yon and Moon, Nam Ju (2014) ‘Association Between Video Display Terminal Use and Dry Eye Disease in School Children’. Journal of Pediatric Ophthalmology and Strabismus, 51(2), pp. 87–92.

1392 – APA (Council on communications and media) (2013) ‘Children, Adolescents, and the Media’. Pediatrics, 132(5). [online] Available from: https://kstp.com/kstpImages/repository/cs/files/Pediatrics-2013–peds_2013-2656.pdf

1393 – Mildeca (2018) ‘L’exposition aux écrans’. [online] Available from: https://www.drogues.gouv.fr/comprendre/ce-qu-il-faut-savoir-sur/lexposition-aux-ecrans

1394 – Atkin, Andrew J., Sharp, Stephen J., Corder, Kirsten and van Sluijs, Esther M. F. (2014) ‘Prevalence and Correlates of Screen Time in Youth: An International Perspective’. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 47(6), pp. 803–807.

1395 – The Office of Communications (2016) Children and parents: media use and attitudes report, [online] Available from: https://www .ofcom.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0034/93976/Children- Parents-Media-Use-Attitudes-Report-2016.pdf

1396 – Carson, Valerie, Hunter, Stephen, Kuzik, Nicholas, Gray, Casey E., et al. (2016) ‘Systematic review of sedentary behaviour and health indicators in school-aged children and youth: an update’. Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and Metabolism, 41(6 (Suppl. 3)), pp. S240–S265.

1397 – Mullan, Killian (2018) ‘Technology and Children’s Screen-Based Activities in the UK: The Story of the Millennium So Far’. Child Indicators Research, 11(6), pp. 1781–1800.

1398 – Tremblay, Mark S., LeBlanc, Allana G., Kho, Michelle E., Saunders, Travis J., et al. (2011) ‘Systematic review of sedentary behaviour and health indicators in school-aged children and youth’. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 8(1), p. 98.

1399 – Ngantcha, Marcus, Janssen, Eric, Godeau, Emmanuelle, Ehlinger, Virginie, et al. (2020) ‘Revisiting Factors Associated With Screen Time Media Use: A Structural Study Among School-Aged Adolescents’. Journal of Physical Activity and Health, 15(6), pp. 448–456.

1400 – Livingstone, Sonia and Franklin, Keely (2018) ‘Families with young children and “screen time”’. Journal of Health Visiting, 6(9), pp. 434–439.

1401 – Etchells P. on behalf of all signatories (2017) ‘Screen time guidelines need to be built on evidence, not hype’. The Guardian. [online] Available from: https://www.theguardian.com/science/head-quarters/2017/jan/06/screen-time-guidelines-need-to-be-built-on-evidence-not-hype (Accessed 8 January 2020)

1402 – Houghton, Stephen, Hunter, Simon C., Rosenberg, Michael, Wood, Lisa, et al. (2015) ‘Virtually impossible: limiting Australian children and adolescents daily screen based media use’. BMC Public Health, 15(1), p. 5.

1403 – Straker, Leon, Zabatiero, Juliana, Danby, Susan, Thorpe, Karen and Edwards, Susan (2018) ‘Conflicting Guidelines on Young Children’s Screen Time and Use of Digital Technology Create Policy and Practice Dilemmas’. The Journal of Pediatrics, 202, pp. 300–303.

1404 – American Academy of Pediatrics Council on Communications and Media (2016) ‘Media and Young Minds’. Pediatrics, 138(5).

1405 – Canadian Paediatric Society Digital Health Task Force, Ponti, Michelle, Bélanger, Stacey, Grimes, Ruth, et al. (2017) ‘Screen time and young children: Promoting health and development in a digital world’. Paediatrics & Child Health, 22(8), pp. 461–468.

1406 – Ferguson, Christopher J. and Beresin, Eugene (2017) ‘Social science’s curious war with pop culture and how it was lost: The media violence debate and the risks it holds for social science’. Preventive Medicine, 99, pp. 69–76.

1407 – Barr, Rachel, Lauricella, Alexis, Zack, Elizabeth and Calvert, Sandra L. (2010) ‘Infant and Early Childhood Exposure to Adult-Directed and Child-Directed Television Programming: Relations with Cognitive Skills at Age Four’. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 56(1), pp. 21–48.

1408 – Zimmerman, Frederick J. and Christakis, Dimitri A. (2005) ‘Children’s Television Viewing and Cognitive Outcomes: A Longitudinal Analysis of National Data’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 159(7), pp. 619–625.

1409 – Lin, Ling-Yi, Cherng, Rong-Ju, Chen, Yung-Jung, Chen, Yi-Jen and Yang, Hei-Mei (2015) ‘Effects of television exposure on developmental skills among young children’. Infant Behavior and Development, 38, pp. 20–26.

1410 – Christakis, Dimitri A (2009) ‘The effects of infant media usage: what do we know and what should we learn?’ Acta Paediatrica, 98(1), pp. 8–16.

1411 – Linebarger, Deborah L. and Walker, Dale (2005) ‘Infants’ and Toddlers’ Television Viewing and Language Outcomes’. American Behavioral Scientist, 48(5), pp. 624–645.

1412 – Anderson, Daniel R. and Pempek, Tiffany A. (2005) ‘Television and Very Young Children’. American Behavioral Scientist, 48(5), pp. 505–522.

1413 – Pagani, Linda S., Fitzpatrick, Caroline, Barnett, Tracie A. and Dubow, Eric (2010) ‘Prospective Associations Between Early Childhood Television Exposure and Academic, Psychosocial, and Physical Well-being by Middle Childhood’. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 164(5), pp. 425–431.

1414 – Kostyrka-Allchorne, Katarzyna, Cooper, Nicholas R. and Simpson, Andrew (2017) ‘The relationship between television exposure and children’s cognition and behaviour: A systematic review’. Developmental Review, 44, pp. 19–58.

1415 – Mistry, Kamila B., Minkovitz, Cynthia S., Strobino, Donna M. and Borzekowski, Dina L. G. (2007) ‘Children’s Television Exposure and Behavioral and Social Outcomes at 5.5 Years: Does Timing of Exposure Matter?’ Pediatrics, 120(4), pp. 762–769.

1416 – Kirkorian, Heather L., Pempek, Tiffany A., Murphy, Lauren A., Schmidt, Marie E. and Anderson, Daniel R. (2009) ‘The Impact of Background Television on Parent–Child Interaction’. Child Development, 80(5), pp. 1350–1359.

1417 – Pempek, Tiffany A., Kirkorian, Heather L. and Anderson, Daniel R. (2014) ‘The Effects of Background Television on the Quantity and Quality of Child-Directed Speech by Parents’. Journal of Children and Media, 8(3), pp. 211–222.

1418 – Khan, Kiren, Purtell, Kelly, Logan, Jessica, Ansari, Arya and Justice, Laura (2017) ‘Association Between Television Viewing and Parent-Child Reading in the Early Home Environment’. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 38(7), pp. 521–527.

1419 – Ennemoser, Marco and Schneider, Wolfgang (2007) ‘Relations of television viewing and reading: Findings from a 4-year longitudinal study’. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(2), pp. 349–368.

1420 – Anderson, Daniel R., Subrahmanyam, Kaveri and Workgroup, on behalf of the Cognitive Impacts of Digital Media (2017) ‘Digital Screen Media and Cognitive Development’. Pediatrics, 140(Supplement 2), pp. S57–S61.

1421 – Barlett, Natalie D., Gentile, Douglas A., Barlett, Christopher P., Eisenmann, Joey C. and Walsh, David A. (2012) ‘Sleep as a Mediator of Screen Time Effects on US Children’s Health Outcomes’. Journal of Children and Media, 6(1), pp. 37–50.

1422 – Anderson, Craig A., Berkowitz, Leonard, Donnerstein, Edward, Huesmann, L. Rowell, et al. (2003) ‘The Influence of Media Violence on Youth’. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 4(3), pp. 81–110.

1423 – Huesmann, L. Rowell and Taylor, Laramie D. (2006) ‘The role of media violence in violent behavior’. Annual Review of Public Health, 27(1), pp. 393–415.

1424 – Strasburger, V. C. (2007) ‘Go Ahead Punk, Make My Day: It’s Time for Pediatricians to Take Action Against Media Violence’. PEDIATRICS, 119(6), pp. e1398–e1399.

1425 – Robertson, Lindsay A., McAnally, Helena M. and Hancox, Robert J. (2013) ‘Childhood and Adolescent Television Viewing and Antisocial Behavior in Early Adulthood’. Pediatrics, 131(3), pp. 439–446.

1426 – Common Sense Media (2013) Media and Violence: An Analysis of Current Research, San Francisco.

1427 – Bushman, Brad, Gollwitzer, Mario and Cruz, Carlos (2015) ‘There Is Broad Consensus: Media Researchers Agree That Violent Media Increase Aggression in Children, and Pediatricians and Parents Concur’. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 4(3), pp. 200–214.

1428 – Holmstrom, Amanda J. (2004) ‘The Effects of the Media on Body Image: A Meta-Analysis’. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 48(2), pp. 196–217.

1429 – Slater, Amy and Tiggemann, Marika (2016) ‘Little girls in a grown up world: Exposure to sexualized media, internalization of sexualization messages, and body image in 6–9 year-old girls’. Body Image, 18, pp. 19–22.

1430 – Ferguson, C.J. (n.d.) ‘The devil wears stata: Thin-ideal media’s minimal contribution to our understanding of body dissatisfaction and eating disorders.’ Archives of Scientific Psychology, 6(1), pp. 70–79.

1431 – Steinberg, Laurence and Monahan, Kathryn C. (2011) ‘Adolescents’ exposure to sexy media does not hasten the initiation of sexual intercourse’. Developmental Psychology, 47(2), pp. 562–576.

1432 – Merrill, Renae A. and Liang, Xinya (2019) ‘Associations between adolescent media use, mental health, and risky sexual behaviors’. Children and Youth Services Review, 103, pp. 1–9.

1433 – Gingold, Janet A., Simon, Alan E. and Schoendorf, Kenneth C. (2014) ‘Excess Screen Time in US Children: Association With Family Rules and Alternative Activities’. Clinical Pediatrics, 53(1), pp. 41–50.

1434 – Veldhuis, Lydian, Grieken, Amy van, Renders, Carry M., HiraSing, Remy A. and Raat, Hein (2014) ‘Parenting Style, the Home Environment, and Screen Time of 5-Year-Old Children; The “Be Active, Eat Right” Study’. PLOS ONE, 9(2), p. e88486.

1435 – Bjelland, Mona, Soenens, Bart, Bere, Elling, Kovács, Éva, et al. (2015) ‘Associations between parental rules, style of communication and children’s screen time’. BMC Public Health, 15(1), p. 1002.

1436 – Ramirez, Ernesto R., Norman, Gregory J., Rosenberg, Dori E., Kerr, Jacqueline, et al. (2011) ‘Adolescent Screen Time and Rules to Limit Screen Time in the Home’. Journal of Adolescent Health, 48(4), pp. 379–385.

1437 – Gentile, Douglas A., Reimer, Rachel A., Nathanson, Amy I., Walsh, David A. and Eisenmann, Joey C. (2014) ‘Protective Effects of Parental Monitoring of Children’s Media Use: A Prospective Study’. JAMA Pediatrics, 168(5), pp. 479–484.

1438 – Carlson, Susan A., Fulton, Janet E., Lee, Sarah M., Foley, John T., et al. (2010) ‘Influence of Limit-Setting and Participation in Physical Activity on Youth Screen Time’. Pediatrics, 126(1), pp. e89–e96.

1439 – Totland, Torunn H., Bjelland, Mona, Lien, Nanna, Bergh, Ingunn H., et al. (2013) ‘Adolescents’ prospective screen time by gender and parental education, the mediation of parental influences’. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 10(1), p. 89.

1440 – Schoeppe, Stephanie, Rebar, Amanda L., Short, Camille E., Alley, Stephanie, et al. (2016) ‘How is adults’ screen time behaviour influencing their views on screen time restrictions for children? A cross-sectional study’. BMC Public Health, 16(1), p. 201.

1441 – Jago, Russell, Thompson, Janice L., Sebire, Simon J., Wood, Lesley, et al. (2014) ‘Cross-sectional associations between the screen-time of parents and young children: differences by parent and child gender and day of the week’. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 11(1), p. 54.

1442 – Sallis, James, Prochaska, Judith and Taylor, Wendell (2000) ‘A review of correlates of physical activity of children and adolescents’. Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, 32(5), pp. 963–975.

1443 – Salmon, Jo, Timperio, Anna, Telford, Amanda, Carver, Alison and Crawford, David (2005) ‘Association of Family Environment with Children’s Television Viewing and with Low Level of Physical Activity’. Obesity Research, 13(11), pp. 1939–1951.

1444 – Yalçin, Siddika Songül, TuĞrul, Belma, Naçar, NazIre, Tuncer, Murat and Yurdakök, KadrIye (2002) ‘Factors that affect television viewing time in preschool and primary schoolchildren’. Pediatrics International, 44(6), pp. 622–627.

1445 – LeBlanc, Allana G., Katzmarzyk, Peter T., Barreira, Tiago V., Broyles, Stephanie T., et al. (2015) ‘Correlates of Total Sedentary Time and Screen Time in 9–11 Year-Old Children around the World: The International Study of Childhood Obesity, Lifestyle and the Environment’. PLOS ONE, 10(6), p. e0129622.

1446 – Krossbakken, Elfrid, Torsheim, Torbjørn, Mentzoni, Rune Aune, King, Daniel Luke, et al. (2018) ‘The effectiveness of a parental guide for prevention of problematic video gaming in children: A public health randomized controlled intervention study’. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 7(1), pp. 52–61.

1447 – Vondráčková, Petra and Gabrhelík, Roman (2016) ‘Prevention of Internet addiction: A systematic review’. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 5(4), pp. 568–579.

1448 – Anderson, Daniel R. and Hanson, Katherine G. (2010) ‘From blooming, buzzing confusion to media literacy: The early development of television viewing’. Developmental Review, 30(2), pp. 239–255.

1449 – Anderson, Daniel R., Huston, Aletha C., Schmitt, Kelly L., Linebarger, Deborah L., et al. (2001) ‘Early Childhood Television Viewing and Adolescent Behavior: The Recontact Study’. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 66(1), pp. i–154.

1450 – Hall, Eve R., Esty, Edward T. and Fisch, Shalom M. (1990) ‘Television and children’s problem-solving behavior: A synopsis of an evaluation of the effects of Square One TV.’ The Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 9(2), pp. 161–174.

1451 – Baydar, Nazli, Kağitçibaşi, Çiğdem, Küntay, Aylin C. and Gökşen, Fatoş (2008) ‘Effects of an educational television program on preschoolers: Variability in benefits’. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 29(5), pp. 349–360.

1452 – Linebarger, Deborah Nichols, Brey, Elizabeth, Fenstermacher, Susan and Barr, Rachel (2017) ‘What Makes Preschool Educational Television Educational? A Content Analysis of Literacy, Language-Promoting, and Prosocial Preschool Programming’, in Barr, R. and Linebarger, D. N. (eds.), Media Exposure During Infancy and Early Childhood: The Effects of Content and Context on Learning and Development, Cham, Springer International Publishing, pp. 97–133. [online] Available from: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-45102-2_7 (Accessed 10 January 2020)

1453 – Marshall, J.M. (2004) ‘Learning with technology: Evidence that technology can, and does support learning’. Educational Forum, 68, pp. 140–153.

1454 – Lemke, C., Coughlin, E. and Reifsneider, D. (2009) Technology in schools: What the research says: An update, Culver City, CA, Commissioned by Cisco.

1455 – Mishra, Punya and Koehler, Matthew J. (2006) ‘Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge: A Framework for Teacher Knowledge’. Teachers College Record, 108(6), pp. 1017–1054.

1456 – Koehler, Matthew and Mishra, Punya (2009) ‘What is Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK)?’ Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 9(1), pp. 60–70.

1457 – van Deursen, Alexander J. A. M., Bolle, Colin L., Hegner, Sabrina M. and Kommers, Piet A. M. (2015) ‘Modeling habitual and addictive smartphone behavior: The role of smartphone usage types, emotional intelligence, social stress, self-regulation, age, and gender’. Computers in Human Behavior, 45, pp. 411–420.

1458 – Billieux, Joël, Maurage, Pierre, Lopez-Fernandez, Olatz, Kuss, Daria J. and Griffiths, Mark D. (2015) ‘Can Disordered Mobile Phone Use Be Considered a Behavioral Addiction? An Update on Current Evidence and a Comprehensive Model for Future Research’. Current Addiction Reports, 2(2), pp. 156–162.

1459 – Elhai, Jon D., Dvorak, Robert D., Levine, Jason C. and Hall, Brian J. (2017) ‘Problematic smartphone use: A conceptual overview and systematic review of relations with anxiety and depression psychopathology’. Journal of Affective Disorders, 207, pp. 251–259.

1460 – Shan, Zhi, Deng, Guoying, Li, Jipeng, Li, Yangyang, et al. (2013) ‘Correlational Analysis of neck/shoulder Pain and Low Back Pain with the Use of Digital Products, Physical Activity and Psychological Status among Adolescents in Shanghai’. PLOS ONE, 8(10), p. e78109.

1461 – İNal, Esra Erkol, Demİrcİ, kadİr, Çetİntürk, Azİze, Akgönül, Mehmet and Savaş, Serpİl (2015) ‘Effects of smartphone overuse on hand function, pinch strength, and the median nerve’. Muscle & Nerve, 52(2), pp. 183–188.

1462 – Xie, Yanfei, Szeto, Grace P. Y., Dai, Jie and Madeleine, Pascal (2016) ‘A comparison of muscle activity in using touchscreen smartphone among young people with and without chronic neck–shoulder pain’. Ergonomics, 59(1), pp. 61–72.

1463 – Duke, Éilish and Montag, Christian (2017) ‘Smartphone addiction, daily interruptions and self-reported productivity’. Addictive Behaviors Reports, 6, pp. 90–95.

1464 – Samaha, Maya and Hawi, Nazir S. (2016) ‘Relationships among smartphone addiction, stress, academic performance, and satisfaction with life’. Computers in Human Behavior, 57, pp. 321–325.

1465 – Clayton, Russell B., Leshner, Glenn and Almond, Anthony (2015) ‘The Extended iSelf: The Impact of iPhone Separation on Cognition, Emotion, and Physiology’. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 20(2), pp. 119–135.

1466 – Carbonell, Xavier, Chamarro, Andrés, Oberst, Ursula, Rodrigo, Beatriz and Prades, Mariona (2018) ‘Problematic Use of the Internet and Smartphones in University Students: 2006–2017’. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 15(3), p. 475.

1467 – Bennett, Brooke L., Whisenhunt, Brooke L., Hudson, Danae L., Wagner, Allison F., et al. (2019) ‘Examining the impact of social media on mood and body dissatisfaction using ecological momentary assessment’. Journal of American College Health, 0(0), pp. 1–7.

1468 – Tatangelo, Gemma L and Ricciardelli, Lina A (2017) ‘Children’s body image and social comparisons with peers and the media’. Journal of Health Psychology, 22(6), pp. 776–787.

1469 – Murray, Marisa, Maras, Danijela and Goldfield, Gary S. (2016) ‘Excessive Time on Social Networking Sites and Disordered Eating Behaviors Among Undergraduate Students: Appearance and Weight Esteem as Mediating Pathways’. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking, 19(12), pp. 709–715.

1470 – Oberst, Ursula, Wegmann, Elisa, Stodt, Benjamin, Brand, Matthias and Chamarro, Andrés (2017) ‘Negative consequences from heavy social networking in adolescents: The mediating role of fear of missing out’. Journal of Adolescence, 55, pp. 51–60.

1471 – Twenge, Jean M., Joiner, Thomas E., Rogers, Megan L. and Martin, Gabrielle N. (2018) ‘Increases in Depressive Symptoms, Suicide-Related Outcomes, and Suicide Rates Among U.S. Adolescents After 2010 and Links to Increased New Media Screen Time’. Clinical Psychological Science, 6(1), pp. 3–17.

1472 – Huang, Chiungjung (2017) ‘Time Spent on Social Network Sites and Psychological Well-Being: A Meta-Analysis’. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking, 20(6), pp. 346–354.

1473 – Huang, Chiungjung (2018) ‘Social network site use and academic achievement: A meta-analysis’. Computers & Education, 119, pp. 76–83.

1474 – Lenhart, A., Kahne, J., Middaugh, E., Macgill, A.R., et al. (2010) Teens, Video Games and Civics, Pew Research Center. [online] Available from: https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/2008/09/16/teens-video-games-and-civics/ (Accessed 10 January 2020)

1475 – Spil Games (2013) State of online gaming report, [online] Available from: http:// auth-83051f68-ec6c-44e0-afe5-bd8902acff57.cdn.spilcloud.com/v1/ archives/1384952861.25_State_of_Gaming_2013_US_FINAL.pdf

1476 – The Entertainment Software Association (2015) Essential facts about the computer and video game industry, [online] Available from: http://www.theesa.com/ wp-content/uploads/2015/04/ESA-Essential-Facts-2015.pdf

1477 – Kildare, Cory A. and Middlemiss, Wendy (2017) ‘Impact of parents mobile device use on parent-child interaction: A literature review’. Computers in Human Behavior, 75, pp. 579–593.

1478 – Radesky, Jenny S., Kistin, Caroline J., Zuckerman, Barry, Nitzberg, Katie, et al. (2014) ‘Patterns of Mobile Device Use by Caregivers and Children During Meals in Fast Food Restaurants’. Pediatrics, 133(4), p. e843.

1479 – Kabali, Hilda K., Irigoyen, Matilde M., Nunez-Davis, Rosemary, Budacki, Jennifer G., et al. (2015) ‘Exposure and Use of Mobile Media Devices by Young Children’. Pediatrics, 136(6), pp. 1044–1050.

1480 – Antrilli, Nick K. and Wang, Su-hua (2018) ‘Toddlers on touchscreens: immediate effects of gaming and physical activity on cognitive flexibility of 2.5-year-olds in the US’. Journal of Children and Media, 12(4), pp. 496–513.

1481 – Powers, Kasey L., Brooks, Patricia J., Aldrich, Naomi J., Palladino, Melissa A. and Alfieri, Louis (2013) ‘Effects of video-game play on information processing: A meta-analytic investigation’. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 20(6), pp. 1055–1079.

1482 – Wang, Ping, Liu, Han-Hui, Zhu, Xing-Ting, Meng, Tian, et al. (2016) ‘Action Video Game Training for Healthy Adults: A Meta-Analytic Study’. Frontiers in Psychology, 7. [online] Available from: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00907/full (Accessed 10 January 2020)

1483 – Bediou, Benoit, Adams, Deanne, Mayer, Richard, Tipton, Elizabeth, et al. (2018) ‘Meta-Analysis of Action Video Game Impact on Perceptual, Attentional, and Cognitive Skills’. Psychological Bulletin, 144(1), pp. 77–110.

1484 – Adachi, Paul J. C. and Willoughby, Teena (2013) ‘Do Video Games Promote Positive Youth Development?’ Journal of Adolescent Research, 28(2), pp. 155–165.

1485 – Kovess-Masfety, Viviane, Keyes, Katherine, Hamilton, Ava, Hanson, Gregory, et al. (2016) ‘Is time spent playing video games associated with mental health, cognitive and social skills in young children?’ Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 51(3), pp. 349–357.

1486 – Jackson, Linda A., Witt, Edward A., Games, Alexander Ivan, Fitzgerald, Hiram E., et al. (2012) ‘Information technology use and creativity: Findings from the Children and Technology Project’. Computers in Human Behavior, 28(2), pp. 370–376.

1487 – Gentile, Douglas A., Anderson, Craig A., Yukawa, Shintaro, Ihori, Nobuko, et al. (2009) ‘The Effects of Prosocial Video Games on Prosocial Behaviors: International Evidence from Correlational, Longitudinal, and Experimental Studies’. Personality & social psychology bulletin, 35(6), pp. 752–763.

1488 – Saleem, Muniba, Anderson, Craig A. and Gentile, Douglas A. (2012) ‘Effects of Prosocial, Neutral, and Violent Video Games on Children’s Helpful and Hurtful Behaviors’. Aggressive Behavior, 38(4), pp. 281–287.

1489 – Cejudo, Javier, López-Delgado, Mari Luz and Losada, Lidia (2019) ‘Effectiveness of the videogame “Spock” for the improvement of the emotional intelligence on psychosocial adjustment in adolescents’. Computers in Human Behavior, 101, pp. 380–386.

1490 – Ewoldsen, David R., Eno, Cassie A., Okdie, Bradley M., Velez, John A., et al. (2012) ‘Effect of Playing Violent Video Games Cooperatively or Competitively on Subsequent Cooperative Behavior’. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking, 15(5), pp. 277–280.

1491 – Redd, William, Jacobsen, Paul, Die-Trill, Maria, Dermatis, Helen, et al. (1987) ‘Cognitive/Attentional Distraction in the Control of Conditioned Nausea in Pediatric Cancer Patients Receiving Chemotherapy’. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55(3), pp. 391–395.

1492 – Vasterling, Jennifer, Jenkins, Richard A., Tope, Denise Matt and Burish, Thomas G. (1993) ‘Cognitive distraction and relaxation training for the control of side effects due to cancer chemotherapy’. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 16(1), pp. 65–80.

1493 – Patel, Anuradha, Schieble, Thomas, Davidson, Melissa, Tran, Minh C. J., et al. (2006) ‘Distraction with a hand-held video game reduces pediatric preoperative anxiety’. Pediatric Anesthesia, 16(10), pp. 1019–1027.

1494 – Ferguson, Christopher J. (2015) ‘Clinicians’ attitudes toward video games vary as a function of age, gender and negative beliefs about youth: A sociology of media research approach’. Computers in Human Behavior, 52, pp. 379–386.

1495 – Quandt, Thorsten, Van Looy, Jan, Vogelgesang, Jens, Elson, Malte, et al. (2015) ‘Digital Games Research: A Survey Study on an Emerging Field and Its Prevalent Debates’. Journal of Communication, 65(6), pp. 975–996.

1496 – Tian, Yu, Gao, Mingjian, Wang, Peng and Gao, Fengqiang (2020) ‘The effects of violent video games and shyness on individuals’ aggressive behaviors’. Aggressive Behavior, 46(1), pp. 16–24.

1497 – Greitemeyer, Tobias (2019) ‘The contagious impact of playing violent video games on aggression: Longitudinal evidence’. Aggressive Behavior, 45(6), pp. 635–642.

1498 – Prescott, Anna T., Sargent, James D. and Hull, Jay G. (2018) ‘Metaanalysis of the relationship between violent video game play and physical aggression over time’. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 115(40), pp. 9882–9888.

1499 – Anderson, Craig A., Shibuya, Akiko, Ihori, Nobuko, Swing, Edward L., et al. (2010) ‘Violent video game effects on aggression, empathy, and prosocial behavior in Eastern and Western countries: A meta-analytic review’. Psychological Bulletin, 136(2), pp. 151–173.

1500 – Ferguson, Christopher J. and Olson, Cheryl K. (2014) ‘Video Game Violence Use Among “Vulnerable” Populations: The Impact of Violent Games on Delinquency and Bullying Among Children with Clinically Elevated Depression or Attention Deficit Symptoms’. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 43(1), pp. 127–136.

1501 – Ferguson, Christopher J. (2015) ‘Do Angry Birds Make for Angry Children? A Meta-Analysis of Video Game Influences on Children’s and Adolescents’ Aggression, Mental Health, Prosocial Behavior, and Academic Performance’. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10(5), pp. 646–666.

1502 – Ferguson, Christopher J. and Wang, John C. K. (2019) ‘Aggressive Video Games are Not a Risk Factor for Future Aggression in Youth: A Longitudinal Study’. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 48(8), pp. 1439–1451.

1503 – Kühn, Simone, Kugler, Dimitrij Tycho, Schmalen, Katharina, Weichenberger, Markus, et al. (2019) ‘Does playing violent video games cause aggression? A longitudinal intervention study’. Molecular Psychiatry, 24(8), pp. 1220–1234.

1504 – Przybylski, Andrew K. and Weinstein, Netta (2019) ‘Violent video game engagement is not associated with adolescents’ aggressive behaviour: evidence from a registered report’. Royal Society Open Science, 6(2), p. 171474.

1505 – Mathur, Maya B. and VanderWeele, Tyler J. (2019) ‘Finding Common Ground in Meta-Analysis “Wars” on Violent Video Games’. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 14(4), pp. 705–708.

1506 – Brunborg, Geir Scott, Mentzoni, Rune Aune and Frøyland, Lars Roar (2014) ‘Is video gaming, or video game addiction, associated with depression, academic achievement, heavy episodic drinking, or conduct problems?’ Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 3(1), pp. 27–32.

1507 – Lemmens, Jeroen S., Valkenburg, Patti M. and Peter, Jochen (2011) ‘Psychosocial causes and consequences of pathological gaming’. Computers in Human Behavior, 27(1), pp. 144–152.

1508 – Mentzoni, Rune Aune, Brunborg, Geir Scott, Molde, Helge, Myrseth, Helga, et al. (2011) ‘Problematic Video Game Use: Estimated Prevalence and Associations with Mental and Physical Health’. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking, 14(10), pp. 591–596.

1509 – Kuss, Daria Joanna and Griffiths, Mark D. (2012) ‘Internet Gaming Addiction: A Systematic Review of Empirical Research’. International Journal of Mental Health and Addiction, 10(2), pp. 278–296.

1510 – Kuss, Daria, Griffiths, Mark, Karila, Laurent and Billieux, Joël (2014) ‘Internet Addiction: A Systematic Review of Epidemiological Research for the Last Decade.’ Current Pharmaceutical Design, 20, p. 4026.

1511 – Rooij, Antonius J. Van, Schoenmakers, Tim M., Vermulst, Ad A., Eijnden, Regina J. J. M. Van Den and Mheen, Dike Van De (2011) ‘Online video game addiction: identification of addicted adolescent gamers’. Addiction, 106(1), pp. 205–212.

1512 – Singh, Meharban (2019) ‘Compulsive Digital Gaming: An Emerging Mental Health Disorder in Children’. The Indian Journal of Pediatrics, 86(2), pp. 171–173.

1513 – Feng, Wendy, Ramo, Danielle, Chan, Steven and Bourgeois, James (2017) ‘Internet Gaming Disorder: Trends in Prevalence 1998–2016’. Addictive behaviors, 75, pp. 17–24.

1514 – Fam, Jia Yuin (2018) ‘Prevalence of internet gaming disorder in adolescents: A meta-analysis across three decades’. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 59(5), pp. 524–531.

1515 – Lau, Chloe, Stewart, Shannon L., Sarmiento, Catalina, Saklofske, Donald H. and Tremblay, Paul F. (2018) ‘Who Is at Risk for Problematic Video Gaming? Risk Factors in Problematic Video Gaming in Clinically Referred Canadian Children and Adolescents’. Multimodal Technologies and Interaction, 2(2), p. 19.

1516 – Yen, Ju-Yu, Yen, Cheng-Fang, Chen, Cheng-Sheng, Tang, Tze-Chun and Ko, Chih-Hung (2008) ‘The Association between Adult ADHD Symptoms and Internet Addiction among College Students: The Gender Difference’. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 12(2), pp. 187–191.

1517 – Gentile, Douglas, Swing, Edward, Lim, Choon and Khoo, Angeline (2012) ‘Video Game Playing, Attention Problems, and Impulsiveness: Evidence of Bidirectional Causality’. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 1(1), pp. 62–70.

1518 – Mehroof, Mehwash and Griffiths, Mark D. (2010) ‘Online Gaming Addiction: The Role of Sensation Seeking, Self-Control, Neuroticism, Aggression, State Anxiety, and Trait Anxiety’. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking, 13(3), pp. 313–316.

1519 – Kim, Eun Joo, Namkoong, Kee, Ku, Taeyun and Kim, Se Joo (2008) ‘The relationship between online game addiction and aggression, self-control and narcissistic personality traits’. European Psychiatry, 23(3), pp. 212–218.

1520 – Porter, Guy, Starcevic, Vladan, Berle, David and Fenech, Pauline (2010) ‘Recognizing problem video game use’. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 44(2), pp. 120–128.

1521 – Cole, Sadie H. and Hooley, Jill M. (2013) ‘Clinical and Personality Correlates of MMO Gaming: Anxiety and Absorption in Problematic Internet Use’. Social Science Computer Review, 31(4), pp. 424–436.

1522 – Guillot, Casey R., Bello, Mariel S., Tsai, Jennifer Y., Huh, Jimi, et al. (2016) ‘Longitudinal associations between anhedonia and internet-related addictive behaviors in emerging adults’. Computers in Human Behavior, 62, pp. 475–479.

1523 – Caplan, Scott, Williams, Dmitri and Yee, Nick (2009) ‘Problematic Internet use and psychosocial well-being among MMO players’. Computers in Human Behavior, 25(6), pp. 1312–1319.

1524 – Griffiths, Mark D., Rooij, Antonius J. van, Kardefelt‐Winther, Daniel, Starcevic, Vladan, et al. (2016) ‘Working towards an international consensus on criteria for assessing internet gaming disorder: a critical commentary on Petry et al. (2014)’. Addiction, 111(1), pp. 167–175.

1525 – Hellman, Matilda, Schoenmakers, Tim M., Nordstrom, Benjamin R. and Holst, Ruth J. van (2013) ‘Is there such a thing as online video game addiction? A cross-disciplinary review’. Addiction Research & Theory, 21(2), pp. 102–112.

1526 – APA, American Psychiatric (2013) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5®), American Psychiatric Pub.

1527 – Aarseth, Espen, Bean, Anthony M., Boonen, Huub, Colder Carras, Michelle, et al. (2016) ‘Scholars’ open debate paper on the World Health Organization ICD-11 Gaming Disorder proposal’. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 6(3), pp. 267–270.

1528 – van Rooij, Antonius J., Ferguson, Christopher J., Colder Carras, Michelle, Kardefelt-Winther, Daniel, et al. (2018) ‘A weak scientific basis for gaming disorder: Let us err on the side of caution’. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 7(1), pp. 1–9.

1529 – Zucker, Andrew A. and Light, Daniel (2009) ‘Laptop Programs for Students’. Science, 323(5910), pp. 82–85.

1530 – Herodotou, C. (2018) ‘Young children and tablets: A systematic review of effects on learning and development’. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 34(1), pp. 1–9.

1531 – Griffith, Shayl F., Hagan, Mary B., Heymann, Perrine, Heflin, Brynna H. and Bagner, Daniel M. (2020) ‘Apps As Learning Tools: A Systematic Review’. Pediatrics, 145(1). [online] Available from: https://pediatrics.aappublications.org/content/145/1/e20191579 (Accessed 13 January 2020)

1532 – Kostyrka-Allchorne, Katarzyna, Holland, Amanda, Cooper, Nicholas R., Ahamed, Woakil, et al. (2019) ‘What helps children learn difficult tasks: A teacher’s presence may be worth more than a screen’. Trends in Neuroscience and Education, 17, p. 100114.

1533 – Sitzmann, Traci (2011) ‘A Meta-Analytic Examination of the Instructional Effectiveness of Computer-Based Simulation Games’. Personnel Psychology, 64(2), pp. 489–528.

1534 – Vogel, Jennifer J., Vogel, David S., Cannon-Bowers, Jan, Bowers, Clint A., et al. (2006) ‘Computer Gaming and Interactive Simulations for Learning: A Meta-Analysis’. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 34(3), pp. 229–243.

1535 – Wouters, Pieter, van Nimwegen, Christof, van Oostendorp, Herre and van der Spek, Erik D. (2013) ‘A meta-analysis of the cognitive and motivational effects of serious games’. Journal of Educational Psychology, 105(2), pp. 249–265.

1536 – Clark, Douglas B., Tanner-Smith, Emily E. and Killingsworth, Stephen S. (2016) ‘Digital Games, Design, and Learning: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis’. Review of Educational Research, 86(1), pp. 79–122.

1537 – de Freitas, Sara (2018) ‘Are Games Effective Learning Tools? A Review of Educational Games’. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 21(2), pp. 74–84.

1538 – Sung, Yao-Ting, Chang, Kuo-En and Liu, Tzu-Chien (2016) ‘The effects of integrating mobile devices with teaching and learning on students’ learning performance: A meta-analysis and research synthesis’. Computers & Education, 94, pp. 252–275.

1539 – Baert, Veerle, Gorus, Ellen, Mets, Tony, Geerts, Christel and Bautmans, Ivan (2011) ‘Motivators and barriers for physical activity in the oldest old: A systematic review’. Ageing Research Reviews, 10(4), pp. 464–474.

1540 – McGuire, Amanda M., Anderson, Debra J. and Fulbrook, Paul (2014) ‘Perceived barriers to healthy lifestyle activities in midlife and older Australian women with type 2 diabetes’. Collegian, 21(4), pp. 301–310.

1541 – Johnson, Daniel, Deterding, Sebastian, Kuhn, Kerri-Ann, Staneva, Aleksandra, et al. (2016) ‘Gamification for health and wellbeing: A systematic review of the literature’. Internet Interventions, 6, pp. 89–106.

1542 – Gao, Z., Chen, S., Pasco, D. and Pope, Z. (2015) ‘A meta-analysis of active video games on health outcomes among children and adolescents’. Obesity Reviews, 16(9), pp. 783–794.

1543 – DeSmet, Ann, Van Ryckeghem, Dimitri, Compernolle, Sofie, Baranowski, Tom, et al. (2014) ‘A meta-analysis of serious digital games for healthy lifestyle promotion’. Preventive Medicine, 69, pp. 95–107.

1544 – Kato, Pamela M. (2010) ‘Video Games in Health Care: Closing the Gap’. Review of General Psychology, 14(2), pp. 113–121.

1545 – Fleming, Theresa M., Bavin, Lynda, Stasiak, Karolina, Hermansson-Webb, Eve, et al. (2017) ‘Serious Games and Gamification for Mental Health: Current Status and Promising Directions’. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 7. [online] Available from: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2016.00215/full (Accessed 13 January 2020)

1546 – Lau, Ho Ming, Smit, Johannes H., Fleming, Theresa M. and Riper, Heleen (2017) ‘Serious Games for Mental Health: Are They Accessible, Feasible, and Effective? A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis’. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 7. [online] Available from: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2016.00209/full (Accessed 13 January 2020)

1547 – Nijhof, Sanne L., Vinkers, Christiaan H., van Geelen, Stefan M., Duijff, Sasja N., et al. (2018) ‘Healthy play, better coping: The importance of play for the development of children in health and disease’. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 95, pp. 421–429.

1548 – WHO (2019) ‘WHO | Standards and Guidelines’. [online] Available from: http://www.who.int/peh-emf/standards/en/ (Accessed 1 October 2019)

1549 – PHE (2013) ‘Electromagnetic fields’. GOV.UK. [online] Available from: https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/electromagnetic-fields (Accessed 1 October 2019)

1550 – Hardell, L., Mild, K. H. and Hallquist, A. (2000) ‘Mobile telephones and the risk of brain tumor–the principle of precaution should be practiced’. Lakartidningen, 97(36), pp. 3908–3909.

1551 – Hardell, Lennart, Carlberg, Michael and Mild, Kjell Hansson (2005) ‘Case-Control Study on Cellular and Cordless Telephones and the Risk for Acoustic Neuroma or Meningioma in Patients Diagnosed 2000–2003’. Neuroepidemiology, 25(3), pp. 120–128.

1552 – Hardell, L., Carlberg, M. and Mild, K. Hansson (2005) ‘Use of cellular telephones and brain tumour risk in urban and rural areas’. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 62(6), pp. 390–394.

1553 – Hardell, Lennart, Carlberg, Michael and Hansson Mild, Kjell (2006) ‘Pooled analysis of two case-control studies on the use of cellular and cordless telephones and the risk of benign brain tumours diagnosed during 1997-2003’. International Journal of Oncology, 28(2), pp. 509–518.

1554 – Hardell, Lennart, Carlberg, Michael and Mild, Kjell Hansson (2006) ‘Case–control study of the association between the use of cellular and cordless telephones and malignant brain tumors diagnosed during 2000–2003’. Environmental Research, 100(2), pp. 232–241.

1555 – Hardell, L., Mild, K. H. and Carlberg, M. (2002) ‘Case-control study on the use of cellular and cordless phones and the risk for malignant brain tumours’. International Journal of Radiation Biology, 78(10), pp. 931–936.

1556 – Hardell, Lennart, Carlberg, Michael, Söderqvist, Fredrik, Mild, Kjell Hansson and Morgan, L. Lloyd (2007) ‘Long-term use of cellular phones and brain tumours: increased risk associated with use for ⩾10 years’. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 64(9), pp. 626–632.

1557 – Leitgeb, Norbert (2011) ‘Comparative health risk assessment of electromagnetic fields’. Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift, 161(9), pp. 251–262.

1558 – Kan, Peter, Simonsen, Sara E., Lyon, Joseph L. and Kestle, John R. W. (2008) ‘Cellular phone use and brain tumor: a meta-analysis’. Journal of Neuro-Oncology, 86(1), pp. 71–78.

1559 – Khurana, Vini G., Teo, Charles, Kundi, Michael, Hardell, Lennart and Carlberg, Michael (2009) ‘Cell phones and brain tumors: a review including the long-term epidemiologic data’. Surgical Neurology, 72(3), pp. 205–214.

1560 – INTERPHONE Study Group (2010) ‘Brain tumour risk in relation to mobile telephone use: results of the INTERPHONE international case–control study’. International Journal of Epidemiology, 39(3), pp. 675–694.

1561 – Lönn, Stefan, Ahlbom, Anders, Hall, Per and Feychting, Maria (2004) ‘Mobile Phone Use and the Risk of Acoustic Neuroma’. Epidemiology, 15(6), p. 653.

1562 – Schoemaker, M. J., Swerdlow, A. J., Ahlbom, A., Auvinen, A., et al. (2005) ‘Mobile phone use and risk of acoustic neuroma: results of the Interphone case–control study in five North European countries’. British Journal of Cancer, 93(7), pp. 842–848.

1563 – Hours, M., Bernard, M., Montestrucq, L., Arslan, M., et al. (2007) ‘Cell Phones and Risk of brain and acoustic nerve tumours: the French INTERPHONE case-control study’. Revue D’epidemiologie Et De Sante Publique, 55(5), pp. 321–332.

1564 – Schüz, Joachim, Böhler, Eva, Berg, Gabriele, Schlehofer, Brigitte, et al. (2006) ‘Cellular Phones, Cordless Phones, and the Risks of Glioma and Meningioma (Interphone Study Group, Germany)’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 163(6), pp. 512–520.

1565 – Sadetzki, Siegal, Chetrit, Angela, Jarus-Hakak, Avital, Cardis, Elisabeth, et al. (2008) ‘Cellular Phone Use and Risk of Benign and Malignant Parotid Gland Tumors—A Nationwide Case-Control Study’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 167(4), pp. 457–467.

1566 – Cardis, E., Armstrong, B. K., Bowman, J. D., Giles, G. G., et al. (2011) ‘Risk of brain tumours in relation to estimated RF dose from mobile phones: results from five Interphone countries’. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 68(9), pp. 631–640.

1567 – Lahkola, Anna, Auvinen, Anssi, Raitanen, Jani, Schoemaker, Minouk J., et al. (2007) ‘Mobile phone use and risk of glioma in 5 North European countries’. International Journal of Cancer, 120(8), pp. 1769–1775.

1568 – Myung, Seung-Kwon, Ju, Woong, McDonnell, Diana D., Lee, Yeon Ji, et al. (2009) ‘Mobile Phone Use and Risk of Tumors: A Meta-Analysis’. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 27(33), pp. 5565–5572.

1569 – Sato, Yasuto, Akiba, Suminori, Kubo, Osami and Yamaguchi, Naohito (2011) ‘A case–case study of mobile phone use and acoustic neuroma risk in Japan’. Bioelectromagnetics, 32(2), pp. 85–93.

1570 – Hardell, Lennart, Carlberg, Michael and Hansson Mild, Kjell (2011) ‘Re-analysis of risk for glioma in relation to mobile telephone use: comparison with the results of the Interphone international case-control study’. International Journal of Epidemiology, 40(4), pp. 1126–1128.

1571 – INTERPHONE Study Group (2011) ‘Acoustic neuroma risk in relation to mobile telephone use: results of the INTERPHONE international case-control study’. Cancer Epidemiology, 35(5), pp. 453–464.

1572 – Berg, Gabriele, Spallek, Jacob, Schüz, Joachim, Schlehofer, Brigitte, et al. (2006) ‘Occupational Exposure to Radio Frequency/Microwave Radiation and the Risk of Brain Tumors: Interphone Study Group, Germany’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 164(6), pp. 538–548.

1573 – IARC Working Group on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans (2002) ‘Non-ionizing radiation, Part 1: static and extremely low-frequency (ELF) electric and magnetic fields.’ IARC monographs on the evaluation of carcinogenic risks to humans, 80, pp. 1–395.

1574 – Baan, Robert, Grosse, Yann, Lauby-Secretan, Béatrice, Ghissassi, Fatiha El, et al. (2011) ‘Carcinogenicity of radiofrequency electromagnetic fields’. The Lancet Oncology, 12(7), pp. 624–626.

1575 – Hankin, Norbert N. (2003) ‘Comment on: Non-ionizing radiation, Part 1: Static and extremely low-frequency electric and magnetic fields, International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monograph (Vol. 80), 2002’. Health Physics, 84(6), p. 788.

1576 – Lönn, Stefan, Ahlbom, Anders, Christensen, Helle C., Johansen, Christoffer, et al. (2006) ‘Mobile Phone Use and Risk of Parotid Gland Tumor’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 164(7), pp. 637–643.

1577 – Cook, A., Woodward, A., Pearce, N. and Marshall, C. (2003) ‘Cellular telephone use and time trends for brain, head and neck tumours.’ The New Zealand medical journal, 116(1175), pp. U457–U457.

1578 – Muscat, J. E. (2002) ‘Wireless Phone Use and the Risk of Primary Brain Cancer’, in Carlo, G. L., Carlo, G. L., and Thibodeau, P. M. (eds.), Wireless Phones And Health II: State of the Science, Boston, MA, Springer US, pp. 207–213. [online] Available from: https://doi.org/10.1007/0-306-46901-4_21 (Accessed 24 September 2019)

1579 – Johansen, Christoffer, Boice, John D., McLaughlin, Joseph K. and Olsen, Jørgen H. (2001) ‘Cellular Telephones and Cancer—a Nationwide Cohort Study in Denmark’. JNCI: Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 93(3), pp. 203–207.

1580 – Inskip, Peter D., Tarone, Robert E., Hatch, Elizabeth E., Wilcosky, Timothy C., et al. (2001) ‘Cellular-Telephone Use and Brain Tumors’. New England Journal of Medicine, 344(2), pp. 79–86.

1581 – Auvinen, Anssi, Hietanen, Maila, Luukkonen, Ritva and Koskela, Riitta-Sisko (2002) ‘Brain Tumors and Salivary Gland Cancers Among Cellular Telephone Users’. Epidemiology, 13(3), p. 356.

1582 – Masuda, H., Sanchez, S., Dulou, P. E., Haro, E., et al. (2006) ‘Effect of GSM-900 and -1800 signals on the skin of hairless rats. I: 2-hour acute exposures’. International Journal of Radiation Biology, 82(9), pp. 669–674.

1583 – Dasdag, Suleyman, Akdag, M. Zulkuf, Ulukaya, Engin, Uzunlar, Ali Kemal and Ocak, Ali Riza (2009) ‘Effect of Mobile Phone Exposure on Apoptotic Glial Cells and Status of Oxidative Stress in Rat Brain’. Electromagnetic Biology and Medicine, 28(4), pp. 342–354.

1584 – Demirel, Soner, Doganay, Selim, Turkoz, Yusuf, Dogan, Zümrüt, et al. (2012) ‘Effects of third generation mobile phone-emitted electromagnetic radiation on oxidative stress parameters in eye tissue and blood of rats’. Cutaneous and Ocular Toxicology, 31(2), pp. 89–94.

1585 – Khalil, Ahmad M., Khadra, Khalid M. Abu, Aljaberi, Ahmad M., Gagaa, Marwan H. and Issa, Hamzah S. (2014) ‘Assessment of oxidant/antioxidant status in saliva of cell phone users’. Electromagnetic Biology and Medicine, 33(2), pp. 92–97.

1586 – Lönn, Stefan, Ahlbom, Anders, Hall, Per and Feychting, Maria (2005) ‘Long-Term Mobile Phone Use and Brain Tumor Risk’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 161(6), pp. 526–535.

1587 – Swerdlow, Anthony J., Argos, Maria, Green, Adele C., Kheifets, Leeka, et al. (2011) ‘Mobile Phones, Brain Tumors, and the Interphone Study: Where Are We Now?’ Environmental Health Perspectives, 119(11), pp. 1534–1538.

1588 – Schüz, Joachim, Steding-Jessen, Marianne, Hansen, Søren, Stangerup, Sven-Eric, et al. (2011) ‘Long-Term Mobile Phone Use and the Risk of Vestibular Schwannoma: A Danish Nationwide Cohort Study’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 174(4), pp. 416–422.

1589 – Johansen, C. and Olsen, J. H. (1998) ‘Risk of cancer among Danish utility workers–a nationwide cohort study’. American Journal of Epidemiology, 147(6), pp. 548–555.

1590 – Johansen, Christoffer, Raaschou Nielsen, Ole, Olsen, Jørgen H. and Schüz, Joachim (2007) ‘Risk for leukaemia and brain and breast cancer among Danish utility workers: a second follow-up’. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 64(11), pp. 782–784.

1591 – Juutilainen, Jukka, Heikkinen, Päivi, Lagroye, Isabelle, Miyakoshi, Junji, et al. (2011) ‘Experimental Studies on Carcinogenicity of Radiofrequency Radiation in Animals’. Critical Reviews in Environmental Science and Technology, 41(18), pp. 1664–1695.

1592 – Moulder, J. E., Foster, K. R., Erdreich, L. S. and McNamee, J. P. (2005) ‘Mobile phones, mobile phone base stations and cancer: a review’. International Journal of Radiation Biology, 81(3), pp. 189–203.

1593 – Houston, B. J., Nixon, B., King, B. V., Iuliis, G. N. De and Aitken, R. J. (2016) ‘The effects of radiofrequency electromagnetic radiation on sperm function’. Reproduction, 152(6), pp. R263–R276.

1594 – Kokate, P. A., Mishra, A. K., Lokhande, S. K. and Bodhe, G. L. (2016) ‘Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Field (ELF-EMF) and childhood leukemia near transmission lines: a review’. Advanced Electromagnetics, 5(1), pp. 30–40.

1595 – ICNIRP (1998) ‘Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic fields (up to 300GHz)’. Health Physics, 74, pp. 494–522.

1596 – ICNIRP (2009) ‘ICNIRP Statement on the Guidelines for Limiting Exposure to Time-Varying Electric, Magnetic, and Electromagnetic Fields (up to 300 GHz)’. Health Physics, 97(3), p. 257.

1597 – WHO (2007) Electromagnetic fields and public health,

1598 – ICNIRP (2020) ‘Guidelines for Limiting Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields (100 kHz to 300 GHz)’. Health Physics, 118(5), pp. 483–524.

1599 – Morgan, L. Lloyd, Miller, Anthony B., Sasco, Annie and Davis, Devra Lee (2015) ‘Mobile phone radiation causes brain tumors and should be classified as a probable human carcinogen (2A) (Review)’. International Journal of Oncology, 46(5), pp. 1865–1871.

1600 – Coureau, Gaëlle, Bouvier, Ghislaine, Lebailly, Pierre, Fabbro-Peray, Pascale, et al. (2014) ‘Mobile phone use and brain tumours in the CERENAT case-control study’. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 71(7), pp. 514–522.

1601 – Leng, Lige (2016) ‘The relationship between mobile phone use and risk of brain tumor: a systematic review and meta-analysis of trails in the last decade’. Chinese Neurosurgical Journal, 2(1), p. 38.

1602 – Falcioni, L., Bua, L., Tibaldi, E., Lauriola, M., et al. (2018) ‘Report of final results regarding brain and heart tumors in Sprague-Dawley rats exposed from prenatal life until natural death to mobile phone radiofrequency field representative of a 1.8 GHz GSM base station environmental emission’. Environmental Research, 165, pp. 496–503.

1603 – Philips, Alasdair, Henshaw, Denis L., Lamburn, Graham and O’Carroll, Michael J. (2018) ‘Brain Tumours: Rise in Glioblastoma Multiforme Incidence in England 1995–2015 Suggests an Adverse Environmental or Lifestyle Factor’. Journal of Environmental and Public Health. [online] Available from: https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jeph/2018/7910754/ (Accessed 2 October 2019)

1604 – Morgan, L. Lloyd, Herberman, Ronald B., Philips, Alasdair and Lee Davis, Devra (2012) ‘Re: Mobile Phone Use and Brain Tumors in Children and Adolescents: A Multicenter Case–Control Study’. JNCI: Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 104(8), pp. 635–637.

1605 – Milham, Samuel (2012) ‘Re: Mobile Phone Use and Brain Tumors in Children and Adolescents’. JNCI: Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 104(8), pp. 635–635.

1606 – Liu, Yu-xiao, Li, Guo-qing, Fu, Xiang-ping, Xue, Jing-hui, et al. (2015) ‘Exposure to 3G mobile phone signals does not affect the biological features of brain tumor cells’. BMC Public Health, 15(1), p. 764.

1607 – Röösli, Martin, Lagorio, Susanna, Schoemaker, Minouk J., Schüz, Joachim and Feychting, Maria (2019) ‘Brain and Salivary Gland Tumors and Mobile Phone Use: Evaluating the Evidence from Various Epidemiological Study Designs’. Annual Review of Public Health, 40(1), pp. 221–238.

1608 – Shrestha, Mithila, Raitanen, Jani, Salminen, Tiina, Lahkola, Anna and Auvinen, Anssi (2015) ‘Pituitary tumor risk in relation to mobile phone use: A case-control study’. Acta Oncologica, 54(8), pp. 1159–1165.

1609 – Sato, Yasuto, Kojimahara, Noriko and Yamaguchi, Naohito (2017) ‘Analysis of mobile phone use among young patients with brain tumors in Japan’. Bioelectromagnetics, 38(5), pp. 349–355.

1610 – Vila, Javier, Turner, Michelle C., Gracia-Lavedan, Esther, Figuerola, Jordi, et al. (2018) ‘Occupational exposure to high-frequency electromagnetic fields and brain tumor risk in the INTEROCC study: An individualized assessment approach’. Environment International, 119, pp. 353–365.

1611 – Smeds, H., Wales, J., Mathiesen, T., Talbäck, M. and Feychting, M. (2018) ‘Occurrence of primary brain tumors in cochlear implant patients in Sweden between 1989 and 2014.’ Clinical epidemiology, 10, pp. 1401–1405.

1612 – Olsson, Ann, Bouaoun, Liacine, Auvinen, Anssi, Feychting, Maria, et al. (2019) ‘Survival of glioma patients in relation to mobile phone use in Denmark, Finland and Sweden’. Journal of Neuro-Oncology, 141(1), pp. 139–149.

1613 – Carlberg, Michael, Söderqvist, Fredrik, Hansson Mild, Kjell and Hardell, Lennart (2013) ‘Meningioma patients diagnosed 2007-2009 and the association with use of mobile and cordless phones: a case-control study’. Environmental Health: A Global Access Science Source, 12(1), p. 60.

1614 – Larjavaara, S., Feychting, M., Sankila, R., Johansen, C., et al. (2011) ‘Incidence trends of vestibular schwannomas in Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden in 1987–2007’. British Journal of Cancer, 105(7), pp. 1069–1075.

1615 – Aydin, Denis, Feychting, Maria, Schüz, Joachim, Tynes, Tore, et al. (2011) ‘Mobile Phone Use and Brain Tumors in Children and Adolescents: A Multicenter Case–Control Study’. JNCI: Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 103(16), pp. 1264–1276.

1616 – Shuren, J. E. (2018) Statement from Jeffrey Shuren, M.D., J.D., Director of the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health on the National Toxicology Program’s report on radiofrequency energy exposure, [online] Available from: https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/statement-jeffrey-shuren-md-jd-director-fdas-center-devices-and-radiological-health-national

1617 – PowerWatch (2008) Brain tumours and EMFs, [online] Available from: https://www.powerwatch.org.uk/health/braintumours.asp

1618 – Kaplan, Suleyman, Deniz, Omur Gulsum, Önger, Mehmet Emin, Türkmen, Aysın Pınar, et al. (2016) ‘Electromagnetic field and brain development’. Journal of Chemical Neuroanatomy, 75, pp. 52–61.

1619 – Gandhi, Om P., Kang, Gang, Wu, Ding and Lazzi, Gianluca (2001) ‘Currents induced in anatomic models of the human for uniform and nonuniform power frequency magnetic fields’. Bioelectromagnetics, 22(2), pp. 112–121.

1620 – Christ, Andreas, Gosselin, Marie-Christine, Christopoulou, Maria, Kühn, Sven and Kuster, Niels (2010) ‘Age-dependent tissue-specific exposure of cell phone users’. Physics in Medicine and Biology, 55(7), pp. 1767–1783.

1621 – Grigoriev, Yury (2010) ‘Electromagnetic fields and the public: EMF standards and estimation of risk’. IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science, 10, p. 012003.

1622 – Markov, M. and Grigoriev, Y. (2015) ‘Protect children from EMF’. Electromagnetic Biology and Medicine, 34(3), pp. 251–256.

1623 – Markov, Marko and Grigoriev, Yuri G. (2013) ‘Wi-Fi technology – an uncontrolled global experiment on the health of mankind’. Electromagnetic Biology and Medicine, 32(2), pp. 200–208.

1624 – Crespi, Catherine M., Vergara, Ximena P., Hooper, Chris, Oksuzyan, Sona, et al. (2016) ‘Childhood leukaemia and distance from power lines in California: a population-based case-control study’. British Journal of Cancer, 115(1), pp. 122–128.

1625 – Final Report Summary – MOBI-KIDS (2019) Final Report Summary – MOBI-KIDS (Risk of brain cancer from exposure to radiofrequency fields in childhood and adolescence) | Report Summary | MOBI-KIDS | FP7 | CORDIS | European Commission, European Commission. [online] Available from: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/rcn/89894/reporting/en (Accessed 24 September 2019)

1626 – Bellieni, Carlo Valerio, Nardi, Valentina, Buonocore, Giuseppe, Di Fabio, Sandra, et al. (2019) ‘Electromagnetic fields in neonatal incubators: the reasons for an alert’. The Journal of Maternal-Fetal & Neonatal Medicine: The Official Journal of the European Association of Perinatal Medicine, the Federation of Asia and Oceania Perinatal Societies, the International Society of Perinatal Obstetricians, 32(4), pp. 695–699.

1627 – Pall, Martin L. (2018) ‘Wi-Fi is an important threat to human health’. Environmental Research, 164, pp. 405–416.

1628 – Kim, Ju Hwan, Lee, Jin-Koo, Kim, Hyung-Gun, Kim, Kyu-Bong and Kim, Hak Rim (2019) ‘Possible Effects of Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Field Exposure on Central Nerve System’. Biomolecules & Therapeutics, 27(3), pp. 265–275.

1629 – Microwave News (2019) ‘Colorectal Cancer Soaring in Young Adults; Are Smartphones in the Mix?’ Microwave News. [online] Available from: https://microwavenews.com/news-center/de-kun-li-crc (Accessed 2 October 2019)

1630 – Redmayne, Mary (2017) ‘Where’s Your Phone? A Survey of Where Women Aged 15-40 Carry Their Smartphone and Related Risk Perception: A Survey and Pilot Study’. PLOS ONE, 12(1), p. e0167996.

1631 – Brenner, Darren R., Heer, Emily, Sutherland, R. Liam, Ruan, Yibing, et al. (2019) ‘National Trends in Colorectal Cancer Incidence Among Older and Younger Adults in Canada’. JAMA Network Open, 2(7), pp. e198090–e198090.

1632 – Vuik, Fanny ER, Nieuwenburg, Stella AV, Bardou, Marc, Lansdorp-Vogelaar, Iris, et al. (2019) ‘Increasing incidence of colorectal cancer in young adults in Europe over the last 25 years’. Gut, 68(10), pp. 1820–1826.

1633 – Araghi, Marzieh, Soerjomataram, Isabelle, Bardot, Aude, Ferlay, Jacques, et al. (2019) ‘Changes in colorectal cancer incidence in seven high-income countries: a population-based study’. The Lancet Gastroenterology & Hepatology, 4(7), pp. 511–518.

1634 – Siegel, Rebecca L., Fedewa, Stacey A., Anderson, William F., Miller, Kimberly D., et al. (2017) ‘Colorectal Cancer Incidence Patterns in the United States, 1974–2013’. JNCI: Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 109(8). [online] Available from: https://academic.oup.com/jnci/article/109/8/djw322/3053481 (Accessed 2 October 2019)

1635 – Pall, Martin L. (2016) ‘Microwave frequency electromagnetic fields (EMFs) produce widespread neuropsychiatric effects including depression’. Journal of Chemical Neuroanatomy, 75, pp. 43–51.

1636 – Foster, Kenneth and Moulder, John (2019) ‘Response to Pall, “Wi-Fi is an important threat to human health”’. Environmental Research, 168, pp. 445–447.

1637 – Durusoy, Raika, Hassoy, Hür, Özkurt, Ahmet and Karababa, Ali Osman (2017) ‘Mobile phone use, school electromagnetic field levels and related symptoms: a cross-sectional survey among 2150 high school students in Izmir’. Environmental Health, 16(1), p. 51.

1638 – Túnez, Isaac, Drucker‐Colín, René, Jimena, Ignacio, Medina, Francisco J., et al. (2006) ‘Transcranial magnetic stimulation attenuates cell loss and oxidative damage in the striatum induced in the 3-nitropropionic model of Huntington’s disease’. Journal of Neurochemistry, 97(3), pp. 619–630.

1639 – Tasset, I., Medina, F. J., Jimena, I., Agüera, E., et al. (2012) ‘Neuroprotective effects of extremely low-frequency electromagnetic fields on a Huntington’s disease rat model: effects on neurotrophic factors and neuronal density’. Neuroscience, 209, pp. 54–63.

1640 – Arendash, Gary W., Mori, Takashi, Dorsey, Maggie, Gonzalez, Rich, et al. (2012) ‘Electromagnetic Treatment to Old Alzheimer’s Mice Reverses β-Amyloid Deposition, Modifies Cerebral Blood Flow, and Provides Selected Cognitive Benefit’. PLOS ONE, 7(4), p. e35751.

1641 – Huss, Anke, Egger, Matthias, Hug, Kerstin, Huwiler-Müntener, Karin and Röösli, Martin (2007) ‘Source of Funding and Results of Studies of Health Effects of Mobile Phone Use: Systematic Review of Experimental Studies’. Environmental Health Perspectives, 115(1), pp. 1–4.

1642 – Maisch, D. (2006) ‘Conflict of interest and bias in health advisory committees: a case study of the WHO’s Electromagnetic Frequency (EMF) Task Group’. Journal of the Australasian College of Nutritional and Environmental Medicine, 25(1), p. 15.

1643 – Maisch, Don and Johansson, Olle (2010) ‘Silencing Inconvenient Research in Sweden’. Journal of the Australasian College of Nutritional and Environmental Medicine, 29(2), p. 3.

1644 – Carpenter, David O. (2019) ‘Extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields and cancer: How source of funding affects results’. Environmental Research, 178, p. 108688.

1645 – Prasad, Manya, Kathuria, Prachi, Nair, Pallavi, Kumar, Amit and Prasad, Kameshwar (2017) ‘Mobile phone use and risk of brain tumours: a systematic review of association between study quality, source of funding, and research outcomes’. Neurological Sciences, 38(5), pp. 797–810.

1646 – Hardell, Lennart, Walker, Martin J., Walhjalt, Bo, Friedman, Lee S. and Richter, Elihu D. (2007) ‘Secret ties to industry and conflicting interests in cancer research’. American Journal of Industrial Medicine, 50(3), pp. 227–233.

1647 – Bekelman, Justin E., Li, Yan and Gross, Cary P. (2003) ‘Scope and Impact of Financial Conflicts of Interest in Biomedical Research: A Systematic Review’. JAMA, 289(4), pp. 454–465.

1648 – Yaphe, John, Edman, Richard, Knishkowy, Barry and Herman, Joseph (2001) ‘The association between funding by commercial interests and study outcome in randomized controlled drug trials’. Family Practice, 18(6), pp. 565–568.

1649 – Melnick, Ronald L. (2019) ‘Commentary on the utility of the National Toxicology Program study on cell phone radiofrequency radiation data for assessing human health risks despite unfounded criticisms aimed at minimizing the findings of adverse health effects’. Environmental Research, 168, pp. 1–6.

1650 – Foggo, Daniel (2007) ‘Phone cancer report “buried”’. The Sunday Times, 15th April. [online] Available from: https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/phone-cancer-report-buried-s3q77ht56ls (Accessed 24 September 2019)

1651 – Marcus, Author Adam (2019) ‘“No scientific contribution”: Journal pulls paper alleging radiation coverup’. Retraction Watch. [online] Available from: https://retractionwatch.com/2019/09/09/no-scientific-contribution-journal-pulls-paper-alleging-radiation-coverup/ (Accessed 9 September 2019)

1652 – Angell, M. (2000) ‘Is academic medicine for sale?’ The New England Journal of Medicine, 342(20), pp. 1516–1518.

1653 – Goldberg, Rebecca F. and Vandenberg, Laura N. (2019) ‘Distract, delay, disrupt: examples of manufactured doubt from five industries’. Reviews on Environmental Health, 0(0). [online] Available from: https://www.degruyter.com/view/j/reveh.ahead-of-print/reveh-2019-0004/reveh-2019-0004.xml (Accessed 26 September 2019)

1654 – Environmental Health Trust (2019) ‘Research on Industry Influence on EMF’. Environmental Health Trust. [online] Available from: https://ehtrust.org/science/research-industry-influence-emfs/ (Accessed 24 September 2019)

1655 – Maisch, Don (2006) ‘Conflict of Interest and Bias in Health Advisory Committees:A case study of the WHO’s EMF Task Group’. JACNEM, 21(1), pp. 15–17.

1656 – SRPF and Priartem (2015) ‘Complaint SCENIHR opinion on health effects from electromagnetic fields’. [online] Available from: https://www.robindestoits.org/attachment/603168/

1657 – Moskowitz, J.M. (2019) ‘The ICNIRP Cartel and the 5G Mass Experiment’. Electromagnetic Radiation Safety.

1658 – Ferguson, Juliet (2019) ‘How much is safe?’ Investigate Europe. [online] Available from: https://www.investigate-europe.eu/publications/how-much-is-safe/ (Accessed 24 September 2019)

1659 – Powerwatch (2015) ‘Powerwatch News – 02/03/2015 – New SCENIHR opinion on EMFs’. [online] Available from: https://www.powerwatch.org.uk/news/2015-03-02-scenihr-process.asp (Accessed 9 September 2019)

1660 – Hardell, Lennart (2017) ‘World Health Organization, radiofrequency radiation and health – a hard nut to crack (Review)’. International Journal of Oncology, 51(2), pp. 405–413.

1661 – Starkey, Sarah J. (2016) ‘Inaccurate official assessment of radiofrequency safety by the Advisory Group on Non-ionising Radiation’. Reviews on Environmental Health, 31(4), pp. 493–503.

1662 – Pockett, Susan (2019) ‘Conflicts of Interest and Misleading Statements in Official Reports about the Health Consequences of Radiofrequency Radiation and Some New Measurements of Exposure Levels’. Magnetochemistry, 5(2), p. 31.

1663 – IGAS (2006) Evaluation des méthodes de travail scientifique de l’AFSSE, Inspection générale des affaires sociales. [online] Available from: https://www.robindestoits.org/attachment/69639/

1664 – Robin des toits (2006) ‘Un rapport de l’IGAS et de l’IGE met en cause l’indépendance des experts de l’AFSSE’. Danger téléphone portable et antenne relais, danger wifi pour la santé, dangers téléphone sans-fil DECT (cancer du cerveau…). [online] Available from: https://www.robindestoits.org/Un-rapport-de-l-IGAS-et-de-l-IGE-met-en-cause-l-independance-des-experts-de-l-AFSSE-2006_a39.html (Accessed 25 September 2019)

1665 – Microwave News (2010) ‘Interphone Points to Long-Term Brain Tumor Risks; Interpretation Under Dispute’. Microwave News. [online] Available from: https://microwavenews.com/Interphone.Main.html (Accessed 8 October 2019)

1666 – Microwave News (2019) ‘Row over Review’. Microwave News. [online] Available from: https://microwavenews.com/short-takes-archive/row-over-review (Accessed 8 October 2019)

1667 – Corporate Europe Observatory (2012) ‘Conflicts on the menu’. [online] Available from: https://corporateeurope.org/en/efsa/2012/02/conflicts-menu (Accessed 25 September 2019)

1668 – Newman, Gem, Duffy, Catrina, Powell, Adrian, Gray, Ryan and Locklin, Jason (2012) Position paper on eletromagnetic hypersensitivity, Bad Science Watch. [online] Available from: https://www.badsciencewatch.ca/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/BSW-Anti-WiFi-2012-Position-Paper-UPDATED-Jan-27-2013.pdf

1669 – Foster, Kenneth and Trottier, Lorne (2013) ‘Picking Cherries in Science: The Bio-Initiative Report’. Science-based Medicine. [online] Available from: https://sciencebasedmedicine.org/picking-cherries-in-science-the-bio-initiative-report/ (Accessed 25 September 2019)

1670 – BioInitiative Working Group (2012) BioInitiative 2012: A Rationale for Biologically-based Exposure Standards for Low-Intensity Electromagnetic Radiation, [online] Available from: https://bioinitiative.org/table-of-contents/

1671 – Sage, C. (2011) ‘New 1338: Update to Sage Associates statement on smart meters’. EMFacts Consultancy. [online] Available from: https://www.emfacts.com/2011/01/new-1338-update-to-sage-associates-statement-on-smart-meters/ (Accessed 25 September 2019)

1672 – Sage, Cindy, Carpenter, David and Hardell, Lennart (2016) ‘Comments on SCENIHR: Opinion on potential health effects of exposure to electromagnetic fields, Bioelectromagnetics 36:480−484 (2015)’. Bioelectromagnetics, 37(3), pp. 190–192.

1673 – Verschaeve, Luc (2012) ‘Evaluations of International Expert Group Reports on the Biological Effects of Radiofrequency Fields’, in Eksim, A. (ed.), Wireless Communications and Networks – Recent Advances, IntechOpen. [online] Available from: https://www.intechopen.com/books/wireless-communications-and-networks-recent-advances/evaluations-of-international-expert-group-reports-on-the-biological-effects-of-radiofrequency-fields (Accessed 25 September 2019)

1674 – Microwave News (2011) ‘IARC: Cell Phone Radiation Is a Possible Human Carcinogen’. Microwave News. [online] Available from: https://microwavenews.com/news-center/iarc-cell-phone-radiation-possible-human-carcinogen (Accessed 8 October 2019)

1675 – Stam, R. (2018) Comparison of international policies on electromagnetic fields (power frequency and radiofrequency fields), National Institute for Public Health and the Environment, the Netherlands.

1676 – Swedish Radiation Safety Authority (2017) Recent Research on EMF and Health Risk,

1677 – Philippin, Y. and Quemener, S. (2008) ‘L’appel des vingt contre le portable’. lejdd. [online] Available from: https://www.lejdd.fr/Societe/L-appel-des-vingt-contre-le-portable-91489-3086759 (Accessed 13 September 2020)

1678 – EMFscientist (2015) ‘International Appeal Scientists call for Protection from Non-ionizing Electromagnetic Field Exposure’. [online] Available from: https://emfscientist.org/index.php/emf-scientist-appeal (Accessed 9 September 2019)

1679 – ANSES (2018) ‘Radiofréquences, téléphonie mobile et technologies sans fil’. [online] Available from: https://www.anses.fr/fr/content/radiofr%C3%A9quences-t%C3%A9l%C3%A9phonie-mobile-et-technologies-sans-fil (Accessed 25 September 2019)

1680 – ANSES (2018) Hypersensibilité électromagnétique ou intolérance environnementale idiopathique attribuée aux champs électromagnétiques, Agence nationale de sécurité sanitairede l’alimentation,de l’environnement et du travail.

1681 – Hillert, L., Berglind, N., Arnetz, B. B. and Bellander, T. (2002) ‘Prevalence of self-reported hypersensitivity to electric or magnetic fields in a population-based questionnaire survey.’ Scandinavian journal of work, environment & health, 28(1), pp. 33–41.

1682 – Dahmen, Norbert, Ghezel‐Ahmadi, David and Engel, Alice (2009) ‘Blood laboratory findings in patients suffering from self-perceived electromagnetic hypersensitivity (EHS)’. Bioelectromagnetics, 30(4), pp. 299–306.

1683 – Foster, Kenneth R. and Moulder, John E. (2013) ‘Wi-Fi and Health: Review of Current Status of Research’. Health Physics, 105(6), p. 561.

1684 – Habash, Riadh W. Y., Elwood, J. Mark, Krewski, Daniel, Lotz, W. Gregory, et al. (2009) ‘Recent Advances in Research on Radiofrequency Fields and Health: 2004–2007’. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, Part B, 12(4), pp. 250–288.

1685 – Baliatsas, Christos, Van Kamp, Irene, Bolte, John, Schipper, Maarten, et al. (2012) ‘Non-specific physical symptoms and electromagnetic field exposure in the general population: Can we get more specific? A systematic review’. Environment International, 41, pp. 15–28.

1686 – Rubin, G. James, Munshi, Jayati Das and Wessely, Simon (2005) ‘Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity: A Systematic Review of Provocation Studies’. Psychosomatic Medicine, 67(2), p. 224.

1687 – Rubin, G. James, Hillert, Lena, Nieto‐Hernandez, Rosa, Rongen, Eric van and Oftedal, Gunnhild (2011) ‘Do people with idiopathic environmental intolerance attributed to electromagnetic fields display physiological effects when exposed to electromagnetic fields? A systematic review of provocation studies’. Bioelectromagnetics, 32(8), pp. 593–609.

1688 – Furubayashi, Toshiaki, Ushiyama, Akira, Terao, Yasuo, Mizuno, Yoko, et al. (2009) ‘Effects of short-term W-CDMA mobile phone base station exposure on women with or without mobile phone related symptoms’. Bioelectromagnetics, 30(2), pp. 100–113.

1689 – Rubin, G. James, Nieto‐Hernandez, Rosa and Wessely, Simon (2010) ‘Idiopathic environmental intolerance attributed to electromagnetic fields (formerly “electromagnetic hypersensitivity”): An updated systematic review of provocation studies’. Bioelectromagnetics, 31(1), pp. 1–11.

1690 – Röösli, Martin (2008) ‘Radiofrequency electromagnetic field exposure and non-specific symptoms of ill health: A systematic review’. Environmental Research, 107(2), pp. 277–287.

1691 – Witthöft, Michael and Rubin, G. James (2013) ‘Are media warnings about the adverse health effects of modern life self-fulfilling? An experimental study on idiopathic environmental intolerance attributed to electromagnetic fields (IEI-EMF)’. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 74(3), pp. 206–212.

1692 – De Luca, Chiara, Chung Sheun Thai, Jeffrey, Raskovic, Desanka, Cesareo, Eleonora, et al. (2014) ‘Metabolic and Genetic Screening of Electromagnetic Hypersensitive Subjects as a Feasible Tool for Diagnostics and Intervention’. Mediators of Inflammation. [online] Available from: https://www.hindawi.com/journals/mi/2014/924184/abs/ (Accessed 26 September 2019)

1693 – Johansson, Amanda, Nordin, Steven, Heiden, Marina and Sandström, Monica (2010) ‘Symptoms, personality traits, and stress in people with mobile phone-related symptoms and electromagnetic hypersensitivity’. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 68(1), pp. 37–45.

1694 – McCarty, David E., Carrubba, Simona, Jr, Andrew L. Chesson, II, Clifton Frilot, et al. (2011) ‘Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity: Evidence for a Novel Neurological Syndrome’. International Journal of Neuroscience, 121(12), pp. 670–676.

1695 – Marino, Andrew A., Carrubba, Simona and McCarty, David E. (2012) ‘Response to Letter to the Editor Concerning “Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity: Evidence for a Novel Neurological Syndrome”’. International Journal of Neuroscience, 122(7), pp. 402–403.

1696 – Rubin, G. James, Cleare, Anthony J. and Wessely, Simon (2012) ‘Letter to the Editor: Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity’. International Journal of Neuroscience, 122(7), pp. 401–401.

1697 – Marino, Andrew A. (2013) ‘Electromagnetic hypersensitivity syndrome revisited again’. International Journal of Neuroscience, 123(8), pp. 593–594.

1698 – Bogers, R. P., van Gils, A., Clahsen, S. C. S., Vercruijsse, W., et al. (2018) ‘Individual variation in temporal relationships between exposure to radiofrequency electromagnetic fields and non-specific physical symptoms: A new approach in studying “electrosensitivity”’. Environment International, 121, pp. 297–307.

1699 – Genuis, Stephen J. and Lipp, Christopher T. (2012) ‘Electromagnetic hypersensitivity: Fact or fiction?’ Science of The Total Environment, 414, pp. 103–112.

1700 – Anon (2004) Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity, Proceedings, Prague, Czech Republic, International Workshop on EMF Hypersensitivity.

1701 – Rubin, G. James, Munshi, Jayati Das and Wessely, Simon (2006) ‘A Systematic Review of Treatments for Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity’. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 75(1), pp. 12–18.

1702 – Söderqvist, Fredrik, Carlberg, Michael and Hardell, Lennart (2012) ‘Review of four publications on the Danish cohort study on mobile phone subscribers and risk of brain tumors’. Reviews on Environmental Health, 27(1), pp. 51–58.

1703 – Carvajal, D. (2008) ‘Rift delays official release of study on safety of cellphones’. The New York Times, 29th June. [online] Available from: https://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/29/business/worldbusiness/29iht-mobile30.1.14067234.html (Accessed 8 October 2019)

1704 – Microwave News (2008) ‘Interphone: The Cracks Begin To Show’. Microwave News. [online] Available from: https://microwavenews.com/news-center/interphone-cracks-begin-show (Accessed 8 October 2019)

1705 – Microwave News (2009) ‘IARC Director Forces Publication Of Interphone Paper’. Microwave News. [online] Available from: https://microwavenews.com/Interphone.Wild.html (Accessed 8 October 2019)

1706 – Martinec Nováková, Lenka and Havlíček, Jan (2019) ‘Development of odour awareness in pre-schoolers: A longitudinal study’. Physiology & Behavior, 204, pp. 224–233.

1707 – Pavard, Samuel, Metcalf, C. Jessica E. and Heyer, Evelyne (2008) ‘Senescence of reproduction may explain adaptive menopause in humans: A test of the “mother” hypothesis’. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 136(2), pp. 194–203.

1708 – Turke, Paul W (1988) ‘Helpers at the nest: childcare networks on Ifaluk’, in Betzig, L., Mulder, B., and Turke, P. (eds.), Human reproductive behaviour: A Darwinian perspective, Cambridge, Cambrifge University Press, pp. 173–188.

1709 – Hurtado, A.M. and Hill, K.R. (1992) ‘Paternal effect on off- spring survivorship among Ache and Hiwi hunter-gath- erers: Implications for modeling pair-bond stability’, in Hewlett, B. (ed.), Father-child relations: Cultural and bio- social contexts, Piscataway, NJ, Transaction, pp. 31–55.

1710 – Winking, Jeffrey, Gurven, Michael and Kaplan, Hillard (2011) ‘Father death and adult success among the Tsimane: implications for marriage and divorce’. Evolution and Human Behavior, 32(2), pp. 79–89.

1711 – Hrdy, Sarah Blaffer (2009) Mothers and others: The evolutionary origins of mutual understanding, Cambridge, Belknap Press.

1712 – Tronick, Edward, Als, Heidelise, Adamson, Lauren, Wise, Susan and Brazelton, T Berry (1979) ‘The infant’s response to entrapment between contradictory messages in face-to-face interaction’. Journal of the American Academy of Child psychiatry, 17(1), pp. 1–13.

1713 – Hamlin, J. Kiley and Wynn, Karen (2011) ‘Young infants prefer prosocial to antisocial others’. Cognitive Development, 26(1), pp. 30–39.

1714 – Hamlin, J. Kiley, Wynn, Karen and Bloom, Paul (2007) ‘Social evaluation by preverbal infants’. Nature, 450(7169), pp. 557–559.

1715 – van IJzendoorn, M.H., Sagi, A. and Lambermon, M.W. (1999) ‘Cross-cultural patterns of attachment’, in Cassidy, J. and Shaver, P. (eds.), Handbook of attachment, New York, Guilford, pp. 713–734.

1716 – Murdock, George Peter (1967) ‘Ethnographic Atlas: A Summary’. Ethnology, 6(2), pp. 109–236.

1717 – Starkweather, Katherine E. and Hames, Raymond (2012) ‘A Survey of Non-Classical Polyandry’. Human Nature, 23(2), pp. 149–172.

1718 – Sinha, Durganand and Bharat, Shalini (1985) ‘Three Types of Family Structure and Psychological Differentiation: A Study Among the Jaunsar-Bawar Society’. International Journal of Psychology, 20(3–4), pp. 693–708.

1719 – Haupert, M. L., Gesselman, Amanda N., Moors, Amy C., Fisher, Helen E. and Garcia, Justin R. (2017) ‘Prevalence of Experiences With Consensual Nonmonogamous Relationships: Findings From Two National Samples of Single Americans’. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 43(5), pp. 424–440.

1720 – Boyd, J.-P. E. (2017) Polyamory in Canada: Research on an Emerging Family Structure, report, The Vanier Institute of the Family. [online] Available from: https://prism.ucalgary.ca/handle/1880/107495 (Accessed 20 January 2020)

1721 – Oyefeso, Adenekan O. and Adegoke, Ademola R. (1992) ‘Psychological Adjustment of Yoruba Adolescents as Influenced by Family Type: a Research Note’. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 33(4), pp. 785–788.

1722 – Al-krenawi, Alean and Lightman, Ernie S. (2000) ‘Learning Achievement, Social Adjustment, and Family Conflict Among Bedouin-Arab Children From Polygamous and Monogamous Families’. The Journal of Social Psychology, 140(3), pp. 345–355.

1723 – Elbedour, Salman, Onwuegbuzie, Anthony J., Caridine, Corin and Abu-Saad, Hasan (2002) ‘The Effect of Polygamous Marital Structure on Behavioral, Emotional, and Academic Adjustment in Children: A Comprehensive Review of the Literature’. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 5(4), pp. 255–271.

1724 – Al-Sharfi, Mohammad, Pfeffer, Karen and Miller, Kirsty A. (2016) ‘The effects of polygamy on children and adolescents: a systematic review’. Journal of Family Studies, 22(3), pp. 272–286.

1725 – Al-Krenawi, Alean and Slonim-Nevo, Vered (2008) ‘Psychosocial and Familial Functioning of Children From Polygynous and Monogamous Families’. The Journal of Social Psychology, 148(6), pp. 745–764.

1726 – Owuamanam, Donatus Ojiakudiniro (1984) ‘Adolescents’ Perception of Polygamous Family and Its Relationship to Self-Concept’. International Journal of Psychology, 19(1–4), pp. 593–598.

1727 – Anderson, Connie M. (2000) ‘The Persistence of Polygyny as an Adaptive Response to Poverty and Oppression in Apartheid South Africa’. Cross-Cultural Research, 34(2), pp. 99–112.

1728 – Duncan, Greg J. and Brooks‐Gunn, Jeanne (2000) ‘Family Poverty, Welfare Reform, and Child Development’. Child Development, 71(1), pp. 188–196.

1729 – Hughes, Claire, Devine, Rory T., Mesman, Judi, Blair, Clancy and Team, the NewFAMS (2019) ‘Parental well-being, couple relationship quality, and children’s behavioral problems in the first 2 years of life’. Development and Psychopathology, pp. 1–10.

1730 – Schumm, Walter R. and Crawford, Duane W. (2015) ‘Violations of Fairness in Social Science Research: The Case of Same-Sex Marriage and Parenting’. International Journal of the Jurisprudence of the Family, 6, pp. 67–114.

1731 – Sullins, Donald (2015) Emotional Problems among Children with Same-Sex Parents: Difference by Definition, SSRN Scholarly Paper, Rochester, NY, Social Science Research Network. [online] Available from: https://papers.ssrn.com/abstract=2500537 (Accessed 20 January 2020)

1732 – Herek, G.M. (2014) ‘Evaluating the methodology of social science research on sexual orientation and parenting: A tale of three studies’. UCDL Rev, 48, p. 583.

1733 – Muehrer, Peter (1995) ‘Suicide and Sexual Orientation: A Critical Summary of Recent Research and Directions for Future Research’. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 25(s1), pp. 72–81.

1734 – Bailey, J., Dunne, Michael and Martin, Nicholas (2000) ‘Genetic and Environmental Influences on Sexual Orientation and Its Correlates in an Australian Twin Sample’. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78(3), pp. 524–536.

1735 – Bailey, J. Michael (1999) ‘Homosexuality and Mental Illness’. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56(10), pp. 883–884.

1736 – Cochran, Susan D., Sullivan, J. Greer and Mays, Vickie M. (2003) ‘Prevalence of mental disorders, psychological distress, and mental health services use among lesbian, gay, and bisexual adults in the United States’. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71(1), pp. 53–61.

1737 – Allen, Doug and Price, Joseph (2020) ‘Stability Rates of Same-Sex Couples: With and Without Children’. Marriage & Family Review, 56(1), pp. 51–71.

1738 – Kurdek, Lawrence A. (2005) ‘What Do We Know About Gay and Lesbian Couples?’ Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14(5), pp. 251–254.

1739 – Kurdek, Lawrence A. (1998) ‘Relationship Outcomes and Their Predictors: Longitudinal Evidence from Heterosexual Married, Gay Cohabiting, and Lesbian Cohabiting Couples’. Journal of Marriage and Family, 60(3), pp. 553–568.

1740 – Andersson, Gunnar, Noack, Turid, Seierstad, Ane and Weedon-Fekjær, Harald (2006) ‘The demographics of same-sex marriages in Norway and Sweden’. Demography, 43(1), pp. 79–98.

1741 – Lau, Charles Q. (2012) ‘The Stability of Same-Sex Cohabitation, Different-Sex Cohabitation, and Marriage’. Journal of Marriage and Family, 74(5), pp. 973–988.

1742 – Beardselee, WILLIAM R., Versage, EVE M. and Giadstone, TRACY R. G. (1998) ‘Children of Affectively Ill Parents: A Review of the Past 10 Years’. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 37(11), pp. 1134–1141.

1743 – Fergusson, David M., Horwood, L. John and Beautrais, Annette L. (1999) ‘Is Sexual Orientation Related to Mental Health Problems and Suicidality in Young People?’ Archives of General Psychiatry, 56(10), pp. 876–880.

1744 – Lansford, Jennifer E., Ceballo, Rosario, Abbey, Antonia and Stewart, Abigail J. (2001) ‘Does Family Structure Matter? A Comparison of Adoptive, Two-Parent Biological, Single-Mother, Stepfather, and Stepmother Households’. Journal of Marriage and Family, 63(3), pp. 840–851.

1745 – Schechter, Marshall D. (1960) ‘Observations on Adopted Children’. Archives of General Psychiatry, 3(1), pp. 21–32.

1746 – Peters, Beth R, Atkins, Marc S and McKernan McKay, Mary (1999) ‘Adopted children’s behavior problems: A review of five explanatory models’. Clinical Psychology Review, 19(3), pp. 297–328.

1747 – Manning, Wendy D., Fettro, Marshal Neal and Lamidi, Esther (2014) ‘Child Well-Being in Same-Sex Parent Families: Review of Research Prepared for American Sociological Association Amicus Brief’. Population Research and Policy Review, 33(4), pp. 485–502.

1748 – adams, jimi and Light, Ryan (2015) ‘Scientific consensus, the law, and same sex parenting outcomes’. Social Science Research, 53, pp. 300–310.

1749 – Bos, Henny, van Gelderen, Loes and Gartrell, Nanette (2015) ‘Lesbian and Heterosexual Two-Parent Families: Adolescent–Parent Relationship Quality and Adolescent Well-Being’. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 24(4), pp. 1031–1046.

1750 – Potter, Daniel and Potter, Emma C. (2017) ‘Psychosocial Well-Being in Children of Same-Sex Parents: A Longitudinal Analysis of Familial Transitions’. Journal of Family Issues, 38(16), pp. 2303–2328.

1751 – Reczek, Corinne (2020) ‘Sexual- and Gender-Minority Families: A 2010 to 2020 Decade in Review’. Journal of Marriage and Family, 82(1), pp. 300–325.

1752 – Reczek, Corinne, Spiker, Russell, Liu, Hui and Crosnoe, Robert (2016) ‘Family Structure and Child Health: Does the Sex Composition of Parents Matter?’ Demography, 53(5), pp. 1605–1630.

1753 – Boertien, Diederik and Bernardi, Fabrizio (2019) ‘Same-Sex Parents and Children’s School Progress: An Association That Disappeared Over Time’. Demography, 56(2), pp. 477–501.

1754 – Calzo, Jerel P., Mays, Vickie M., Björkenstam, Charlotte, Björkenstam, Emma, et al. (2019) ‘Parental Sexual Orientation and Children’s Psychological Well-Being: 2013–2015 National Health Interview Survey’. Child Development, 90(4), pp. 1097–1108.

1755 – Schumm, Walter and Crawford, Duane (2019) ‘Scientific Consensus on Whether LGBTQ Parents Are More Likely (or Not) to Have LGBTQ Children: An Analysis of 72 Social Science Reviews of the Literature Published Between 2001 and 2017’. Journal of International Women’s Studies, 20(7), pp. 1–12.

1756 – Farr, Rachel (2017) ‘Does Parental Sexual Orientation Matter? A Longitudinal Follow-Up of Adoptive Families With School-Age Children’. Developmental Psychology, 53(2), pp. 252–264.

1757 – Sheff, E. (2015) The polyamorists next door, Lanham, MD, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

1758 – Bevacqua, Jennifer (2018) ‘Adding to the Rainbow of Diversity: Caring for Children of Polyamorous Families’. Journal of Pediatric Health Care, 32(5), pp. 490–493.

1759 – Kavapalu, Helen (1993) ‘Dealing with the Dark Side in the Ethnography of Childhood: Child Punishment in Tonga’. Oceania, 63(4), pp. 313–329.

1760 – Gottlieb, Alma (1998) ‘Do Infants Have Religion? The Spiritual Lives of Beng Babies’. American Anthropologist, 100(1), pp. 122–135.

1761 – Tomasello, Michael (1999) The cultural origins of human cognition, Harvard University Press.

1762 – De Oliveira, Emmanuel, Reynaud, Emanuelle and Osiurak, François (2019) ‘Roles of Technical Reasoning, Theory of Mind, Creativity, and Fluid Cognition in Cumulative Technological Culture’. Human Nature, 30(3), pp. 326–340.

1763 – Caldwell, Christine A., Atkinson, Mark, Blakey, Kirsten H., Dunstone, Juliet, et al. (2020) ‘Experimental assessment of capacities for cumulative culture: Review and evaluation of methods’. WIREs Cognitive Science, 11(1), p. e1516.

1764 – Legare, Cristine H. (2019) ‘The Development of Cumulative Cultural Learning’. Annual Review of Developmental Psychology, 1(1), pp. 119–147.

1765 – van Schaik, Carel P., Pradhan, Gauri R. and Tennie, Claudio (2019) ‘Teaching and curiosity: sequential drivers of cumulative cultural evolution in the hominin lineage’. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology, 73(1), p. 2.

1766 – Carvalho, S., Biro, D., Cunha, E., Hockings, K., et al. (2012) ‘Chimpanzee carrying behaviour and the origins of human bipedality’. Current Biology, 22(6), pp. R180–R181.

1767 – Wrangham, R. W. (2009) Catching fire: how cooking made us human, Basic Books.

1768 – Lewis, Hannah M and Laland, Kevin N (2012) ‘Transmission fidelity is the key to the build-up of cumulative culture’. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 367(1599), pp. 2171–2180.

1769 – Pradhan, Gauri R, Tennie, Claudio and van Schaik, Carel P (2012) ‘Social organization and the evolution of cumulative technology in apes and hominins’. Journal of Human Evolution, 63(1), pp. 180–190.

1770 – Richerson, Peter J., Boyd, Robert and Bettinger, Robert L. (2009) ‘Cultural innovations and demographic change’. Human biology, 81(2), pp. 211–235.

1771 – Sterelny, Kim (2011) ‘From hominins to humans: how sapiens became behaviourally modern’. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 366(1566), pp. 809–822.

1772 – Dean, L. G., Kendal, R. L., Schapiro, S. J., Thierry, B. and Laland, K. N. (2012) ‘Identification of the social and cognitive processes underlying human cumulative culture’. Science, 335(6072), pp. 1114–1118.

1773 – Whiten, A. and Erdal, D. (2012) ‘The human socio-cognitive niche and its evolutionary origins’. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 367(1599), pp. 2119–2129.

1774 – Shultz, S., Nelson, E. and Dunbar, R. I. M. (2012) ‘Hominin cognitive evolution: identifying patterns and processes in the fossil and archaeological record’. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 367(1599), pp. 2130–2140.

1775 – Suddendorf, Thomas, Addis, Donna Rose and Corballis, Michael C. (2009) ‘Mental time travel and the shaping of the human mind’. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 364(1521), pp. 1317–1324.

1776 – Hochberg, Ze’ev and Albertsson-Wikland, Kerstin (2008) ‘Evo-devo of infantile and childhood growth’. Pediatric Research, 64(1), pp. 2–7.

1777 – Vaesen, Krist (2012) ‘The cognitive bases of human tool use’. Behavioral and brain sciences, 35(04), pp. 203–218.

1778 – Nielsen, Mark (2012) ‘Imitation, pretend play, and childhood: Essential elements in the evolution of human culture?’ Journal of Comparative Psychology, 126(2), p. 170.

1779 – Burkart, J. M., Hrdy, S. B. and Van Schaik, C. P. (2009) ‘Cooperative breeding and human cognitive evolution’. Evolutionary Anthropology: Issues, News, and Reviews, 18(5), pp. 175–186.

1780 – Burkart, Judith, Martins, Eloisa Guerreiro, Miss, Fabia and Zürcher, Yvonne (2018) ‘From sharing food to sharing information: Cooperative breeding and language evolution’. Interaction Studies, 19(1–2), pp. 136–150.

1781 – Dunsworth, Holly M., Warrener, Anna G., Deacon, Terrence, Ellison, Peter T. and Pontzer, Herman (2012) ‘Metabolic hypothesis for human altriciality’. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 109(38), pp. 15212–15216.

1782 – Rosenberg, Karen and Trevathan, Wenda (1995) ‘Bipedalism and human birth: The obstetrical dilemma revisited’. Evolutionary Anthropology: Issues, News, and Reviews, 4(5), pp. 161–168.

1783 – DeSilva, J. and Lesnik, J. (2006) ‘Chimpanzee neonatal brain size: Implications for brain growth in Homo erectus’. Journal of human evolution, 51(2), pp. 207–212.

1784 – Dean, M Christopher (2006) ‘Tooth microstructure tracks the pace of human life-history evolution’. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 273(1603), pp. 2799–2808.

1785 – Preston, Stephanie D. (2013) ‘The origins of altruism in offspring care’. Psychological Bulletin, 139(6), pp. 1305–1341.

1786 – Rilling, James K. (2013) ‘The neural and hormonal bases of human parentalcare’. Neuropsychologia, 51(4), pp. 731–747.

1787 – Schaller, Mark (2018) ‘The Parental Care Motivational System and Why It Matters (for Everyone)’. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 27(5), pp. 295–301.

1788 – Sherman, Gary D., Haidt, Jonathan and Coan, James A. (2009) ‘Viewing cute images increases behavioral carefulness’. Emotion (Washington, D.C.), 9(2), pp. 282–286.

1789 – Eibach, Richard P. and Mock, Steven E. (2011) ‘The vigilant parent: Parental role salience affects parents’ risk perceptions, risk-aversion, and trust in strangers’. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 47(3), pp. 694–697.

1790 – Eibach, Richard P., Libby, Lisa K. and Ehrlinger, Joyce (2009) ‘Priming family values: How being a parent affects moral evaluations of harmless but offensive acts’. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 45(5), pp. 1160–1163.

1791 – Gilead, Michael and Liberman, Nira (2014) ‘We Take Care of Our Own: Caregiving Salience Increases Out-Group Bias in Response to Out-Group Threat’. Psychological Science, 25(7), pp. 1380–1387.

1792 – Beall, Alec T. and Tracy, Jessica L. (2017) ‘Emotivational psychology: How distinct emotions facilitate fundamental motives’. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 11(2), p. e12303.

1793 – Kalawski, Juan Pablo (2010) ‘Is tenderness a basic emotion?’ Motivation and Emotion, 34(2), pp. 158–167.

1794 – Lorenz, Konrad (1943) ‘Die angeborenen Formen möglicher Erfahrung’. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 5(2), pp. 235–409.

1795 – Glocker, Melanie L., Langleben, Daniel D., Ruparel, Kosha, Loughead, James W., et al. (2009) ‘Baby Schema in Infant Faces Induces Cuteness Perception and Motivation for Caretaking in Adults’. Ethology, 115(3), pp. 257–263.

1796 – Goetz, Jennifer L., Keltner, Dacher and Simon-Thomas, Emiliana (2010) ‘Compassion: An Evolutionary Analysis and Empirical Review’. Psychological bulletin, 136(3), pp. 351–374.

1797 – McAdams, Dan P. (2013) ‘The positive psychology of adult generativity: Caring for the next generation and constructing a redemptive life.’, in Positive psychology: Advances in understanding adult motivation., New York, NY, US, Springer Science + Business Media, pp. 191–205.

1798 – Ko, Ahra, Pick, Cari M., Kwon, Jung Yul, Barlev, Michael, et al. (2020) ‘Family Matters: Rethinking the Psychology of Human Social Motivation’. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 15(1), pp. 173–201.

1799 – Garfield, C. F., Isacco, A. and Bartlo, W. D. (2010) ‘Men’s health and fatherhood in the urban midwestern United States.’ International Journal of Men’s Health, 9(3). [online] Available from: https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/abstract/20103346403 (Accessed 11 March 2020)

1800 – Mbow, H.O.P., Reisinger, A., Canadell, J. and O’Brien, P. (2017) Special Report on climate change, desertification, land degradation, sustainable land management, food security, and greenhouse gas fluxes in terrestrial ecosystems (SR2), Ginevra, IPCC.

1801 – Dunning, David (2011) ‘Chapter five – The Dunning–Kruger Effect: On Being Ignorant of One’s Own Ignorance’, in Olson, J. M. and Zanna, M. P. (eds.), Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, Academic Press, pp. 247–296. [online] Available from: http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/B9780123855220000056 (Accessed 19 February 2020)

1802 – Nickerson, Raymond S. (1998) ‘Confirmation Bias: A Ubiquitous Phenomenon in Many Guises’. Review of General Psychology, 2(2), pp. 175–220.

1803 – Bes-Rastrollo, Maira, Schulze, Matthias B., Ruiz-Canela, Miguel and Martinez-Gonzalez, Miguel A. (2013) ‘Financial Conflicts of Interest and Reporting Bias Regarding the Association between Sugar-Sweetened Beverages and Weight Gain: A Systematic Review of Systematic Reviews’. PLOS Medicine, 10(12), p. e1001578.

1804 – Collins, Pamela Y., Patel, Vikram, Joestl, Sarah S., March, Dana, et al. (2011) ‘Grand challenges in global mental health’. Nature, 475(7354), pp. 27–30.

1805 – Bohannon, John (2013) ‘Who’s Afraid of Peer Review?’ Science, 342(6154), pp. 60–65.

1806 – Raptor, The Original Skeptical (2017) ‘Another anti-vaccine article – bad journal, bad data’. Skeptical Raptor. [online] Available from: https://www.skepticalraptor.com/skepticalraptorblog.php/another-anti-vaccine-article-bad-journal-bad-data/ (Accessed 26 November 2018)



Did you find apk for android? You can find new Free Android Games and apps.